zypper - en to en_GB translation catalogue (4001 entries)

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.
en_GB: Here you can tick/untick any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plug-ins that are available by default.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: You may also wish to install the <link xref="plugins">eog-plugins package</link>, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate <link xref="index#plugins">additional plugins</link>, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.
en_GB: You may also wish to install the <link xref="plugins">eog-plugins package</link>, which contains plug-ins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate <link xref="index#plugins">additional plug-ins</link>, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Localize the <app>Image Viewer</app>
en_GB: Localise the <app>Image Viewer</app>

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href="https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n">irc</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.
en_GB: You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href="https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n">irc</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of time zone differences.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link href="https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n">mailing list</link>.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalisation Team using their <link href="https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n">mailing list</link>.

en: Cannot initialize gphoto2 abilities
en_GB: Cannot initialise gphoto2 abilities

en: Cannot initialize gphoto2 ports
en_GB: Cannot initialise gphoto2 ports

en: illegal page label format "%s"
en_GB: illegal page lable format "%s"

en: Long-only options:
      --color[=bool]             create color outputs with states
      --continuous-page-numbers  count page numbers across input files.  Don't
                                 restart numbering at beginning of each file.
      --download-font=NAME       download font NAME
      --extended-return-values   enable extended return values
      --filter-stdin=NAME        specify how stdin is shown to the input filter
      --footer=FOOTER            set page footer
      --h-column-height=HEIGHT   set the horizontal column height to HEIGHT
      --help                     print this help and exit
en_GB: Long-only options:
      --color[=bool]             create colour outputs with states
      --continuous-page-numbers  count page numbers across input files.  Don't
                                 restart numbering at beginning of each file.
      --download-font=NAME       download font NAME
      --extended-return-values   enable extended return values
      --filter-stdin=NAME        specify how stdin is shown to the input filter
      --footer=FOOTER            set page footer
      --h-column-height=HEIGHT   set the horizontal column height to HEIGHT
      --help                     print this help and exit

en:   --help-highlight           describe all supported --highlight languages
                                 and file formats
      --highlight-bar-gray=NUM   print highlight bars with gray NUM (0 - 1)
      --list-media               list names of all known media
      --margins=LEFT:RIGHT:TOP:BOTTOM
                                 adjust page marginals
      --mark-wrapped-lines[STYLE]
                                 mark wrapped lines in the output with STYLE
      --non-printable-format=FMT specify how non-printable chars are printed
en_GB:   --help-highlight           describe all supported --highlight languages
                                 and file formats
      --highlight-bar-gray=NUM   print highlight bars with grey NUM (0 - 1)
      --list-media               list names of all known media
      --margins=LEFT:RIGHT:TOP:BOTTOM
                                 adjust page marginals
      --mark-wrapped-lines[STYLE]
                                 mark wrapped lines in the output with STYLE
      --non-printable-format=FMT specify how non-printable chars are printed

en:   --slice=NUM                print vertical slice NUM
      --style=STYLE              use highlight style STYLE
      --swap-even-page-margins   swap left and right side margins for each even
                                 numbered page
      --toc                      print table of contents
      --ul-angle=ANGLE           set underlay text's angle to ANGLE
      --ul-font=NAME             print underlays with font NAME
      --ul-gray=NUM              print underlays with gray value NUM
      --ul-position=POS          set underlay's starting position to POS
      --ul-style=STYLE           print underlays with style STYLE
      --word-wrap                wrap long lines from word boundaries
en_GB:   --slice=NUM                print vertical slice NUM
      --style=STYLE              use highlight style STYLE
      --swap-even-page-margins   swap left and right side margins for each even
                                 numbered page
      --toc                      print table of contents
      --ul-angle=ANGLE           set underlay text's angle to ANGLE
      --ul-font=NAME             print underlays with font NAME
      --ul-gray=NUM              print underlays with grey value NUM
      --ul-position=POS          set underlay's starting position to POS
      --ul-style=STYLE           print underlays with style STYLE
      --word-wrap                wrap long lines from word boundaries

en: couldn't find prolog "%s": %s
en_GB: couldn't find prologue "%s": %s

en: malformed color spec for ^@%s escape: %s
en_GB: malformed colour spec for ^@%s escape: %s

en: Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...
    Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
      -h, --help              print this help and exit
      -p, --output-file=NAME  print output to file NAME (default file is
                              font.map).  If FILE is `-', leavy output to
                              stdout.
      -V, --version           print version number
en_GB: Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...
    Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
      -h, --help              print this help and exit
      -p, --output-file=NAME  print output to file NAME (default file is
                              font.map).  If FILE is `-', leave output on
                              stdout.
      -V, --version           print version number

en: %s: ouf of memory
en_GB: %s: out of memory

en: Engrampa is an archive manager for the MATE environment. It allows you to create and modify archives, view the contents of an archive, view a file contained in an archive, and extract files from archive.
en_GB: Engrampa is an archive manager for the MATE environment. It allows you to create and modify archives, view the contents of an archive, view a file contained in an archive, and extract files from an archive.

en: List of applications entered in the Open file dialog and not associated with the file type.
en_GB: List of applications entered in the Open file dialogue and not associated with the file type.

en: Close dialog after decompression
en_GB: Close dialogue after decompression

en: Engrampa is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Engrampa is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Engrampa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Engrampa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Engrampa; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Engrampa; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA

en: close dialog after decompression
en_GB: close dialogue after decompression

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: <application>Archive Manager</application> provides only a graphical interface, and relies on command-line utilities such as <command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, and <command>bzip2</command> for archive operations.
en_GB: <application>Archive Manager</application> provides only a graphical interface and relies on command-line utilities such as <command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, and <command>bzip2</command> for archive operations.

en: Everything done with customizable pixmaps!
en_GB: Everything done with customisable pixmaps!

en: Frame Base Color
en_GB: Frame Base Colour

en: (Color)
en_GB: (Colour)

en: Enable Different Maximised Colors?
en_GB: Enable Different Maximised Colours?

en: Super Maximize Window
en_GB: Super Maximise Window

en: Use colons to separate left, center, and right.
    Anything after a third colon is ignored.
    C=Close, N=Minimize, X/R=Restore
    I=Icon, T=Title, H=Help, M=Menu
    S=Shade, U/A=On Top(Up/Above)
    Y=Sticky, (#)=# pixels space, ex: (5)
    F=SuperMaximize
en_GB: Use colons to separate left, centre, and right.
    Anything after a third colon is ignored.
    C=Close, N=Minimise, X/R=Restore
    I=Icon, T=Title, H=Help, M=Menu
    S=Shade, U/A=On Top(Up/Above)
    Y=Sticky, (#)=# pixels space, ex: (5)
    F=SuperMaximise

en: Note, when changing these values,
    it is advised that you do something
    like change viewports, as this will
    cause the position of the 'event windows'
    to update properly, and thus make
    moving/resizing windows work properly.
    This also applies to when you change
    the title-bar height through either
    the titlebar-min-height slider
    or the titlebar font setting.
en_GB: Note, when changing these values
    it is advised that you do something
    like change viewports, as this will
    cause the position of the 'event windows'
    to update properly, and thus make
    moving/resizing windows work properly.
    This also applies to when you change
    the title-bar height through either
    the titlebar-min-height slider
    or the titlebar font setting.

en: NOTE - These settings are not part of themes, they are stored separately, and control various UI preferences for Emerald.
en_GB: NOTE - These settings are not part of themes, they are stored separately and control various UI preferences for Emerald.

[ctx: @label]
en: Localization support
en_GB: Localisation support

[ctx: @action:inmenu this has child menu items]
en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Current: Don't repeat tracks
en_GB: Current: Do not repeat tracks

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Un-mark this song as a favorite
en_GB: Un-mark this song as a favourite

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Mark this song as a favorite
en_GB: Mark this song as a favourite

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Minimize Player
en_GB: Minimise Player

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Only Show Favorites
en_GB: Only Show Favourites

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Favorite/not favorite
en_GB: Favourite/not favourite

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Color scheme:
en_GB: Colour scheme:

en: album;cameras;crop;edit;enhance;export;gallery;images;import;organize;photographs;photos;pictures;photography;print;publish;rotate;share;tags;video;
en_GB: album;cameras;crop;edit;enhance;export;gallery;images;import;organise;photographs;photos;pictures;photography;print;publish;rotate;share;tags;video;

en: Photos is an easy-to-use, fast photo organizer. It allows you to import photos from your camera or disk, organize them by date and subject matter, even ratings. It also offers basic photo editing, like crop, red-eye correction, color adjustments, and straighten. Photos' non-destructive photo editor does not alter your master photos, making it easy to experiment and correct errors.
en_GB: Photos is an easy-to-use, fast photo organiser. It allows you to import photos from your camera or disk, organise them by date and subject matter, even ratings. It also offers basic photo editing, like crop, red-eye correction, colour adjustments, and straighten. Photos' non-destructive photo editor does not alter your master photos, making it easy to experiment and correct errors.

en: Move Tag "%s"
en_GB: Move Tag '%s'

en: Move the photos to the Photos trash
en_GB: Move the photos to the Photos Rubbish Bin

en: Restore the photos back to the Photos library
en_GB: Restore the photos to the Photos library

en: Automatically improve the photo's appearance 
    (Overwrites previous color adjustments)
en_GB: Automatically improve the photo's appearance 
    (Overwrites previous colour adjustments)

en: Adjust the photo's color and tone
en_GB: Adjust the photo's colour and tone

en: Add Tag "%s"
en_GB: Add Tag '%s'

en: Add Tags "%s" and "%s"
en_GB: Add Tags '%s' and '%s'

en: _Delete Tag "%s"
en_GB: _Delete Tag '%s'

en: Delete Tag "%s"
en_GB: Delete Tag '%s'

en: Rename Tag "%s" to "%s"
en_GB: Rename Tag '%s' to '%s'

en: Unable to rename tag to "%s" because the tag already exists.
en_GB: Unable to rename tag to '%s' because the tag already exists.

en: Unable to rename search to "%s" because the search already exists.
en_GB: Unable to rename search to '%s' because the search already exists.

en: Rename Search "%s" to "%s"
en_GB: Rename Search '%s' to '%s'

en: Delete Search "%s"
en_GB: Delete Search '%s'

note: / Locale-specific ending date format for multi-date strings, / i.e. the "10, 2006" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %d, %Y
en_GB: %d %b, %Y

note: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos
en: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos:
en_GB: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognised as Photos or Videos:

en: Make the colors of your display warmer at night to help prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.
en_GB: Make the colours of your display warmer at night to help prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.

en: Make it your own by choosing a visual style and accent color. Apps may override these with their own look.
en_GB: Make it your own by choosing a visual style and accent colour. Apps may override these with their own look.

en: Quickly queue up your favorite tracks
en_GB: Quickly queue up your favourite tracks

en: Open folders in the filemanager with Music
en_GB: Open folders in the file manager with Music

en: Show Equalizer
en_GB: Show Equaliser

en: Renamed Office 365 to Microsoft 365 to follow suite on Microsoft's rebranding
en_GB: Renamed Office 365 to Microsoft 365 to follow suit on Microsoft's rebranding

en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %-l:%M %p
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %-l:%M %p

en: Move conversations to Trash
en_GB: Move conversations to Rubbish

en: "application-default-icon" is now brightly colored
en_GB: "application-default-icon" is now brightly coloured

en: Easily copy, move, and rename your files, or use folders to stay organized. Whether you like files in lists, grids or columns, you can always find them right away. Access all your files, whether locally, on an external device or remotely using FTP, SFTP, AFP, Webdav, or Windows share.
en_GB: Easily copy, move, and rename your files, or use folders to stay organised. Whether you like files in lists, grids or columns, you can always find them right away. Access all your files, whether locally, on an external device or remotely using FTP, SFTP, AFP, Webdav, or Windows share.

en: Could not determine original location of "%s"
en_GB: Could not determine original location of '%s'

en: Cannot move file to trash or delete it
en_GB: Cannot move file to the Rubbish Bin or delete it

en: It is not permitted to trash or delete files on a read only filesystem.
en_GB: It is not permitted to move to the Rubbish Bin or delete files on a read only filesystem.

en: It is not permitted to trash or delete files inside folders for which you do not have write privileges.
en_GB: It is not permitted to move to the Rubbish Bin or delete files inside folders for which you do not have write privileges.

en: It is not permitted to trash or delete folders for which you do not have write privileges.
en_GB: It is not permitted to move to the Rubbish Bin or delete folders for which you do not have write privileges.

en: Cannot move file to trash. Try to delete it immediately?
en_GB: Cannot move file to the Rubbish Bin. Try to delete it immediately?

en: This file could not be moved to trash. See details below for further information.
en_GB: This file could not be moved to the Rubbish Bin. See details below for further information.

en: Cannot move file to trash. Try to delete it?
en_GB: Cannot move file to Rubbish Bin. Try to delete it?

en: This file could not be moved to trash. You may not be able to delete it either.
en_GB: This file could not be moved to the Rubbish Bin. You may not be able to delete it either.

en: Cannot copy into trash.
en_GB: Cannot copy into the Rubbish Bin.

en: It is not permitted to copy files into the trash
en_GB: It is not permitted to copy files into the Rubbish Bin

en: Undo Move to Trash
en_GB: Undo Move to Rubbish Bin

en: Undo Restore from Trash
en_GB: Undo Restore from Rubbish Bin

en: Redo Move to Trash
en_GB: Redo Move to Rubbish Bin

en: Redo Restore from Trash
en_GB: Redo Restore from Rubbish Bin

en: Open trash folder and restore manually
en_GB: Open Rubbish Bin folder and restore manually

en: Permanently delete all items from Trash?
en_GB: Permanently delete all items from the Rubbish Bin?

en: All items in all trash directories, including those on any mounted external drives, will be permanently deleted.
en_GB: All items in all Rubbish Bin directories, including those on any mounted external drives, will be permanently deleted.

en: Permanently delete all items from Trash on this mount?
en_GB: Permanently delete all items from the Rubbish Bin on this mount?

en: All items in the trash on this mount, will be permanently deleted.
en_GB: All items in the Rubbish Bin on this mount, will be permanently deleted.

note: TRANSLATORS: '\"%s\"' is a placeholder for the quoted basename of a file.  It may change position but must not be translated or removed '\"' is an escaped quoted mark.  This may be replaced with another suitable character (escaped if necessary)
en: Are you sure you want to permanently delete "%s" from the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to permanently delete "%s" from the Rubbish Bin?

en: Deleted items are not sent to Trash and are not recoverable.
en_GB: Deleted items are not sent to the Rubbish Bin and are not recoverable.

en: Empty the Trash
en_GB: Empty the Rubbish Bin

note: TRANSLATORS: '%s' is a quoted placehorder for the name of a file. It can be moved but not omitted
en: “%s” must be moved from Trash before opening
en_GB: “%s” must be moved from Rubbish Bin before opening

en: Files inside Trash cannot be opened. To open this file, it must be moved elsewhere.
en_GB: Files inside Rubbish Bin cannot be opened. To open this file, it must be moved elsewhere.

en: Restore from Trash
en_GB: Restore from Rubbish Bin

en: Cannot copy files that are in the trash
en_GB: Cannot copy files that are in the Rubbish Bin

en: The folder "%s" can't be found.
en_GB: The folder '%s' can't be found.

en: Create the folder "%s"
en_GB: Create the folder '%s'

en: Trash Is Empty
en_GB: Rubbish Bin Is Empty

en: Unable to Display Folder Contents
en_GB: Unable to display folder contents

en: Unable to Show Folder
en_GB: Unable to show folder

en: Permanently Delete Trash on this Mount
en_GB: Permanently Delete Rubbish on this Mount

en: Open the Trash
en_GB: Open the Rubbish Bin

en: Permanently Delete All Trash
en_GB: Permanently Delete All Rubbish

en: Permanently Delete Trash
en_GB: Permanently Delete Rubbish

en: Adapt Code to your workflow: you can tweak the behavior and interface as needed with a handful of useful and well-considered extensions and preferences.
en_GB: Adapt Code to your workflow: you can tweak the behaviour and interface as needed with a handful of useful and well-considered extensions and preferences.

en: Solarized Light, Solarized Dark, and High Contrast color schemes that affect the whole UI
en_GB: Solarised Light, Solarised Dark, and High Contrast colour schemes that affect the whole UI

en: Alphabetize
en_GB: Alphabetise

en: john@doe.com
en_GB: john@smith.com

en: Keep a copy locally
en_GB: Keep a local copy

en: Could not add ACL entry:
en_GB: Unable to add ACL entry:

en: Could not remove ACL entry:
en_GB: Unable to remove ACL entry:

en: Could not modify ACL entry:
en_GB: Unable to modify ACL entry:

note: FIXME: Can't do much here
en: Exception when setting ACL of file '%s': '%s'
en_GB: Exception setting ACL of file '%s': '%s'

note: Catch-all to avoid crashing nautilus
en: Unknown exception when setting ACL of file '%s'
en_GB: Unknown exception occurred when setting ACL of file '%s'

en: Only regular files or directories supported
en_GB: Only regular files or directories are supported

en: Textual representation of the ACL is wrong
en_GB: Textual representation of the ACL is incorrect

en: Default textual representation of the ACL is wrong
en_GB: Default textual representation of the ACL is incorrect

en: Initial edit mode (default mode otherwise)
en_GB: Initial edit mode (differs from default mode)

en: Invalid value for 'edit-mode' option. Valid options are 'acl' or 'xattr'
en_GB: Invalid value for 'edit-mode' operation. Valid options are 'acl' or 'xattr'

en: Edit ACLs for enclosed files
en_GB: Edit ACL's for enclosed files

en: List directory, access, create and remove files
en_GB: Create list of directory's, access, create and remove files

en: List directory, no access to files
en_GB: create list of directory's, no access to files

en: List directory and access files
en_GB: Create list of directory's and access files

en: List directory only, no access to files
en_GB: Only list directory, no access to files

en: No list directory but access, create and remove
en_GB: No listing of directory's but access, create and remove

en: No list directory and access files
en_GB: No listing of directory's and access files

en: User owner
en_GB: Owner is the user

en: Group owner
en_GB: Owner is group

en: Mask limits Group owner, User ACL and Group ACL to
en_GB: Masks limited to Group owner, User ACL and Group ACL

en: New files will have User owner
en_GB: New files will have user as owner

en: New files will have Group owner
en_GB: New files with have group as owner

en: New files will have Mask
en_GB: New files will have a Mask

en: Allows editing Access Control Lists
en_GB: Editing of Access Control Lists is allowed

en: There is already an attribute with this name
en_GB: Attribute with this name already exists

en: Back to the fortress, I still need to rescue my Dad from the sorceror
en_GB: Back to the fortress, I still need to rescue my Dad from the sorcerer

en: I'm not sure, I think the sorceror sent me here, but he said he was going to kill me
en_GB: I'm not sure, I think the sorcerer sent me here, but he said he was going to kill me

en: The sorceror caught me looting his fortress and he banished me here
en_GB: The sorcerer caught me looting his fortress and he banished me here

en: I guess the other things must have been destroyed when the sorceror used that spell
en_GB: I guess the other things must have been destroyed when the sorcerer used that spell

en: Where did the sorceror go?
en_GB: Where did the sorcerer go?

en: You went to the Sorceror's Fortress?!
en_GB: You went to the Sorcerer's Fortress?!

en: Broke into the Sorceror's Fortress
en_GB: Broke into the Sorcerer's Fortress

en: And after all that, when I defeated the Sorceror, he had no idea who you were
en_GB: And after all that, when I defeated the Sorcerer, he had no idea who you were

en: You killed the Sorceror?!
en_GB: You killed the Sorcerer?!

en: Hopefully this will lead me to the sorceror...
en_GB: Hopefully this will lead me to the sorcerer...

en: Confront the Sorceror
en_GB: Confront the Sorcerer

en: The sorceror must have done something else with him, I'll have to go back and find out
en_GB: The sorcerer must have done something else with him, I'll have to go back and find out

en: The sorceror must have taken Dad to his castle. I'll have to rescue him from there.
en_GB: The sorcerer must have taken Dad to his castle. I'll have to rescue him from there.

en: I guess the sorceror has no need for weapons since he has magic
en_GB: I guess the sorcerer has no need for weapons since he has magic

en: Well, since he's helping me get back to the sorceror, the least I can do is retrieve it for him
en_GB: Well, since he's helping me get back to the sorcerer, the least I can do is retrieve it for him

en: The sorceror will almost certainly destroy me if I confront him without the shield
en_GB: The sorcerer will almost certainly destroy me if I confront him without the shield

en: Defeat the Sorceror
en_GB: Defeat the Sorcerer

en: Now to create that shield and get that sorceror...
en_GB: Now to create that shield and get that sorcerer...

en: Sorceror
en_GB: Sorcerer

en: The Sorceror
en_GB: The Sorcerer

en: Defeated the Sorceror
en_GB: Defeated the Sorcerer

en: Met the Sorceror
en_GB: Met the Sorcerer

en: He must have been kidnapped by that evil sorceror!
en_GB: He must have been kidnapped by that evil sorcerer!

en: Red color
en_GB: Red colour

en: Scanner Dialog
en_GB: Scanner Dialogue

en: Show the scanner dialog on startup
en_GB: Show the scanner dialogue on startup

en: Page to show in the preferences dialog
en_GB: Page to show in the preferences dialogue

en: The page in the notebook of the preferences dialog
en_GB: The page in the notebook of the preferences dialogue

en: A bright colored fish
en_GB: A bright coloured fish

en: The specified bitstream does not exist or the file has been initialized improperly
en_GB: The specified bitstream does not exist or the file has been initialised improperly

en: Trusted file — uncheck to remove trust
en_GB: Trusted file — untick to remove trust

en: Untrusted file — check to trust
en_GB: Untrusted file — tick to trust

note: #-#-#-#-#  308  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (commitDialogHeight), group (CommitDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (configDialogHeight), group (ConfigDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (cloneDialogHeight), group (CloneDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (pushDialogBigHeight), 
en: Dialog height
en_GB: Dialogue box height

note: #-#-#-#-#  308  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (commitDialogWidth), group (CommitDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (configDialogWidth), group (ConfigDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (cloneDialogWidth), group (CloneDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (pushDialogBigWidth), grou
en: Dialog width
en_GB: Dialogue box width

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: You must enter a valid commit Id (Sha signature).
en_GB: You must enter a valid commit ID (Sha signature).

[ctx: a placeholder]
en: a git repository url or path
en_GB: a git repository URL or path

[ctx: @label:textbox]
en: Url:
en_GB: URL:

[ctx: @info]
en: Administrator authorization has expired.
en_GB: Administrator authorisation has expired.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>Make use of your administrator rights in Dolphin:<numberedlist><numbereditem>Navigate to the file or folder you want to change.</numbereditem><numbereditem>Activate the "%1" action either under <interface>Open Menu|More|View</interface> or <interface>Menu Bar|View</interface>.<nl/>Default shortcut: <shortcut>%2</shortcut></numbereditem><numbereditem>After authorization you can manage files as an administrator.</numbereditem></numberedlist></para>
en_GB: <para>Make use of your administrator rights in Dolphin:<numberedlist><numbereditem>Navigate to the file or folder you want to change.</numbereditem><numbereditem>Activate the "%1" action either under <interface>Open Menu|More|View</interface> or <interface>Menu Bar|View</interface>.<nl/>Default shortcut: <shortcut>%2</shortcut></numbereditem><numbereditem>After authorisation you can manage files as an administrator.</numbereditem></numberedlist></para>

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Successfully moved to trash.
en_GB: Successfully moved to wastebin.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This undoes the last change you made to files or folders.<nl/>Such changes include <interface>creating</interface>, <interface>renaming</interface> and <interface>moving</interface> them to a different location or to the <filename>Trash</filename>. <nl/>Any changes that cannot be undone will ask for your confirmation beforehand.
en_GB: This undoes the last change you made to files or folders.<nl/>Such changes include <interface>creating</interface>, <interface>renaming</interface> and <interface>moving</interface> them to a different location or to the <filename>Wastebin</filename>. <nl/>Any changes that cannot be undone will ask for your confirmation beforehand.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This switches between having a <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> and having an <interface>%1</interface> button. Both contain mostly the same actions and configuration options.</para><para>The Menubar takes up more space but allows for fast and organized access to all actions an application has to offer.</para><para>The %1 button is simpler and small which makes triggering advanced actions more time consuming.</para>
en_GB: <para>This switches between having a <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis> and having an <interface>%1</interface> button. Both contain mostly the same actions and configuration options.</para><para>The Menubar takes up more space but allows for fast and organised access to all actions an application has to offer.</para><para>The %1 button is simpler and small which makes triggering advanced actions more time consuming.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This displays all places in the places panel that have been hidden. They will appear semi-transparent and allow you to uncheck their "Hide" property.
en_GB: This displays all places in the places panel that have been hidden. They will appear semi-transparent and allow you to untick their "Hide" property.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>. It provides access to commands and configuration options. Left-click on any of the menus on this bar to see its contents.</para><para>The Menubar can be hidden by unchecking <interface>Settings|Show Menubar</interface>. Then most of its contents become available through a <interface>Menu</interface> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>. It provides access to commands and configuration options. Left-click on any of the menus on this bar to see its contents.</para><para>The Menubar can be hidden by unticking <interface>Settings|Show Menubar</interface>. Then most of its contents become available through a <interface>Menu</interface> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. It allows quick access to frequently used actions.</para><para>It is highly customizable. All items you see in the <interface>Menu</interface> or in the <interface>Menubar</interface> can be placed on the Toolbar. Just right-click on it and select <interface>Configure Toolbars…</interface> or find this action within the <interface>menu</interface>.</para><para>The location of the bar and the style of its buttons can also be changed in the right-click menu. Right-click a button if you want to show or hide its text.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. It allows quick access to frequently used actions.</para><para>It is highly customisable. All items you see in the <interface>Menu</interface> or in the <interface>Menubar</interface> can be placed on the Toolbar. Just right-click on it and select <interface>Configure Toolbars…</interface> or find this action within the <interface>menu</interface>.</para><para>The location of the bar and the style of its buttons can also be changed in the right-click menu. Right-click a button if you want to show or hide its text.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This opens a <emphasis>web page</emphasis> where you can donate to support the continued work on this application and many other projects by the <emphasis>KDE</emphasis> community.</para><para>Donating is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support KDE and its projects. KDE projects are available for free therefore your donation is needed to cover things that require money like servers, contributor meetings, etc.</para><para><emphasis>KDE e.V.</emphasis> is the non-profit organization behind the KDE community.</para>
en_GB: <para>This opens a <emphasis>web page</emphasis> where you can donate to support the continued work on this application and many other projects by the <emphasis>KDE</emphasis> community.</para><para>Donating is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support KDE and its projects. KDE projects are available for free therefore your donation is needed to cover things that require money like servers, contributor meetings, etc.</para><para><emphasis>KDE e.V.</emphasis> is the non-profit organisation behind the KDE community.</para>

en: Empties Trash to create free space
en_GB: Empties Wastebin to create free space

[ctx: @action:inmenu Edit]
en: Unselect Items Matching…
en_GB: Deselect Items Matching…

[ctx: @action:inmenu Go]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @info]
en: Authorization required to enter this folder.
en_GB: Authorisation required to enter this folder.

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Configure Trash…
en_GB: Configure Wastebin…

[ctx: @info explaining the next step in a process]
en: Select the files and folders that should be moved to the Trash.
en_GB: Select the files and folders that should be moved to the Wastebin.

[ctx: @action Dismisses an explanatory area and never shows it again]
en: Don't Remind Me Again
en_GB: Do not Remind Me Again

[ctx: @action]
note: i18n: A more elaborate and clearly worded version of the Trash action %2 is a textual representation of the currently selected files or folders. This can be the name of the file/files like "file1" or "file1, file2 and file3" or an aggregate like "8 Selected Folders". If this sort of word puzzle can 
en: Move %2 to the Trash | Move %2 to the Trash
en_GB[0]: Move %2 to the Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %2 to the Wastebin

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GroupedSorting), group (Dolphin)
en: When this option is enabled, the sorted items are categorized into groups.
en_GB: When this option is enabled, the sorted items are categorised into groups.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EditableUrl), group (General)
en: Should the URL be editable for the user
en_GB: Whether the URL should be editable for the user

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFullPath), group (General)
en: Should the full path be shown inside the location bar
en_GB: Whether the full path should be shown inside the location bar

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Version), group (General)
en: Internal config version of Dolphin, mainly Used to determine whether an updated version of Dolphin is running, so as to migrate config entries that were removed/renamed ...etc
en_GB: Internal configuration version of Dolphin, mainly Used to determine whether an updated version of Dolphin is running, so as to migrate configuration entries that were removed/renamed ...etc

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FilterBar), group (General)
en: Should the filter bar be shown
en_GB: Whether the filter bar should be shown

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewPropsTimestamp), group (General)
en: Timestamp since when the view properties are valid
en_GB: Timestamp from when the view properties have been valid

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowZoomSlider), group (General)
en: Show zoom slider in the statusbar
en_GB: Show zoom slider in the status bar

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @option:check Ask for confirmation when]
en: Moving files or folders to trash
en_GB: Moving files or folders to wastebin

[ctx: @option:check Ask for confirmation when]
en: Emptying trash
en_GB: Emptying wastebin

en: When unchecked, the opposite view will be closed. The Close icon always illustrates which view (left or right) will be closed.
en_GB: When not ticked, the opposite view will be closed. The Close icon always illustrates which view (left or right) will be closed.

[ctx: @title:tab Behavior settings]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

[ctx: @info]
note: i18n: The information in this sentence contradicts the preceding sentence. That's what the word "still" is communicating. The previous sentence is "Use common display style for all folders".
en: Some special views like search, recent files, or trash will still use a custom display style.
en_GB: Some special views like search, recent files, or wastebin will still use a custom display style.

en: Trash Emptied
en_GB: Wastebin Emptied

en: The Trash was emptied.
en_GB: The Wastebin was emptied.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: 1 folder selected | %1 folders selected
en_GB[0]: 1 Folder selected
en_GB[1]: %1 folders selected

[ctx: @info:status]
en: 1 file selected | %1 files selected
en_GB[0]: 1 file selected
en_GB[1]: %1 Files selected

[ctx: @info:status]
en: 1 folder | %1 folders
en_GB[0]: 1 Folder
en_GB[1]: %1 folders

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Trash operation completed.
en_GB: Wastebin operation completed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This moves the items in your current selection to the <filename>Trash</filename>.<nl/>The trash is a temporary storage location where items can be deleted later if disk space is needed.
en_GB: This moves the items in your current selection to the <filename>Wastebin</filename>.<nl/>The Wastebin is a temporary storage location where items can be deleted later if disk space is needed.

[ctx: @action "Move to Trash" for non-local files, etc.]
en: Delete (using shortcut for Trash)
en_GB: Delete (using shortcut for Wastebin)

[ctx: @action:inmenu File]
en: Move to Trash…
en_GB: Move to Wastebin…

en: Failed to send an email via '%s': %s
en_GB: Failed to send an e-mail via '%s': %s

en: Waiting for internet connection...
en_GB: Waiting for Internet connection...

en: {} provides {} but it cannot be found
en_GB: {} provides {}, but it cannot be found

en: synchronize installed packages to the latest available versions
en_GB: synchronise installed packages to the latest available versions

en: Package to synchronize
en_GB: Package to synchronise

en: show also hidden groups
en_GB: show hidden groups also

en: Invalid groups sub-command, use: %s.
en_GB: Invalid groups sub-command; use: %s.

en: Cannot undo transaction %s, doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.
en_GB: Cannot undo transaction %s; doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.

en: Cannot rollback transaction %s, doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.
en_GB: Cannot rollback transaction %s; doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.

en: search also package description and URL
en_GB: search package description and URL also

en: control whether color is used
en_GB: control whether colour is used

en: License     : %s
en_GB: Licence     : %s

en: Analyze any display. Input a few simple details and figure out the aspect ratio, DPI, and other details of a particular display. Great for deciding which laptop or external monitor to purchase, and if it would be considered HiDPI.
en_GB: Analyse any display. Input a few simple details and figure out the aspect ratio, DPI, and other details of a particular display. Great for deciding which laptop or external monitor to purchase, and if it would be considered HiDPI.

en: Analyze a Display
en_GB: Analyse a Display

en: Defines in which way the selected tags are combined to filter the images. This also includes the '%1' check box.
en_GB: Defines in which way the selected tags are combined to filter the images. This also includes the '%1' tick box.

[ctx: @action:inmenu Pluralized]
en: Move to Trash | Move %1 Files to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 Files to Wastebin

en: <p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to try setting it again, choose "Yes" here, otherwise choose "No", and the "Color Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>
en_GB: <p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to try setting it again, choose "Yes" here, otherwise choose "No", and the "Colour Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>

en: Opening Download Dialog...
en_GB: Opening Download Dialogue...

en: You have chosen a bright color scheme. We switch to a dark icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.
en_GB: You have chosen a bright colour scheme. We switch to a dark icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.

en: You have chosen a dark color scheme. We switch to a bright icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.
en_GB: You have chosen a dark colour scheme. We switch to a bright icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.

[ctx: @info: setup]
en: Initializing Main View...
en_GB: Initialising Main View...

[ctx: @action: setup]
en: Recognize Faces
en_GB: Recognise Faces

[ctx: @action: Non-pluralized]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: @action: setup]
en: Move to trash without confirmation
en_GB: Move to wastebin without confirmation

[ctx: @action: setup]
en: Color-Managed View
en_GB: Colour-Managed View

[ctx: go to next image]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: @info]
en: Online help about trash-bin
en_GB: Online help about wastebin

en: Restore only the last entry in the trash-bin.
en_GB: Restore only the last entry in the wastebin.

en: Restore selection of files from the trash-bin.
en_GB: Restore selection of files from the wastebin.

en: Remove permanently the items selection or all items from the trash-bin.
en_GB: Remove permanently the items selection or all items from the wastebin.

en: Versionning: add support of JPEG-XL, HEIF, WEBP, and AVIF as lossless image format to store versionned images in editor.
en_GB: Versioning: add support of JPEG-XL, HEIF, WEBP, and AVIF as lossless image format to store versioned images in editor.

en: Metadata: optimize layout of Metadata Edit plugin for a better usability.
en_GB: Metadata: optimise layout of Metadata Edit plugin for a better usability.

en: Add Spellcheck config panel in Settings/Miscellaneous for digiKam and Showfoto.
en_GB: Add Spellcheck configuration panel in Settings/Miscellaneous for digiKam and Showfoto.

en: Add Localize config panel in Settings/Miscellaneous for digiKam and Showfoto.
en_GB: Add Localise configuration panel in Settings/Miscellaneous for digiKam and Showfoto.

en: Add Icon-View settings to customize Labels visibility over thumbnails.
en_GB: Add Icon-View settings to customise Labels visibility over thumbnails.

en: Queue Manager: add new tool to assign rating, pick, and color labels in batch.
en_GB: Queue Manager: add new tool to assign rating, pick, and colour labels in batch.

en: Update G'MIC-Qt tool to last version 3.4.0 and finalize MacOS port and improve stability of plugin.
en_GB: Update G'MIC-Qt tool to last version 3.4.0 and finalise MacOS port and improve stability of plugin.

en: More compact icon-view thumbnails by using a simple horizontal line instead a frame to render Color Labels.
en_GB: More compact icon-view thumbnails by using a simple horizontal line instead a frame to render Colour Labels.

en: digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer.
en_GB: digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organise, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer.

[ctx: @title: tableview]
en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

[ctx: @info: tableview]
en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

[ctx: @info: tableview]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

en: Digitization date/time
en_GB: Digitisation date/time

[ctx: @item: component info]
en: Qt Sql drivers
en_GB: Qt SQL drivers

[ctx: @title]
en: Color Auto-Correction
en_GB: Colour Auto-Correction

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to fix colors automatically
en_GB: A tool to fix colours automatically

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust colors automatically from images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust colours automatically from images.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to mix color channel
en_GB: A tool to mix colour channel

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can mix color channels from images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can mix colour channels from images.</para>

en: Adjust color balance.
en_GB: Adjust colour balance.

[ctx: @title]
en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to adjust color balance
en_GB: A tool to adjust colour balance

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust color balance from images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust colour balance from images.</para>

en: Convert color depth from 16 to 8 bits.
en_GB: Convert colour depth from 16 to 8 bits.

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to convert color depth to 8 bits
en_GB: A tool to convert colour depth to 8 bits

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert image color depth to 8 bits.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert image colour depth to 8 bits.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to convert color depth to 16 bits
en_GB: A tool to convert colour depth to 16 bits

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images color depth to 16 bits.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images colour depth to 16 bits.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to adjust color curves
en_GB: A tool to adjust colour curves

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust the color curves from images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust the colour curves from images.</para>

[ctx: @title]
en: Color Profile Conversion
en_GB: Colour Profile Conversion

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to convert images to a color space
en_GB: A tool to convert images to a colour space

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images to a different color space.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images to a different colour space.</para>

[ctx: @title]
en: Invert Colors
en_GB: Invert Colours

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to invert image colors
en_GB: A tool to invert image colours

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can invert colors from images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can invert colours from images.</para>

en: <b>If conversion to PNG fails, this may be due to the color profile check. Simply insert the tool for color profile conversion before this tool and select the desired color profile.</b>
en_GB: <b>If conversion to PNG fails, this may be due to the colour profile check. Simply insert the tool for colour profile conversion before this tool and select the desired colour profile.</b>

en: Check this if you want the watermark to use the given size of the font or the image without any adjustment to the actual image.
en_GB: Tick this if you want the watermark to use the given size of the font or the image without any adjustment to the actual image.

en: Check this if you want the watermark to ignore its own aspect ratio and use the image's aspect ratio instead.
en_GB: Tick this if you want the watermark to ignore its own aspect ratio and use the image's aspect ratio instead.

en: Check this if you want watermark to be transparent.
en_GB: Tick this if you want watermark to be transparent.

en: Set the font color to use here.
en_GB: Set the font colour to use here.

en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

en: Check this if you want a background fill behind the text.
en_GB: Tick this if you want a background fill behind the text.

en: Choose the color of the watermark background.
en_GB: Choose the colour of the watermark background.

en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

en: Randomize watermark orientation (Enabled in "Random Repetition" mode only)
en_GB: Randomise watermark orientation (Enabled in "Random Repetition" mode only)

[ctx: @item: placement position]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @item: placement position]
en: Top center
en_GB: Top centre

[ctx: @item: placement position]
en: Bottom center
en_GB: Bottom centre

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool remove or add vignettings to images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool remove or add vignetting to images.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to fix automatically lens artifacts
en_GB: A tool to fix automatically lens artefacts

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can fix automatically lens artifacts over images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can fix automatically lens artefacts over images.</para>

en: Reduce JPEG Artifacts
en_GB: Reduce JPEG Artefacts

[ctx: @title]
en: Color Effects
en_GB: Colour Effects

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to apply color effects
en_GB: A tool to apply colour effects

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can apply color effects over images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can apply colour effects over images.</para>

en: Color Label:
en_GB: Colour Label:

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool will assign rating, or color, or pick label metadata values to images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool will assign rating, or colour, or pick label metadata values to images.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can translate alternative language strings in Xmp metadata from images.</para>
en_GB: <para>This Batch Queue Manager tool can translate alternative language strings in XMP metadata from images.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to resize images with a customized length
en_GB: A tool to resize images with a customised length

[ctx: @info]
en: This library is available on your system with a maximum color depth support of %1 bits.
en_GB: This library is available on your system with a maximum colour depth support of %1 bits.

[ctx: @info]
en: This library is available on your system but is not able to encode image with a suitable color depth.
en_GB: This library is available on your system but is not able to encode image with a suitable colour depth.

en: <p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p><p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p><p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p><p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>Note: JPEG always uses lossy compression.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>Chroma sub sampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to colour resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine colour detail.</p><p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma sub sampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p><p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p><p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>Note: JPEG always uses lossy compression.</b></p>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This plugin allows users to load and save image using Libjasper codec</para><para>The JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) 2000 standard, finalized in 2001, defines a image-coding scheme using state-of-the-art compression techniques based on wavelet technology. Its architecture is useful for many diverse applications, including image archiving, security systems, digital photography, and medical imaging.</para><para>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG_2000'>Joint Photographic Experts Group documentation</a> for details.</para>
en_GB: <para>This plugin allows users to load and save image using Libjasper codec</para><para>The JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) 2000 standard, finalised in 2001, defines a image-coding scheme using state-of-the-art compression techniques based on wavelet technology. Its architecture is useful for many diverse applications, including image archiving, security systems, digital photography, and medical imaging.</para><para>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG_2000'>Joint Photographic Experts Group documentation</a> for details.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>This plugin allows users to load and save image using Libraw codec.</para><para>A camera raw image file contains minimally processed data from the image sensor of either a digital camera, a motion picture film scanner, or other image scanner. Raw files are not yet processed and therefore are not ready to be printed or edited with a bitmap graphics editor. RAW are processed by a raw converter in a wide-gamut internal color space where precise adjustments can be made before conversion to a TIFF or JPEG for storage, printing, or further manipulation. This often encodes the image in a device-dependent color space.</para><para>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raw_image_format'>Raw Image File documentation</a> for details.</para>
en_GB: <para>This plugin allows users to load and save image using Libraw codec.</para><para>A camera raw image file contains minimally processed data from the image sensor of either a digital camera, a motion picture film scanner, or other image scanner. Raw files are not yet processed and therefore are not ready to be printed or edited with a bitmap graphics editor. RAW are processed by a raw converter in a wide-gamut internal colour space where precise adjustments can be made before conversion to a TIFF or JPEG for storage, printing, or further manipulation. This often encodes the image in a device-dependent colour space.</para><para>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raw_image_format'>Raw Image File documentation</a> for details.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can adjust the color curves from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can adjust the colour curves from image.

en: All channels shadow tone color picker
en_GB: All channels shadow tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: All channels middle tone color picker
en_GB: All channels middle tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: All channels highlight tone color picker
en_GB: All channels highlight tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to adjust color levels
en_GB: A tool to adjust colour levels

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can adjust the color levels from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can adjust the colour levels from image.

en: <b>Auto Levels</b>:<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>
en_GB: <b>Auto Levels</b>:<p>This option maximises the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>

en: <b>Normalize</b>:<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a "magic fix" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>
en_GB: <b>Normalise</b>:<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a "magic fix" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>

en: <b>Equalize</b>:<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>
en_GB: <b>Equalise</b>:<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colours across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalise works wonderfully at enhancing the contrast in an image; other times it produces terrible output. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can adjust colors automatically from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can adjust colours automatically from image.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Auto-Correction...
en_GB: Colour Auto-Correction...

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can mix color channels from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can mix colour channels from image.

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can adjust color balance from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can adjust colour balance from image.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Balance...
en_GB: Colour Balance...

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can convert image color depth to 8 bits.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can convert image colour depth to 8 bits.

[ctx: @info]
en: This image is already using a depth of 8 bits / color / pixel.
en_GB: This image is already using a depth of 8 bits / colour / pixel.

[ctx: @info]
en: Performing this operation will reduce image color quality. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: Performing this operation will reduce image colour quality. Do you want to continue?

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can convert image color depth to 16 bits.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can convert image colour depth to 16 bits.

[ctx: @info]
en: This image is already using a depth of 16 bits / color / pixel.
en_GB: This image is already using a depth of 16 bits / colour / pixel.

en: Color Negative Film
en_GB: Colour Negative Film

en: Input range of red color channel.
en_GB: Input range of red colour channel.

en: Input range of green color channel.
en_GB: Input range of green colour channel.

en: Input range of blue color channel.
en_GB: Input range of blue colour channel.

en: Check to apply the built-in color balance of the film profile. Un-check if you want to apply color balance yourself.
en_GB: Tick to apply the built-in colour balance of the film profile. Untick if you want to apply colour balance yourself.

en: White point color picker
en_GB: White point colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour of the orange mask of the scanned colour negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile.

en: Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel.
en_GB: Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any colour channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel.

[ctx: @title]
en: Color Negative Film
en_GB: Colour Negative Film

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to emulate color negative film
en_GB: A tool to emulate colour negative film

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can emulate color negative film from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can emulate colour negative film from image.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Negative...
en_GB: Colour Negative...

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can invert colors from image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can invert colours from image.

en: Current Color Space:
en_GB: Current Colour Space:

en: Color Profile Conversion
en_GB: Colour Profile Conversion

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to convert image to a color space
en_GB: A tool to convert image to a colour space

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can convert image to a different color space.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can convert image to a different colour space.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Spaces
en_GB: Colour Spaces

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Space Converter...
en_GB: Colour Space Converter...

[ctx: @info]
en: This image is not color managed.
en_GB: This image is not colour managed.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Management is disabled...
en_GB: Colour Management is disabled...

en: Align text to center
en_GB: Align text to centre

[ctx: font color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

en: Set here the font color to use.
en_GB: Set here the font colour to use.

en: Add a solid border around text using current text color
en_GB: Add a solid border around text using current text colour

en: A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle.
en_GB: A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination colour with source colour this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle.

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to fix image artifacts
en_GB: A tool to fix image artefacts

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can fix image artifacts by cloning area.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can fix image artefacts by cloning area.

en: Set this option to visualize the correction grid to be applied.
en_GB: Set this option to visualise the correction grid to be applied.

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can fix automatically lens artifacts over an image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can fix automatically lens artefacts over an image.

en: This value controls in the same manner as the Main control, but has more effect at the edges of the image than at the center.
en_GB: This value controls in the same manner as the Main control, but has more effect at the edges of the image than at the centre.

en: <p>Select the filter preset to use for photograph restoration here:</p><p><b>Reduce Uniform Noise</b>: reduce small image artifacts such as sensor noise.<br/><b>Reduce JPEG Artifacts</b>: reduce large image artifacts, such as a JPEG compression mosaic.<br/><b>Reduce Texturing</b>: reduce image artifacts, such as paper texture, or Moire patterns on scanned images.<br/><b>Custom</b>: Puts settings to most common values, fully customizable.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the filter preset to use for photograph restoration here:</p><p><b>Reduce Uniform Noise</b>: reduce small image artifacts such as sensor noise.<br/><b>Reduce JPEG Artifacts</b>: reduce large image artifacts, such as a JPEG compression mosaic.<br/><b>Reduce Texturing</b>: reduce image artifacts, such as paper texture, or Moire patterns on scanned images.<br/><b>Custom</b>: Puts settings to most common values, fully customisable.</p>

en: Use Color Management for Printing
en_GB: Use Colour Management for Printing

en: <p>Color Management is disabled.</p> <p>You can enable it now by clicking on the "Settings" button.</p>
en_GB: <p>Colour Management is disabled.</p> <p>You can enable it now by clicking on the "Settings" button.</p>

en: <p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p><p><b>Zoom Blur</b>:  blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p><p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p><p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p><p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p><p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p><p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p><p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p><p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p><p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p><p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p><p><b>Zoom Blur</b>:  blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified centre point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p><p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified centre point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p><p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocused camera lens.</p><p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p><p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p><p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p><p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p><p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of colour in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p><p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p><p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: This is the color effects preview
en_GB: This is the colour effects preview

[ctx: @title: filter]
en: Solarize
en_GB: Solarise

[ctx: @info]
en: A tool to apply color effects to an image
en_GB: A tool to apply colour effects to an image

[ctx: @info]
en: This Image Editor tool can apply color effects to an image.
en_GB: This Image Editor tool can apply colour effects to an image.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Effects...
en_GB: Colour Effects...

en: This value controls the iterations to use for Waves, Tile, and Neon effects.
en_GB: This value controls the iterations to use for Waves, Tile and Neon effects.

en: Enable this option to preserve pixels whose color is close to a skin tone.
en_GB: Enable this option to preserve pixels whose colour is close to a skin tone.

en: This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting.
en_GB: This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbours. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting.

en: During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side.  In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance.
en_GB: During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same colour), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side.  In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centred in the original image might not be centred in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favoured side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance.

en: <p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p><p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p><p><b>2:3</b>: 10x15cm, 20x30cm, 30x45cm, 4x6", 8x12", 12x18", 16x24", 20x30"</p><p><b>3:4</b>: 6x8cm, 15x20cm, 18x24cm, 30x40cm, 3.75x5", 4.5x6", 6x8", 7.5x10", 9x12"</p><p><b>4:5</b>: 20x25cm, 40x50cm, 8x10", 16x20"</p><p><b>5:7</b>: 15x21cm, 30x42cm, 5x7"</p><p><b>7:10</b>: 21x30cm, 42x60cm, 3.5x5"</p><p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p><p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p><p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p><p>The paper <b>Format DIN A</b> use the ratio 1:1.414</p><p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but may not be suitable to print on standard photographic paper.</p><p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimetres or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p><p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p><p><b>2:3</b>: 10x15cm, 20x30cm, 30x45cm, 4x6", 8x12", 12x18", 16x24", 20x30"</p><p><b>3:4</b>: 6x8cm, 15x20cm, 18x24cm, 30x40cm, 3.75x5", 4.5x6", 6x8", 7.5x10", 9x12"</p><p><b>4:5</b>: 20x25cm, 40x50cm, 8x10", 16x20"</p><p><b>5:7</b>: 15x21cm, 30x42cm, 5x7"</p><p><b>7:10</b>: 21x30cm, 42x60cm, 3.5x5"</p><p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p><p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p><p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p><p>The paper <b>Format DIN A</b> use the ratio 1:1.414</p><p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but may not be suitable to print on standard photographic paper.</p><p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>

en: Set width position to center.
en_GB: Set width position to centre.

en: Set height position to center.
en_GB: Set height position to centre.

en: Center Lines
en_GB: Centre Lines

en: Color and width:
en_GB: Colour and width:

en: Set here the color used to draw composition guides.
en_GB: Set here the colour used to draw composition guides.

en: Digitization date and time
en_GB: Digitisation date and time

en: Digitization sub-second
en_GB: Digitisation sub-second

en: Set digitization date to today
en_GB: Set digitisation date to today

en: Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents.
en_GB: Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitisation date and time will have the same contents.

en: <b>Warning:</b> Exif<b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.
en_GB: <b>Warning:</b> EXIF<b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.

[ctx: exposure program]
en: Creative program
en_GB: Creative programme

[ctx: exposure program]
en: Action program
en_GB: Action programme

en: Select here the program used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken.
en_GB: Select here the programme used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken.

[ctx: metering mode]
en: Center weighted average
en_GB: Centre weighted average

en: One-chip color area
en_GB: One-chip colour area

en: Two-chip color area
en_GB: Two-chip colour area

en: Three-chip color area
en_GB: Three-chip colour area

en: Color sequential area
en_GB: Colour sequential area

en: Color sequential linear
en_GB: Colour sequential linear

en: Set here the lens focal length in millimeters used by camera to take the picture.
en_GB: Set here the lens focal length in millimetres used by camera to take the picture.

en: Set here the person or organization to contact.
en_GB: Set here the person or organisation to contact.

en: Digitization date
en_GB: Digitisation date

en: Digitization time
en_GB: Digitisation time

[ctx: @info]
en: This tool allows users to changes plenty of metadata from items.
    
    Most common Exif, Iptc, and Xmp tags used in photography are listed for editing with standardized values.
    
    For photo agencies, pre-configured subjects can be used to describe the items contents based on Iptc reference codes.
en_GB: This tool allows users to changes plenty of metadata from items.
    
    Most common Exif, Iptc, and Xmp tags used in photography are listed for editing with standardised values.
    
    For photo agencies, pre-configured subjects can be used to describe the items contents based on Iptc reference codes.

en: Set here the contact postal code.
en_GB: Set the contact postcode here.

en: Set here the content's Province or State of origin.
en_GB: Set here the content's County or State of origin.

[ctx: @item: type code]
en: Catalog
en_GB: Catalogue

en: Process Canceled
en_GB: Process Cancelled

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.
en_GB: Optimise image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.
en_GB: Set automatic level selection (maximised) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimise image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Set the well-exposedness criterion contribution for the blending process. Higher values will favor well-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Set the well-exposedness criterion contribution for the blending process. Higher values will favour well-exposed pixels.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks.
en_GB: Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighbouring differently coloured pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use Color Appearance Model (CIECAM02)
en_GB: Use Colour Appearance Model (CIECAM02)

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Convert to CIECAM02 color appearance model during the blending process instead of RGB.
en_GB: Convert to CIECAM02 colour appearance model during the blending process instead of RGB.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together.
en_GB: Use Colour Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colours. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB colour space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default colour blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colours together.

en: <p>This tool allows users to blend bracketed images together to create pseudo HDR photo.</p><p>To create high definition range image, you need to use images from same subject taken with a tripod and exposed with different exposure settings.</p><p>To create image with better results, you can use RAW images instead JPEG, where colors depth is higher and are well adapted for merging pixels by pixels.</p>
en_GB: <p>This tool allows users to blend bracketed images together to create pseudo HDR photo.</p><p>To create high definition range image, you need to use images from same subject taken with a tripod and exposed with different exposure settings.</p><p>To create image with better results, you can use RAW images instead JPEG, where colour depth is higher and are well adapted for merging pixels by pixels.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: Do not mix images with different color depth.
en_GB: Do not mix images with different colour depth.

en: <p>This tool allows users to back-process items (as resize) before to create W3C compliant html gallery.</p><p>Items to process can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>Themable HTML template with different layout can be used to assemble files on a gallery.</p>
en_GB: <p>This tool allows users to back-process items (as resize) before to create W3C compliant html gallery.</p><p>Items to process can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>Themeable HTML template with different layout can be used to assemble files on a gallery.</p>

en: can be customized
en_GB: can be customised

en: no customization available
en_GB: no customisation available

en: <p>This tool allows users to export items to jAlbum html gallery generator.</p><p>Items to process can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>jAlbum is themable with different templates and layout. See the jAlbum web-site for details: https://jalbum.net/.</p>
en_GB: <p>This tool allows users to export items to jAlbum html gallery generator.</p><p>Items to process can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>jAlbum is themeable with different templates and layout. See the jAlbum web-site for details: https://jalbum.net/.</p>

en: <p>This tool allows users to share items on the local network through a DLNA server.</p><p>Items to share can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellulars, TV, etc.</p>
en_GB: <p>This tool allows users to share items on the local network through a DLNA server.</p><p>Items to share can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellular, TV, etc.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: The %1 server allows to share items through the local network using a web browser. Motion JPEG is a video compression format in which each video frame is compressed separately as a JPEG image. MJPEG streams is a standard which allows network clients to be connected without additional module. Most major web browsers and players support MJPEG stream. To access to stream from your browser, just use http://address:port as url, with address the MJPEG server IP, and port the server port set in this config dialog.
en_GB: The %1 server allows to share items through the local network using a web browser. Motion JPEG is a video compression format in which each video frame is compressed separately as a JPEG image. MJPEG streams is a standard which allows network clients to be connected without additional module. Most major web browsers and players support MJPEG stream. To access to stream from your browser, just use http://address:port as url, with address the MJPEG server IP, and port the server port set in this configuration dialog.

en: <p>This tool allows users to share items on the local network through a MJPEG Stream server.</p><p>Items to share can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>Motion JPEG is a video compression format in which each video frame or interlaced field of a digital video sequence is compressed separately as a JPEG image. MJPEG streams is a standard which allows network clients to be connected without additional module. Most major web browsers and players support MJPEG stream.</p><p>To access to stream from your browser, use http://address:port as url, with address the MJPEG address, and port the MJPEG port set in config dialog. More than one computer can be connected to the MJPEG server at the same time.</p>
en_GB: <p>This tool allows users to share items on the local network through a MJPEG Stream server.</p><p>Items to share can be selected one by one or by group through a selection of albums.</p><p>Motion JPEG is a video compression format in which each video frame or interlaced field of a digital video sequence is compressed separately as a JPEG image. MJPEG streams is a standard which allows network clients to be connected without additional module. Most major web browsers and players support MJPEG stream.</p><p>To access to stream from your browser, use http://address:port as URL, with address the MJPEG address, and port the MJPEG port set in configuration dialog. More than one computer can be connected to the MJPEG server at the same time.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: After to process recognition, double-click on one item to display recognized text here. You can review words and fix if necessary. Press the Save button to record your changes.
en_GB: After to process recognition, double-click on one item to display recognised text here. You can review words and fix if necessary. Press the Save button to record your changes.

[ctx: @info]
en: Process canceled
en_GB: Process cancelled

[ctx: @info]
en: Specify the language used for OCR. In the Default mode of Language settings for digital text with multiple languages, 
    Tesseract can automatically recognize languages using Latin alphabets such as English or French, 
    but is not compatible with languages using hieroglyphs such as Chinese, Japanese.
    You can use the Orientation and Script Detection mode instead or a specific languagemodule if available.
en_GB: Specify the language used for OCR. In the Default mode of Language settings for digital text with multiple languages, 
    Tesseract can automatically recognise languages using Latin alphabets such as English or French, 
    but is not compatible with languages using hieroglyphs such as Chinese, Japanese.
    You can use the Orientation and Script Detection mode instead or a specific languagemodule if available.

en: <b>Canceled</b>
en_GB: <b>Cancelled</b>

[ctx: @info: whatsthis]
en: "TIFF output": Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file.
en_GB: "TIFF output": Using TIFF output, you get the same colour depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file.

[ctx: @info]
en: Note that, in the case of a 360° panorama, the first image in the list will be the image that will be in the center of the panorama.
en_GB: Note that, in the case of a 360° panorama, the first image in the list will be the image that will be in the centre of the panorama.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: "Save project file": You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within %1 by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results.
en_GB: "Save project file": You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within %1 by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the centre of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results.

[ctx: @title: window]
en: Optimization
en_GB: Optimisation

[ctx: @info]
en: Optimization is in progress, please wait.
en_GB: Optimisation is in progress, please wait.

[ctx: @info]
en: The optimization step according to your settings is ready to be performed.
en_GB: The optimisation step according to your settings is ready to be performed.

[ctx: @info]
en: This step can include an automatic leveling of the horizon, and also an automatic projection selection and size.
en_GB: This step can include an automatic levelling of the horizon, and also an automatic projection selection and size.

[ctx: @info]
en: Press the "Next" button to run the optimization.
en_GB: Press the "Next" button to run the optimisation.

[ctx: @info]
en: Optimization has failed.
en_GB: Optimisation has failed.

en: Printing canceled
en_GB: Printing cancelled

note: i18n: ectx: property (placeholderText), widget (Digikam::DTextEdit, m_FreeCaptionFormat)
en: Enter here your customized caption string...
en_GB: Enter here your customised caption string...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_free_label)
en: The fields listed below can be used with the customization:
en_GB: The fields listed below can be used with the customisation:

en: Equalize Video Luminosity
en_GB: Equalise Video Luminosity

en: Equalization Strength:
en_GB: Equalisation Strength:

en: This controls strength of equalization. Setting this option to zero effectively does nothing.
en_GB: This controls strength of equalisation. Setting this option to zero effectively does nothing.

en: <i>These settings apply temporal midway video equalization effect while encoding frames as video. This adjusts the sequence of frames to have the same histograms, while maintaining their dynamics as much as possible. It’s useful for e.g. matching exposures from a timelapse sequence.</i>
en_GB: <i>These settings apply temporal midway video equalisation effect while encoding frames as video. This adjusts the sequence of frames to have the same histograms, while maintaining their dynamics as much as possible. It’s useful for e.g. matching exposures from a timelapse sequence.</i>

en: Frames Normalization
en_GB: Frames Normalisation

en: Do you want to move this image to the trash?
en_GB: Do you want to move this image to the Wastebin?

en: Show the digiKam image color label and pick label at the bottom of the screen.
en_GB: Show the digiKam image colour label and pick label at the bottom of the screen.

en: <b>Note: This dialog for the Slideshow Settings can be activated at any time with the F2 key.</b>
en_GB: <b>Note: This dialogue for the Slideshow Settings can be activated at any time with the F2 key.</b>

en: Target file behavior:
en_GB: Target file behaviour:

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Authorization Failed
en_GB: Authorisation Failed

[ctx: distance]
en: meters
en_GB: metres

en: <i>login <b>canceled</b></i>
en_GB: <i>login <b>cancelled</b></i>

en: Ipfs Url
en_GB: Ipfs URL

[ctx: @item]
en: Own work, multi-license with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and GFDL
en_GB: Own work, multi-licence with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and GFDL

[ctx: @item]
en: Own work, multi-license with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and older
en_GB: Own work, multi-licence with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and older

[ctx: @item]
en: Own work, release into public domain under the CC-Zero license
en_GB: Own work, release into public domain under the CC-Zero licence

[ctx: @item]
en: No license specified (not recommended for public wiki sites)
en_GB: No licence specified (not recommended for public wiki sites)

[ctx: piwigo url settings]
en: Url:
en_GB: URL:

en: Authentication dialog
en_GB: Authentication dialogue

en: Error to import RAW image with DarkTable
    Close this dialog to load RAW image with native import tool
en_GB: Error to import RAW image with DarkTable
    Close this dialogue to load RAW image with native import tool

en: Set here the color saturation correction.
en_GB: Set here the colour saturation correction.

en: Error to import RAW image with RawTherapee
    Close this dialog to load RAW image with native import tool
en_GB: Error to import RAW image with RawTherapee
    Close this dialogue to load RAW image with native import tool

en: Error to import RAW image with UFRaw
    Close this dialog to load RAW image with native import tool
en_GB: Error to import RAW image with UFRaw
    Close this dialogue to load RAW image with native import tool

en: Failed to initialize the database.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the database.

en: Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialog
en_GB: Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialogue

[ctx: @info: generate album name for exporting]
en: Colors:
en_GB: Colours:

[ctx: @info: color label name]
en: No Color
en_GB: No Colour

[ctx: @info: color label name]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: @item: color tree]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @item: color tree]
en: No Color
en_GB: No Colour

[ctx: @item: color tree]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: @info: album properties]
en: Uncategorized Album
en_GB: Uncategorised Album

en: This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam.
en_GB: This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognised. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam.

[ctx: @info]
en: "relative path" on harddisk partition with "UUID"
    Folder "%1" on the volume with the id "%2"
en_GB: "relative path" on hard-disk partition with "UUID"
    Folder "%1" on the volume with the id "%2"

[ctx: @info]
en: "relative path" on harddisk partition with "label"
    Folder "%1" on the volume labeled "%2"
en_GB: "relative path" on hard-disk partition with "label"
    Folder "%1" on the volume labelled "%2"

en: Initialized and imported file suffix filter
en_GB: Initialised and imported file suffix filter

en: Database type is not supported.
en_GB: Remote file handling is not supported

en: The internal MySQL database is initializing, please wait...
en_GB: The internal MySQL database is initialising, please wait...

en: Could not start database initializer.
en_GB: Could not start database initialiser.

en: The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before.
en_GB: The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before.

en: Restore Trash
en_GB: Restore Wastebin

[ctx: @info]
en: Initializing database...
en_GB: Initialising database...

en: Database conversion canceled.
en_GB: Database conversion cancelled.

en: Write-Ahead Log is a mode to use a roll-forward journal that records transactions that have been committed but not yet applied to the databases. It uses an auxiliary journalized file to host structures for recovery transactions during a crash. The changes are first recorded in the log, before the changes are written to the database. This made database requests atomic and robust in extensive and critical use cases.
en_GB: Write-Ahead Log is a mode to use a roll-forward journal that records transactions that have been committed but not yet applied to the databases. It uses an auxiliary journalised file to host structures for recovery transactions during a crash. The changes are first recorded in the log, before the changes are written to the database. This made database requests atomic and robust in extensive and critical use cases.

en: <p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>
en_GB: <p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binaries tools are located. digiKam will try to found these binaries automatically if there are installed on your computer.</p>

en: Similarity Db Name:
en_GB: Similarity DB Name:

en: <p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p><p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p><p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File">PGF</a>.</p><p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p><p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customise the database names to simplify your backups.</p><p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File">PGF</a>.</p><p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>

en: This binary file is used to initialize the MariaDB data files for the database.
en_GB: This binary file is used to initialise the MariaDB data files for the database.

en: If checked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Trash.
en_GB: If ticked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Wastebin.

en: <p>If this box is checked, items will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Trash.</p><p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: most filesystems are unable to undelete deleted items reliably.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this box is ticked, items will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the wastebin.</p><p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: most filesystems are unable to undelete deleted items reliably.</p>

en: &Delete items instead of moving them to the trash
en_GB: &Delete items instead of moving them to the Wastebin

en: If checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.
en_GB: If ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.

en: If this box is checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.

en: If checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the Trash.
en_GB: If ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the wastebin.

en: If this box is checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the Trash.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the Wastebin.

en: These items will be moved to Trash.
en_GB: These items will be moved to the Wastebin.

en: These albums will be moved to Trash.
en_GB: These albums will be moved to the Wastebin.

en: <p>These albums will be moved to Trash.</p><p>Note that <b>all subalbums</b> are included in this list and will be moved to Trash as well.</p>
en_GB: <p>These albums will be moved to the Wastebin.</p><p>Note that <b>all subalbums</b> are included in this list and will be moved to the Wastebin as well.</p>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Color Profile Info - %1
en_GB: Colour Profile Info - %1

[ctx: @item: universal device ID]
en: Udi
en_GB: UDI

[ctx: @item: parent device ID]
en: Parent Udi
en_GB: Parent UDI

[ctx: @item]
en: Udi
en_GB: UDI

[ctx: Color Model: Grayscale]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

en: Auto Equalize
en_GB: Auto Equalise

en: <b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>
en_GB: <b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasising the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: Select the red color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the red colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

[ctx: @info]
en: Select the green color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the green colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

[ctx: @info]
en: Select the blue color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the blue colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

[ctx: @info]
en: Reset color channels' gains settings from the currently selected channel.
en_GB: Reset colour channels' gain settings for the currently selected channel.

[ctx: @info: help]
en: Use "Monochrome" mode to convert color picture to Black and White:
    The "red channel" modifies the contrast of photograph.
    The "green channel" enhances or reduces the details level of photograph.
    The "blue channel" affects the noise of photograph.
    Note: in this mode, the histogram will display only luminosity values.
en_GB: Use "Monochrome" mode to convert colour picture to Black and White:
    The "red channel" modifies the contrast of photograph.
    The "green channel" enhances or reduces the details level of photograph.
    The "blue channel" affects the noise of photograph.
    Note: in this mode, the histogram will display only luminosity values.

en: Color Balance Tool
en_GB: Colour Balance Tool

[ctx: @info]
en: Set here the cyan/red color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the cyan/red colour adjustment of the image.

[ctx: @info]
en: Set here the magenta/green color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the magenta/green colour adjustment of the image.

[ctx: @info]
en: Set here the yellow/blue color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the yellow/blue colour adjustment of the image.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: Set here the foreground color of the border.
en_GB: Set here the foreground colour of the border.

en: Set here the Background color of the border.
en_GB: Set here the Background colour of the border.

en: Set here the color of the main border.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the main border.

en: Set here the color of the line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the line.

en: Set here the color of the upper left area.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the upper left area.

en: Set here the color of the lower right area.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the lower right area.

en: Set here the color of the first line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the first line.

en: Set here the color of the second line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the second line.

en: Color Negative Inverter
en_GB: Colour Negative Inverter

en: Color FX Filter
en_GB: Colour FX Filter

[ctx: @item: color effect]
en: Solarize
en_GB: Solarise

[ctx: @info]
en: Select the effect type to apply to the image here.
    "Solarize": simulates solarization of photograph.
    "Vivid": simulates the Velvia(tm) slide film colors.
    "Neon": coloring the edges in a photograph to
    reproduce a fluorescent light effect.
    "Find Edges": detects the edges in a photograph
    and their strength.
    "Lut3D": coloring images with Lut3D filters
en_GB: Select the effect type to apply to the image here.
    "Solarise": simulates solarisation of photograph.
    "Vivid": simulates the Velvia(tm) slide film colours.
    "Neon": colouring the edges in a photograph to
    reproduce a fluorescent light effect.
    "Find Edges": detects the edges in a photograph
    and their strength.
    "Lut3D": colouring images with Lut3D filters

[ctx: @info: effect type]
en: Washout Color
en_GB: Washout Colour

[ctx: @item: interpolation]
en: Nearest Neighbor
en_GB: Nearest Neighbour

en: <p>Use this button to add a new black frame file which will be used by the hot pixels removal filter.</p><p>The Black Frame subtraction method is the most accurate "Hot Pixels" and "Stuck Pixels" removal. First you have to create a "Black Frame" as a reference. This is easy to do. When you finish taking your long exposure shots, put a lens cap on the camera and take one "dark" image with the same exposure time as the images before. This image will be all dark, but with close examination you will see that it has the Hot and Stuck Pixels (colored dots). These are positioned at the same places as on your previous shots. This tool will parse black frame, detect hot pixels, and create a list of positions where image must be corrected to eliminate wrong colors in these pixels.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use this button to add a new black frame file which will be used by the hot pixels removal filter.</p><p>The Black Frame subtraction method is the most accurate "Hot Pixels" and "Stuck Pixels" removal. First you have to create a "Black Frame" as a reference. This is easy to do. When you finish taking your long exposure shots, put a lens cap on the camera and take one "dark" image with the same exposure time as the images before. This image will be all dark, but with close examination you will see that it has the Hot and Stuck Pixels (coloured dots). These are positioned at the same places as on your previous shots. This tool will parse black frame, detect hot pixels, and create a list of positions where image must be corrected to eliminate wrong colours in these pixels.</p>

en: You can see here a color preview of the hue and saturation adjustments.
en_GB: You can see here a colour preview of the hue and saturation adjustments.

en: Set here the vibrance adjustment of the image.Vibrance performs selective saturation on less saturated colors and avoiding skin tones.
en_GB: Set here the vibrance adjustment of the image.Vibrance performs selective saturation on less saturated colours and avoiding skin tones.

en: Select the profile of the color space to convert to.
en_GB: Select the profile of the colour space to convert to.

en: Input color profile "%1" not available
en_GB: Input colour profile "%1" not available

en: Output color profile "%1" not available
en_GB: Output colour profile "%1" not available

en: Chromatic aberration is easily recognized as color fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colors.
en_GB: Chromatic aberration is easily recognised as colour fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colours.

en: Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured.
en_GB: Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be cancelled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured.

[ctx: The colors channel]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: <b>Colors</b>: Display all color channel values at the same time.
en_GB: <b>Colours</b>: Display all colour channel values at the same time.

en: Suppress color noise.
en_GB: Suppress colour noise.

en: Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.
en_GB: Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artefacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.

en: Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.
en_GB: Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artefacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.

en: An angle in degrees by which to rotate the image. A positive angle rotates the image clockwise; a negative angle rotates it counter-clockwise.
en_GB: An angle in degrees by which to rotate the image. A positive angle rotates the image clockwise; a negative angle rotates it anti-clockwise.

[ctx: @title: WB]
en: Color Temperature
en_GB: Colour Temperature

[ctx: @info: WB settings]
en: Set here the white balance color temperature in Kelvin.
en_GB: Set here the white balance colour temperature in Kelvin.

[ctx: @info: WB settings]
en: Select the white balance color temperature preset to use.
en_GB: Select the white balance colour temperature preset to use.

[ctx: @item: WB settings]
en: neutral color temperature
en_GB: neutral colour temperature

[ctx: @info: WB settings]
en: Temperature tone color picker.
en_GB: Temperature tone colour picker.

[ctx: @info: WB settings]
en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set the white color balance temperature and green component.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set the white colour balance temperature and green component.

[ctx: @info: WB settings]
en: Set here the green component to control the magenta color cast removal level.
en_GB: Set here the green component to control the magenta colour cast removal level.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: White Color Balance Settings File to Load
en_GB: White Colour Balance Settings File to Load

[ctx: @info]
en: "%1" is not a White Color Balance settings text file.
en_GB: "%1" is not a White Colour Balance settings text file.

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot load settings from the White Color Balance text file.
en_GB: Cannot load settings from the White Colour Balance text file.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: White Color Balance Settings File to Save
en_GB: White Colour Balance Settings File to Save

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot save settings to the White Color Balance text file.
en_GB: Cannot save settings to the White Colour Balance text file.

[ctx: @action: dplugin]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @action: search bar]
en: Check All
en_GB: Tick All

[ctx: Web Service: SMUGMUG]
en: Smugmug
en_GB: SmugMug

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Adjust sensitivity versus specificity: the higher the value, the more accurately faces will
    be recognized, but less faces will be recognized.
    Note: only faces that are very similar to pre-tagged faces are recognized.
en_GB: Adjust sensitivity versus specificity: the higher the value, the more accurately faces will
    be recognised, but less faces will be recognised.
    Note: only faces that are very similar to pre-tagged faces are recognised.

en: Revising Exif Orientation tags
en_GB: Revising EXIF Orientation tags

en: Assigning image color label
en_GB: Assigning image colour label

en: No pending metadata synchronization
en_GB: No pending metadata synchronisation

en: If lazy synchronization is enabled in metadata settings, the status bar will display the number of items waiting for synchronization
en_GB: If lazy synchronisation is enabled in metadata settings, the status bar will display the number of items waiting for synchronisation

en: 1 file awaits synchronization | %1 files await synchronization
en_GB[0]: 1 file awaits synchronisation
en_GB[1]: %1 files await synchronisation

en: Background color indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.
    
    NO COLOR: no filter is active, all items are visible.
    RED: filtering is on, but no items match.
    GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.
    
    Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.
    Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.
    Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel.
en_GB: Background colour indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.
    
    NO COLOUR: no filter is active, all items are visible.
    RED: filtering is on, but no items match.
    GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.
    
    Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.
    Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.
    Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel.

en: <br/><nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>
en_GB: <br/><nobr><i>Colour Labels</i></nobr>

en: Could not move folder %1 to collection trash.
    Check the file permission on the trash folder ".dtrash" in the image collection.
en_GB: Could not move folder %1 to collection wastebin.
    Check the file permission on the wastebin folder ".dtrash" in the image collection.

en: Could not move image %1 to collection trash.
    Check the file permission on the trash folder ".dtrash" in the image collection.
en_GB: Could not move image %1 to collection wastebin.
    Check the file permission on the wastebin folder ".dtrash" in the image collection.

en: Could not restore file %1 from trash
en_GB: Could not restore file %1 from wastebin

[ctx: @title: xmp namespace for color-label container]
en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

en: Synchronization error between the channels
en_GB: Synchronisation error between the channels

en: Open setup dialog page to configure updates.
en_GB: Open setup dialogue page to configure updates.

en: <p>Current <b>%1</b> pre-release date is <i>%2</i>.</p><p>New pre-release built on <i>%3</i> is available on this <a href='%4'>repository</a>.</p><p>Press <b>Download</b> to get the file...</p><p>Note: from Setup/Misc panel, you can switch to check for stable release only.<br/>Stable versions are safe to use in production.</p><p>Press <b>Configure</b> if you want to customize update options from setup dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>Current <b>%1</b> pre-release date is <i>%2</i>.</p><p>New pre-release built on <i>%3</i> is available on this <a href='%4'>repository</a>.</p><p>Press <b>Download</b> to get the file...</p><p>Note: from Setup/Misc panel, you can switch to check for stable release only.<br/>Stable versions are safe to use in production.</p><p>Press <b>Configure</b> if you want to customise update options from setup dialog.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: You have edited the color label of the image.  | You have edited the color label of %1 images.
en_GB[0]: You have edited the colour label of the image.
en_GB[1]: You have edited the colour label of %1 images.

[ctx: @info]
en: <li>color label</li>
en_GB: <li>colour label</li>

[ctx: @label]
en: Color Label:
en_GB: Colour Label:

[ctx: @label: color properties]
en: Color depth:
en_GB: Colour depth:

[ctx: @title: item properties]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: @label: item properties]
en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

[ctx: @label: item properties]
en: Color label:
en_GB: Colour label:

[ctx: @label: item properties]
en: Versionned:
en_GB: Versioned:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para><para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>
en_GB: <para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit colour depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Colour Management in this mode.</para><para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit colour depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title><para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para><para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>
en_GB: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colours</title><para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para><para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DHT</emphasis>: DHT interpolation.See https://www.libraw.org/node/2306 for details.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AAHD</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the colour-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of coloured pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or colour reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer colour artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximise a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing colour artifacts.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DHT</emphasis>: DHT interpolation.See https://www.libraw.org/node/2306 for details.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AAHD</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Refine interpolation</title><para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Refine interpolation</title><para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colours filter.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective colour interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Temperature</title><para>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</para>
en_GB: <title>Temperature</title><para>Set here the colour temperature in Kelvin.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</para>
en_GB: <para>Set here the green component to set magenta colour cast removal level.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Level</title><para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</para>
en_GB: <title>Level</title><para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colours.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Camera Profile</title><para>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Camera Profile</title><para>Select here the input colour space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input colour profile is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded colour profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input colour space profile.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Workspace</title><para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Workspace</title><para>Select here the output colour space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output colour space is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB colour space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this colour space is an extended RGB colour space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this colour space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB colour space.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this colour space is an RGB colour space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output colour space profile.</item></list></para>

en: Assign Color Label "%1"
en_GB: Assign Colour Label "%1"

[ctx: @action: button]
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

en: <p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are "providing" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organisations could be listed here as they are "providing" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 characters.</p>

en: <p>The Copyright Notice should contain any necessary copyright notice for claiming the intellectual property, and should identify the current owner(s) of the copyright for the photograph. Usually, this would be the photographer, but if the image was done by an employee or as work-for-hire, then the agency or company should be listed. Use the form appropriate to your country. USA: &copy; {date of first publication} name of copyright owner, as in "&copy;2005 John Doe." Note, the word "copyright" or the abbreviation "copr" may be used in place of the &copy; symbol. In some foreign countries only the copyright symbol is recognized and the abbreviation does not work. Furthermore the copyright symbol must be a full circle with a "c" inside; using something like (c) where the parentheses form a partial circle is not sufficient. For additional protection worldwide, use of the phrase, "all rights reserved" following the notice above is encouraged. 
    In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. 
    In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase "all rights reserved".</p><p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Copyright Notice should contain any necessary copyright notice for claiming the intellectual property, and should identify the current owner(s) of the copyright for the photograph. Usually, this would be the photographer, but if the image was done by an employee or as work-for-hire, then the agency or company should be listed. Use the form appropriate to your country. USA: &copy; {date of first publication} name of copyright owner, as in "&copy;2005 John Doe." Note, the word "copyright" or the abbreviation "copr" may be used in place of the &copy; symbol. In some foreign countries only the copyright symbol is recognised and the abbreviation does not work. Furthermore the copyright symbol must be a full circle with a "c" inside; using something like (c) where the parentheses form a partial circle is not sufficient. For additional protection worldwide, use of the phrase, "all rights reserved" following the notice above is encouraged. 
    In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. 
    In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase "all rights reserved".</p><p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 characters.</p>

en: Enter the postal code of the lead author here.
en_GB: Enter the postcode of the lead author here.

en: <p>This field should contain the postal code where the lead author lives.</p>
en_GB: <p>This field should contain the postcode where the lead author lives.</p>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Failed to Initialize Thumbnails Database
en_GB: Failed to Initialise Thumbnails Database

en: EXIF: digitized
en_GB: EXIF: digitised

en: EXIF: digitized (fuzzy)
en_GB: EXIF: digitised (fuzzy)

en: Either click or drag'n drop a photo on the button to choose a clock photo
en_GB: Either click or drag and drop a photo on the button to choose a clock photo

[ctx: @info: font properties]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font family settings.
en_GB: Enable this tick box to change the font family settings.

[ctx: @info: font properties]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font style settings.
en_GB: Enable this tick box to change the font style settings.

[ctx: @info: font properties]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font size settings.
en_GB: Enable this tick box to change the font size settings.

en: <ul><li><p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p><p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p></li><li><p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p><p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p></li><li><p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p></li><li><p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p><p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p></li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li><p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that grey balance is preserved but colourimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p><p>In other words, if certain colours in an image fall outside of the range of colours that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colours in the image to be adjusted so that the every colour in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colours is preserved as much as possible.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p></li><li><p><b>Absolute Colourimetric intent</b> causes any colours that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest colour that can be rendered, while all other colours are left unchanged.</p><p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ....)</p></li><li><p><b>Relative Colourimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colours that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest colour that can be rendered, while all other colours are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p></li><li><p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colours in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p><p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colours be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific colour.</p></li></ul>

[ctx: @item: icc profile properties]
en: Color Space
en_GB: Colour Space

[ctx: @info: icc profile properties]
en: The color space used by the ICC profile
en_GB: The colour space used by the ICC profile

[ctx: @info: icc profile properties]
en: The ICC profile color management flags
en_GB: The ICC profile colour management flags

[ctx: @info: icc profile properties]
en: This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram.
    A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors
    that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented
    by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a
    triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white.
    This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space
    of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile.
    This is called the device gamut.
    In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram.
    Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were
    used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the
    amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the
    direction of this correction.
en_GB: This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram.
    A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colours
    that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented
    by the coloured sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a
    triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white.
    This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the colour space
    of the device that is characterised by the inspected profile.
    This is called the device gamut.
    In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram.
    Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were
    used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the
    amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the
    direction of this correction.

[ctx: @title: icc profile properties]
en: ICC Color Profile Information
en_GB: ICC Colour Profile Information

[ctx: @info: icc profile color space]
en: GRAY
en_GB: GREY

[ctx: @info: icc profile class]
en: Color space
en_GB: Colour space

[ctx: @info: icc profile class]
en: Named color
en_GB: Named colour

[ctx: @info: icc profile redering]
en: Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: Relative Colourimetric

[ctx: @info: icc profile redering]
en: Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute Colourimetric

[ctx: @title: file open dialog]
en: ICC color profile File to Save
en_GB: ICC colour profile File to Save

en: New OneDrive, Pinterrest, and Box export tools
en_GB: New OneDrive, Pinterest, and Box export tools

en: International Color Consortium Color Profile
en_GB: International Colour Consortium Colour Profile

[ctx: @info: color label selector]
en: Color Label: %1
en_GB: Colour Label: %1

[ctx: @title: color label menu]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @info: country code]
en: Hebrew (Israel)
en_GB: Hebrew (Isræl)

en: Selected ui language %1 is not supported for %2
en_GB: Selected UI language %1 is not supported for %2

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>The translator engine is an online Web-service used to translate text from one language to another one. This feature is available on metadata option where alternative language is supported, as Title, Caption, etc. The translation process is fully automatized but it requires an Internet connection to work.</para><para>User can select the more appropriate translator engine depending of desired target language, as not all world-wide languages are supported by online Web-services.</para>
en_GB: <para>The translator engine is an online Web-service used to translate text from one language to another one. This feature is available on metadata option where alternative language is supported, as Title, Caption, etc. The translation process is fully automated but it requires an Internet connection to work.</para><para>User can select the more appropriate translator engine depending of desired target language, as not all world-wide languages are supported by online Web-services.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: Open localize setup
en_GB: Open localise setup

[ctx: @info]
en: Enter the customized folder-view path or select from history
en_GB: Enter the customised folder-view path or select from history

en: <p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to set it now, select "Yes", otherwise select "No". In this case, "Color Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>
en_GB: <p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to set it now, select "Yes", otherwise select "No". In this case, Colour Management features will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>

en: <qt>Editor Window Settings<br/><i>Customize editor window behavior</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Editor Window Settings<br/><i>Customise editor window behaviour</i></qt>

en: <qt>Thumbbar and Folder-View Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customize information in tool-tips</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Thumbbar and Folder-View Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customise information in tool-tips</i></qt>

en: <qt>RAW Files Decoding Settings<br/><i>Customize default RAW decoding settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>RAW Files Decoding Settings<br/><i>Customise default RAW decoding settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Settings for Color Management<br/><i>Customize color management settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Settings for Colour Management<br/><i>Customise colour management settings</i></qt>

[ctx: @title]
en: Geolocation Settings
    Customize view to geolocalize items
en_GB: Geolocation Settings
    Customise view to geolocalise items

en: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customize behavior of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customise behaviour of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: Scroll current item to center of thumbbar
en_GB: Scroll current item to centre of thumbbar

en: Use native file dialogs from the system
en_GB: Use native file dialogues from the system

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Localize
en_GB: Localise

en: Show camera mode and program
en_GB: Show camera mode and programme

en: Set this option to display the camera mode and program used to take the image.
en_GB: Set this option to display the camera mode and programme used to take the image.

[ctx: @title]
en: My Favorites
en_GB: My Favourites

[ctx: @title]
en: Favorite Folder Properties
en_GB: Favourite Folder Properties

[ctx: @title]
en: Favorite Item Properties
en_GB: Favourite Item Properties

[ctx: @info]
en: Enter favorite entry name here...
en_GB: Enter favourite entry name here...

[ctx: @info]
en: The favorite item name which must be unique and not empty
en_GB: The favourite item name which must be unique and not empty

[ctx: @info]
en: The favorite entry hierarchy which must be unique in tree-view
en_GB: The favourite entry hierarchy which must be unique in tree-view

[ctx: @item:inlistbox]
en: Favorite Folder
en_GB: Favourite Folder

[ctx: @item:inlistbox]
en: Favorite Item
en_GB: Favourite Item

[ctx: @info]
en: A "Favorite Item" is a hierarchy entry hosting advanced properties as date, icon, description, and images list. A "Favorite Folder" is a simple entry in the hierarchy without extra property.
en_GB: A "Favourite Item" is a hierarchy entry hosting advanced properties as date, icon, description, and images list. A "Favourite Folder" is a simple entry in the hierarchy without extra property.

[ctx: @info]
en: Enter favorite item description here...
en_GB: Enter favourite item description here...

[ctx: @info]
en: Select favorite item date. By default, day of item creation is assigned.
en_GB: Select favourite item date. By default, day of item creation is assigned.

[ctx: @info]
en: Select here the icon to use for this favorite item in tree-view.
en_GB: Select here the icon to use for this favourite item in tree-view.

[ctx: @info]
en: Assign favorite item icon to default in tree-view.
en_GB: Assign favourite item icon to default in tree-view.

[ctx: @info]
en: This is the list of files hosted by this favorite item. The current selected file from this list will be automatically shown in editor when favorite is open. If none is selected, first one from the list will be displayed.
en_GB: This is the list of files hosted by this favourite item. The current selected file from this list will be automatically shown in editor when favourite is open. If none is selected, first one from the list will be displayed.

[ctx: @label]
en: Note: favorite item name cannot be empty!
en_GB: Note: favourite item name cannot be empty!

[ctx: @label]
en: Note: favorite item files list cannot be empty!
en_GB: Note: favourite item files list cannot be empty!

[ctx: @label]
en: Note: favorite item name already exists in hierarchy!
en_GB: Note: favourite item name already exists in hierarchy!

[ctx: @label]
en: Note: favorite folder name cannot be empty!
en_GB: Note: favourite folder name cannot be empty!

[ctx: @label]
en: Note: favorite folder name already exists in hierarchy!
en_GB: Note: favourite folder name already exists in hierarchy!

[ctx: @title:window]
en: New Favorite Item
en_GB: New Favourite Item

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Edit Favorite Item
en_GB: Edit Favourite Item

[ctx: @title:window]
en: New Favorite Folder
en_GB: New Favourite Folder

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Edit Favorite Folder
en_GB: Edit Favourite Folder

[ctx: @info: favorite item properties]
en: Could not calculate date average for this favorite item.
en_GB: Could not calculate date average for this favourite item.

[ctx: @info]
en: You can add or remove favorite stacks here.
en_GB: You can add or remove favourite stacks here.

[ctx: @action]
en: Add Favorite
en_GB: Add Favourite

[ctx: @info: search text bar]
en: Search in Favorites...
en_GB: Search in Favourites...

[ctx: @action: context menu]
en: Add as Favorite
en_GB: Add as Favourite

en: Color depth (bits per channel)
en_GB: Colour depth (bits per channel)

en: Color model of the image
en_GB: Colour model of the image

en: White balance (color temperature)
en_GB: White balance (colour temperature)

en: Altitude in meters
en_GB: Altitude in metres

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, folderAware)
en: Folder aware numbering
en_GB: Folder-aware numbering

en: <b>Configure Open File Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Configure Open File Behaviour</b>

en: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronised zooming and panning can be performed.</p></qt>

en: <b>Configure Preview Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Configure Preview Behaviour</b>

en: <qt><p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p><p>Remember, you can customize more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='https://docs.digikam.org/en/index.html'>dedicated website</a>.</p><p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p><p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p><p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p><p>Remember, you can customise more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='https://docs.digikam.org/en/index.html'>dedicated website</a>.</p><p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p><p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p><p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p></qt>

en: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialogue, you can customise the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p></qt>

en: <qt><br/><p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p><p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p><p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p><p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><br/><p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p><p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p><p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogues. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p><p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p></qt>

en: Set here the brush color used to draw sketch.
en_GB: Set here the brush colour used to draw sketch.

en: Jewelry Shop
en_GB: Jewellery Shop

en: Gas Station
en_GB: Petrol Station

en: Mountainbike Route
en_GB: Mountain bike Route

en: Please choose the color for the coordinate grid.
en_GB: Please choose the colour for the coordinate grid.

en: Please choose the color for the tropic circles.
en_GB: Please choose the colour for the tropic circles.

en: Please choose the color for the equator.
en_GB: Please choose the colour for the equator.

en: Please choose the color for the position indicator
en_GB: Please choose the colour for the position indicator

en: Mouse Behavior
en_GB: Mouse Behaviour

en: Show cross-hair on a center of the map.
    This setting take effect only with the Atlas,
    the Satellite, and the Open-Street Maps.
en_GB: Show cross-hair on a centre of the map.
    This setting take effect only with the Atlas,
    the Satellite, and the Open-Street Maps.

[ctx: @title: track list header]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Color Profile Mismatch
en_GB: Colour Profile Mismatch

en: Image with Uncalibrated Color
en_GB: Image with Uncalibrated Colour

en: <p>This image has an <b>embedded color profile</b><br/> which does not match your working space color profile.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>This image has an <b>embedded colour profile</b><br/> which does not match your working space colour profile.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: <p>This image has <b>no information about the color space</b><br/>that was used when creating the image. <br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>This image has <b>no information about the colour space</b><br/>that was used when creating the image. <br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: <p>The color information of this image is uncalibrated.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>The colour information of this image is uncalibrated.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: Embedded Color Profile:
en_GB: Embedded Colour Profile:

en: Input Color Profile:
en_GB: Input Colour Profile:

en: Working Color Space:
en_GB: Working Colour Space:

en: Original Colors:
en_GB: Original Colours:

en: Uncorrected Colors:
en_GB: Uncorrected Colours:

en: Raw Colors:
en_GB: Raw Colours:

en: Resulting Colors:
en_GB: Resulting Colours:

en: Corrected Colors:
en_GB: Corrected Colours:

en: Convert to working color space
en_GB: Convert to working colour space

en: Assign profile and convert to working color space
en_GB: Assign profile and convert to working colour space

en: Assign and keep color profile
en_GB: Assign and keep colour profile

en: Leave the file untagged, do not color manage
en_GB: Leave the file untagged, do not colour manage

en: Which color space shall be used to interpret the colors of this image?
en_GB: Which colour space shall be used to interpret the colours of this image?

en: Current working color space
en_GB: Current working colour space

en: Please select the input color profile of the device (camera) used to create this image:
en_GB: Please select the input colour profile of the device (camera) used to create this image:

en: Assigned Color Profile:
en_GB: Assigned Colour Profile:

en: Enable soft-proofing color managed view
en_GB: Enable soft-proofing colour managed view

en: Disable soft-proofing color managed view
en_GB: Disable soft-proofing colour managed view

en: Highlight out-of-gamut colors
en_GB: Highlight out-of-gamut colours

en: Highlighting color:
en_GB: Highlighting colour:

en: Set here the color used to draw dashed guide lines.
en_GB: Set here the colour used to draw dashed guide lines.

[ctx: @action]
en: Color-Managed View
en_GB: Colour-Managed View

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot open the specified working space profile ("%1"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup.
en_GB: Cannot open the specified working space profile ("%1"). No colour transformation will be applied. Please check the colour management configuration in digiKam's setup.

[ctx: @info]
en: Color-Managed View is enabled.
en_GB: Colour-Managed View is enabled.

[ctx: @info]
en: Color-Managed View is disabled.
en_GB: Colour-Managed View is disabled.

[ctx: @info]
en: Color Management is not configured, so the Color-Managed View is not available.
en_GB: Colour Management is not configured, so the Colour-Managed View is not available.

[ctx: @title Image Colors]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Move to Trash without Confirmation
en_GB: Move to Wastebin without Confirmation

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Canceling current operation, please wait...
en_GB: Cancelling current operation, please wait...

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?
en_GB: Do you want to close the dialogue and cancel the current operation?

[ctx: @info]
en: Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog.
en_GB: Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info]
en: Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog.
en_GB: Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info]
en: Select your preferred date format used to
    create new albums. The options available are:
    "ISO": the date format is in accordance with ISO 8601
    (YYYY-MM-DD). E.g.: 2006-08-24
    "Full Text": the date format is in a user-readable string.
    E.g.: Thu Aug 24 2006
    "Local Settings": the date format depending on KDE control panel settings.
    "Custom": use a customized format for date.
en_GB: Select your preferred date format used to
    create new albums. The options available are:
    "ISO": the date format is in accordance with ISO 8601
    (YYYY-MM-DD). E.g.: 2006-08-24
    "Full Text": the date format is in a user-readable string.
    E.g.: Thu Aug 24 2006
    "Local Settings": the date format depending on KDE control panel settings.
    "Custom": use a customised format for date.

[ctx: @info]
en: Show the result of converted date 1968-12-26 using your customized format.
en_GB: Show the result of converted date 1968-12-26 using your customised format.

[ctx: Custom Image Renaming]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

en: <p>These expressions may be used to customize the command line:</p><p><b>%file</b>: full path of the imported file</p><p><b>%filename</b>: file name of the imported file</p><p><b>%path</b>: path of the imported file</p><p><b>%orgfilename</b>: original file name</p><p><b>%orgpath</b>: original path</p><p>If there are no expressions full path is added to the command.</p>
en_GB: <p>These expressions may be used to customise the command line:</p><p><b>%file</b>: full path of the imported file</p><p><b>%filename</b>: file name of the imported file</p><p><b>%path</b>: path of the imported file</p><p><b>%orgfilename</b>: original file name</p><p><b>%orgpath</b>: original path</p><p>If there are no expressions full path is added to the command.</p>

[ctx: Non-pluralized]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

en: Synchronize preview from left and right panels
en_GB: Synchronise preview from left and right panels

en: Similarity range (in percents):
en_GB: Similarity range (in percent):

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: This will re-train the face recognizer with tagged faces in your library.
en_GB: This will re-train the face recogniser with tagged faces in your library.

en: cleaning core db
en_GB: cleaning core DB

en: cleaning thumbnails db
en_GB: cleaning thumbnails DB

en: cleaning recognition db
en_GB: cleaning recognition DB

en: cleaning similarity db
en_GB: cleaning similarity DB

en: Items scanned for cataloging: %1
en_GB: Items scanned for cataloguing: %1

en: Item scanned for cataloging: %1
en_GB: Item scanned for cataloguing: %1

en: Synchronizing image metadata with database
en_GB: Synchronising image metadata with database

en: Items scanned to synchronize metadata with database: %1
en_GB: Items scanned to synchronise metadata with database: %1

en: Item scanned to synchronize metadata with database: %1
en_GB: Item scanned to synchronise metadata with database: %1

[ctx: @title: tool group]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Customize filenames:
en_GB: Customise filenames:

[ctx: @title: color tools category]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: This is the list of your customized workflow settings.
en_GB: This is the list of your customised workflow settings.

en: any color depth
en_GB: any colour depth

en: Digitization
en_GB: Digitisation

en: Return items digitized between
en_GB: Return items digitised between

en: Find items with the color model
en_GB: Find items with the colour model

en: Color temperature used for white balance
en_GB: Colour temperature used for white balance

en: Show digiKam color &label
en_GB: Show digiKam colour &label

en: Set this option to show the digiKam color label as a border around the thumbnail.
en_GB: Set this option to show the digiKam colour label as a border around the thumbnail.

en: Uncheck this if you do not want to convert a 16 bits preview image to 8 bits.
en_GB: Untick this if you do not want to convert a 16 bits preview image to 8 bits.

en: Uncheck this if you do not want to scale small images to fit to window.
en_GB: Untick this if you do not want to scale small images to fit to window.

en: Uncheck this if you do not want use Anti-aliasing to scale up.
en_GB: Untick this if you do not want use Anti-aliasing to scale up.

en: Uncheck this if you do not want to see icons and text in the image preview.
en_GB: Untick this if you do not want to see icons and text in the image preview.

en: <p>Add new file types to show as album items.</p><p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p> <p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p><p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>Add new file types to show as album items.</p><p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p> <p>You can add to the already appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p><p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as images and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as video files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as video files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as audio files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: Here you can see filters that can be used to filter files in import dialog.
en_GB: Here you can see filters that can be used to filter files in import dialogue.

en: &Use theme background color
en_GB: &Use theme background colour

en: Enable this option to use the background theme color in the image editor area.
en_GB: Enable this option to use the background theme colour in the image editor area.

en: Customize the background color to use in the image editor area.
en_GB: Customise the background colour to use in the image editor area.

en: &Under-exposure color:
en_GB: &Under-exposure colour:

en: Customize color used in image editor to identify under-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Customise colour used in image editor to identify under-exposed pixels.

en: &Over-exposure color:
en_GB: &Over-exposure colour:

en: Customize color used in image editor to identify over-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Customise colour used in image editor to identify over-exposed pixels.

en: Adjust the percents of the top of image histogram which will be used to check over exposed pixels.
en_GB: Adjust the percentage at the top of image histogram which will be used to check over exposed pixels.

en: Indicate exposure as pure color
en_GB: Indicate exposure as pure colour

en: If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black colour matches, as all colour components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the colour components matches the condition.

en: Show Settings Dialog when Saving Image Files
en_GB: Show Settings Dialogue when Saving Image Files

en: <ul><li>Checked: A dialog where settings can be changed when saving image files</li><li>Unchecked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li>Ticked: A dialogue where settings can be changed when saving image files</li><li>Unticked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li></ul>

[ctx: @option:radio Open raw files...]
en: Always open the Raw Import Tool to customize settings
en_GB: Always open the Raw Import Tool to customise settings

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: RAW Behavior
en_GB: RAW Behaviour

[ctx: @info]
en: Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this.
en_GB: Switching off EXIF auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this.

[ctx: @info]
en: provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin. Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.
en_GB: provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin. Please set here if you want to synchronise the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Turn on this option to store the item color label in the XMP tags.
en_GB: Turn on this option to store the item colour label in the XMP tags.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Turn on this option to read metadata from files with ExifTool backend instead Exiv2. This will slowdown a little bit the synchronization of files metadata with database.
en_GB: Turn on this option to read metadata from files with ExifTool backend instead Exiv2. This will slowdown a little bit the synchronisation of files metadata with database.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Turn on this option to write metadata to files with ExifTool backend instead Exiv2. This will slowdown a little bit the synchronization of files metadata with database.
en_GB: Turn on this option to write metadata to files with ExifTool backend instead Exiv2. This will slowdown a little bit the synchronisation of files metadata with database.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use lazy synchronization
en_GB: Use lazy synchronisation

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit
en_GB: Instead of synchronising metadata, just schedule it for synchronisation.Synchronisation can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag.
en_GB: For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Tick this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag.

en: Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.
    Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.
    the database object wastes space.
    This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.
    For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance.
en_GB: Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.
    Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.
    the database object wastes space.
    This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition DB.
    For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance.

en: Confirm when moving items to the &trash
en_GB: Confirm when moving items to the was&tebin

en: Use native file dialogs from system
en_GB: Use native file dialogues from system

[ctx: @title]
en: Database Settings
    Customize database settings
en_GB: Database Settings
    Customise database settings

[ctx: @title]
en: Application Views Settings
    Customize the look of the views
en_GB: Application Views Settings
    Customise the look of the views

[ctx: @title]
en: Items Tool-Tip Settings
    Customize information in item tool-tips
en_GB: Items Tool-Tip Settings
    Customise information in item tool-tips

[ctx: @title]
en: Image Editor Settings
    Customize the image editor settings
en_GB: Image Editor Settings
    Customise the image editor settings

[ctx: @title: settings section]
en: Color Management
en_GB: Colour Management

[ctx: @title]
en: Settings for Color Management
    Customize the color management settings
en_GB: Settings for Colour Management
    Customise the colour management settings

[ctx: @title]
en: Light Table Settings
    Customize tool used to compare items
en_GB: Light Table Settings
    Customise tool used to compare items

[ctx: @title]
en: Miscellaneous Settings
    Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam
en_GB: Miscellaneous Settings
    Customise behaviour of the other parts of digiKam

en: Enable Color Management
en_GB: Enable Colour Management

en: <ul><li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li><li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li>Ticked: Colour Management is enabled</li><li>Unticked: Colour Management is disabled</li></ul>

en: Working Color Space
en_GB: Working Colour Space

en: <p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b></p>
en_GB: <p>This is the colour space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b></p>

en: When the profile of an image does not match the working color space
en_GB: When the profile of an image does not match the working colour space

en: <p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has an embedded colour profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>

en: Convert the image to the working color space
en_GB: Convert the image to the working colour space

en: <p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has an embedded colour profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's colour information to the working colour space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>

en: When an image has no color profile information
en_GB: When an image has no colour profile information

en: <p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has no embedded colour profile, digiKam will ask which colour space shall be used to interpret the image and to which colour space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>

en: Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)
en_GB: Assume it is using the sRGB colour space (Internet standard)

note: i18n("<p></p>"));
en: and convert it to the working color space
en_GB: and convert it to the working colour space

en: Assume it is using the working color space
en_GB: Assume it is using the working colour space

note: i18n("<p></p>"));
en: Convert it from default input color space to working space
en_GB: Convert it from default input colour space to working space

en: When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors
en_GB: When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colours

note: i18n("<p></p>"));
en: Automatic color correction
en_GB: Automatic colour correction

en: Color Managed View
en_GB: Colour Managed View

en: <p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the colour profile for your monitor here.</p>

en: Use color managed view in editor
en_GB: Use colour managed view in editor

en: <p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>
en_GB: <p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Colour Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a colour correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>

en: Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails
en_GB: Use colour managed view for previews and thumbnails

en: Default input color profile:
en_GB: Default input colour profile:

en: <p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>
en_GB: <p>This is the default colour profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behaviour above refer to this profile.</p>

en: Color Profiles Repository
en_GB: Colour Profiles Repository

en: <p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>
en_GB: <p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional colour profiles in the directory set here.</p>

[ctx: @title: icc panel tab]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: Synchronize panels automatically
en_GB: Synchronise panels automatically

en: Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size.
en_GB: Set this option to automatically synchronise zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size.

en: Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels.
en_GB: Set this option to display the image pick, colour, rating labels.

en: Note: these settings require "Use File Metadata" option from Camera Setup Behavior page.
en_GB: Note: these settings require "Use File Metadata" option from Camera Setup Behaviour page.

en: -L, --language          set the document language.
    -l, --print-long        print all sentences longer than <length> words
    -r, --print-ari         print all sentences with an ARI greater than than <ari>
    -p, --print-passive     print all sentences phrased in the passive voice
    -N, --print-nom         print all sentences containing nominalizations
    -n, --print-nom-passive print all sentences phrased in the passive voice or
                            containing nominalizations
en_GB: -L, --language          set the document language.
    -l, --print-long        print all sentences longer than <length> words
    -r, --print-ari         print all sentences with an ARI greater than than <ari>
    -p, --print-passive     print all sentences phrased in the passive voice
    -N, --print-nom         print all sentences containing normalisations
    -n, --print-nom-passive print all sentences phrased in the passive voice or
                            containing normalisations

en: Use "Auto" as the default language
en_GB: Use “Auto” as the default language

en: Siksiká
en_GB: Siksika

en: Fula
en_GB: Fulah

en: Muscogee
en_GB: Creek

en: Low Saxon
en_GB: West Low German

en: Send error messages to stderr instead of showing dialogs.
en_GB: Send error messages to stderr instead of showing dialogues.

en: Select foreground color
en_GB: Select foreground colour

en: translator_credits-PLEASE_ADD_YOURSELF_HERE
en_GB: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>, 
    Alan Horkan <horkana tcd ie>

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

en: Could not initialize Bonobo!
en_GB: Could not initialise Bonobo!

en: Compression reduces file size to less than 1/10th size and speeds up loading and saving.  Some text programs cannot manipulate compressed files.
en_GB: Compression reduces file size to less than 1/10th size and speeds up loading and saving. Some text programs cannot manipulate compressed files.

en: Foreground & background colors for new objects.  The small black and white squares reset colors.  The small arrows swap colors.  Double click to change colors.
en_GB: Foreground & background colours for new objects.  The small black and white squares reset colours.  The small arrows swap colours.  Double click to change colours.

en: Line widths.  Click on a line to set the default line width for new objects.  Double-click to set the line width more precisely.
en_GB: Line widths. Click on a line to set the default line width for new objects. Double-click to set the line width more precisely.

en: Arrow style at the beginning of new lines.  Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...
en_GB: Arrow style at the beginning of new lines. Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...

en: Line style for new lines.  Click to pick a line style, or set line style parameters with Details...
en_GB: Line style for new lines. Click to pick a line style, or set line style parameters with Details...

en: Arrow style at the end of new lines.  Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...
en_GB: Arrow style at the end of new lines. Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...

en: No allowed to write to output file %s
en_GB: Not allowed to write to output file %s

en: No allowed to write temporary files in %s
en_GB: Not allowed to write temporary files in %s

en: D_ialogs
en_GB: D_ialogues

en: More colors...
en_GB: More colours...

note: Translators: Menu item Verb/Support/Stabilize Translators: Menu item Verb/Support/Stabilize/Stabilize
en: Stabilize
en_GB: Stabilise

note: Translators: Menu item Verb/Signal/Sense/Recognize
en: Recognize
en_GB: Recognise

en: The condition's color
en_GB: The condition's colour

en: The receptivity's color
en_GB: The receptivity's colour

en: Operationalization
en_GB: Operationalisation

en: Arrow color
en_GB: Arrow colour

en: Seconds arrow color
en_GB: Seconds arrow colour

en: Automatically gray vertical flows:
en_GB: Automatically grey vertical flows:

en: To improve the ease of reading, flows which begin and end vertically can be rendered gray
en_GB: To improve the ease of reading, flows which begin and end vertically can be rendered grey

en: Industrie Confidential
en_GB: Industry Confidential

en: Defense Confidential
en_GB: Defence Confidential

en: Defense Secret
en_GB: Defence Secret

en: Subcontractors / Suppliers / Manufacturers
en_GB: Subcontractors/Suppliers/Manufacturers

en: Service Essentiel
en_GB: Service Essential

en: Cooling / Pollution
en_GB: Cooling/Pollution

en: Fonctionnal administrator
en_GB: Functional administrator

en: Technician aministrator
en_GB: Technician administrator

en: LOGICIEL
en_GB: LOGICAL

note: ********* selection menu of entity ******** ********* Label of board *********
en: Libelle
en_GB: Label

en: Comment line length
en_GB: Comments line length

note: Would like to create a state_term instead, but making the connections * is a pain
en: This diagram uses the State object for initial/final states.
    That option will go away in future versions.
    Please use the Initial/Final State object instead
en_GB: This diagram uses the State object for initial/final states.
    This option will go away in future versions.
    Please use the Initial/Final State object instead

en: @ time    set the pointer at an absolute time.
    ( duration  sets the signal up, then wait 'duration'.
    ) duration  sets the signal down, then wait 'duration'.
    u duration  sets the signal to "unknown" state, then wait 'duration'.
    example : @ 1.0 (2.0)1.0(2.0)
en_GB: @ time    set the pointer to an absolute time.
    ( duration  sets the signal up, then wait 'duration'.
    ) duration  sets the signal down, then wait 'duration'.
    u duration  sets the signal to "unknown" state, then wait 'duration'.
    example : @ 1.0 (2.0)1.0(2.0)

en: Data color
en_GB: Data colour

note: Found file in same dir as diagram. Found file in current dir.
en: The image file '%s' was not found in that directory.
    Using the file '%s' instead
en_GB: The image file '%s' was not found in specified directory.
    Using the file '%s' instead

en: Couldn't read color: %s
en_GB: Couldn't read colour: %s

en: No more user-definable colors - using black
en_GB: No more user-definable colours - using black

en: Color index %d too high, only 512 colors allowed. Using black instead.
en_GB: Colour index %d too high, only 512 colours allowed. Using black instead.

en: Color number %d out of range 0..%d.  Discarding color.
en_GB: Colour number %d out of range 0..%d.  Discarding colour.

en: Error reading transparent color: %s
en_GB: Error reading transparent colour: %s

en: Node center
en_GB: Node centre

en: Alarm center
en_GB: Alarm centre

en: Cellular phone
en_GB: Mobile phone

en: Realizes, implements a specific interface
en_GB: Realises, implements a specific interface

en: Front End Processor
en_GB: Front End processor

en: PC Adapter Card
en_GB: PC adapter card

en: PC Router Card
en_GB: PC Router card

en: ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch
en_GB: ATM fast Gigabit Etherswitch

en: Generic Building blue
en_GB: Generic building blue

en: Generic Gateway
en_GB: Generic gateway

en: Optical Fiber
en_GB: Optical Fibre

en: PIX Firewall
en_GB: PIX firewall

en: Cellular Phone
en_GB: Mobile Phone

en: Voice-Enabled ATM Switch
en_GB: Voice-Enabled ATM switch

en: Digitizing board
en_GB: Digitising board

en: Use the system default fonts.
en_GB: Use the system’s default fonts.

en: Do not daemonize (fork) this process
en_GB: Do not daemonise (fork) this process

en: Prioritize First/Last
en_GB: Prioritise First/Last

en: Alternative UI to launch, with optional ui args 
      (default UI: *)
en_GB: Alternative UI to launch, with optional UI args 
      (default UI: *)

en: These daemon connect options will be used for commands, or if console ui autoconnect is enabled.
en_GB: These daemon connect options will be used for commands, or if console UI auto-connect is enabled.

en: Third tab lists all remaining torrents in command line mode
en_GB: Third tab lists all remaining Torrents in command line mode

en: One or more torrent ids
en_GB: One or more torrent IDs

en: One or more torrent ids. Use "*" to pause all torrents
en_GB: One or more torrent IDs. Use "*" to pause all torrents

en: One or more torrent ids. Use "*" to resume all torrents
en_GB: One or more torrent IDs. Use "*" to resume all torrents

en: One or more torrent ids. If none is given, list all
en_GB: One or more Torrent IDs. If none is given, list all

en: Set the base path that the ui is running on
en_GB: Set the base path that the UI is running on

en: A peer-to-peer file sharing program
    utilizing the BitTorrent protocol.
en_GB: A peer-to-peer file sharing program
    utilising the BitTorrent protocol.

en: A Deluge daemon (deluged) is already running.
    To use Standalone mode, stop local daemon and restart Deluge.
en_GB: A Deluge daemon (deluged) is already running.
    To use Standalone mode, stop the local daemon and restart Deluge.

en: You must now restart the deluge UI for the changes to take effect.
en_GB: You must now restart the Deluge UI for the changes to take effect.

en: Select the Plugin
en_GB: Select the Plug-in

en: Plugin Eggs
en_GB: Plug-in Eggs

en: Automatically open Add Torrent dialog when clipboard contains a torrent URL
en_GB: Automatically open Add Torrent dialogue when clipboard contains a torrent URL

en: Revert color to default
en_GB: Revert colour to default

en: Piece Colors
en_GB: Piece Colours

en: Prioritize first and last pieces of torrent
en_GB: Prioritise first and last pieces of torrent

en: Prioritize first and last pieces of files in torrent
en_GB: Prioritise first and last pieces of files in torrent

en: Bring the dialog to focus
en_GB: Bring the dialogue to focus

en: Add Torrents Dialog
en_GB: Add Torrents Dialogue

en: The maximum upload slots for all torrents.  Set -1 for unlimited.
en_GB: The maximum upload slots for all torrents. Set -1 for unlimited.

en: Help us improve Deluge by sending us your Python version, PyGTK version, OS and processor types.  Absolutely no other information is sent.
en_GB: Help us improve Deluge by sending us your Python version, PyGTK version, OS and processor types. Absolutely no other information is sent.

en: Author Email:
en_GB: Author E-mail:

en: Do not show this dialog in the future
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue in the future

en: Hide this dialog
en_GB: Hide this dialogue

en: Prioritize First/Last Pieces
en_GB: Prioritise First/Last Pieces

en: Open properties dialog
en_GB: Open properties dialogue

en: There was an error sending the notification email: %s
en_GB: There was an error sending the notification e-mail: %s

en: Notification email sent.
en_GB: Notification e-mail sent.

en: This email is to inform you that Deluge has finished downloading "%(name)s", which includes %(num_files)i files.
    To stop receiving these alerts, simply turn off email notification in Deluge's preferences.
    
    Thank you,
    Deluge.
en_GB: This e-mail is to inform you that Deluge has finished downloading "%(name)s", which includes %(num_files)i files.
    To stop receiving these alerts, simply turn off e-mail notification in Deluge's preferences.
    
    Thank you,
    Deluge.

en: Sound notification Success
en_GB: Sound notification success

en: <b>Email Notifications</b>
en_GB: <b>E-mail Notifications</b>

en: Sound Customization
en_GB: Sound Customisation

en: Apply Queue settings:
en_GB: Apply queue settings:

en: Download color:
en_GB: Download colour:

en: Upload color:
en_GB: Upload colour:

en: <b>Graph Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Graph Colours</b>

en: Download a new blocklist file and import it.
en_GB: download a new blocklist file and import it.

en: Add from Url
en_GB: Add from URL

en: Back Up
en_GB: Backup

en: This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognized as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.
en_GB: This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognised as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.

en: This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognized as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.
en_GB: This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognised as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.

en: In order to prevent you from forgetting your passwords, Déjà Dup will occasionally notify you to confirm the password. This time should be either ‘disabled’ to turn off this check or in ISO 8601 format.
en_GB: In order to prevent you from forgetting your passwords, Déjà Dup will occasionally notify you to confirm the password. This time should be either ‘disabled’ to turn off this check, or in ISO 8601 format.

en: The unique filesystem identifier for the drive, used to recognize the drive when it is plugged in.
en_GB: The unique filesystem identifier for the drive, used to recognise the drive when it is plugged in.

en: The icon of the external drive, as a serialized GIcon.
en_GB: The icon of the external drive, as a serialised GIcon.

en: Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the backend.
en_GB: Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It dispels the complexity of backing up the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the backend.

note: This means that we either couldn't talk to the gvfs daemon or the specific backend we need isn't installed - for whatever reason, the real scheme isn't being used and a path like the following is being used instead: file:///home/xxx/ftp:/example.com/
en: You must first install a gvfs backend that can connect to ‘%s’ network locations.
en_GB: You must first install a GVFS backend that can connect to ‘%s’ network locations.

note: (itstool) path: license/p
en: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 Unported License
en_GB: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 Unported Licence

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.
en_GB: Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customising settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customisations you make now may get overridden when you restore.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: When Everything Goes Wrong
en_GB: What to do if you can't restore your files.

en: Please enter a password not less than 8 characters
en_GB: The password must be at least 8 characters

en: The name already exists
en_GB: This name already exists

en: Authentication is required to switch language
en_GB: Authentication is required to switch languages!

en: An audio player that just plays audio files. It doesn't require an organized music library and won't overload you with tons of functionality.
en_GB: An audio player that just plays audio files. It doesn't require an organised music library and won't overload you with tons of functionality.

en: Read keys descriptions and edit their values
en_GB: Read descriptions of keys and edit their values

note: Translators: summary of a demo key, see 'dconf-editor /ca/desrt/dconf-editor/Demo/flags' Translators: summary of a demo key, see 'dconf-editor /ca/desrt/dconf-editor/Demo/relocatable/flags' (with default /ca/desrt/dconf-editor/relocatable-* settings)
en: Flags: choose-colors-you-love
en_GB: Flags: choose-colours-you-love

en: Distance of sentence from center to decide user needs help
en_GB: Distance of sentence from centre to decide user needs help

en: Choose File...
en_GB: Choose File…

en: Unable to initialize speech support
en_GB: Unable to initialise speech support

en: Unable to initialize voices
en_GB: Unable to initialise voices

en: Dasher is <emphasis>free software</emphasis>. It's distributed under the same license as GNU/Linux, the GPL.
en_GB: Dasher is <emphasis>free software</emphasis>. It's distributed under the same licence as GNU/Linux, the GPL.

en: It's quite hard to convey in words what Dasher looks like, so please visit <ulink url="http://www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/" type="http">http://www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/</ulink> to see movies.
en_GB: It's quite hard to convey in words what Dasher looks like, so please visit <ulink url="http://www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/" type="http">www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/</ulink> to see movies.

en: Dasher has a text box (where the text appears) and a Dasher canvas (where all the fun zooming action happens). You can change the font sizes of both these regions using the Dasher menus at the top of the Dasher window. The two fonts are called the `Edit font' (for the text box's font), and the `Dasher font', I think. (I forget the exact menu names in Dasher version 3, sorry.) To change the edit font size bring up the usual dialog box and change size. To change the Dasher canvas size, find the Dasher-size option, which offers three to choose from, named something like: small, medium, and large.
en_GB: Dasher has a text box (where the text appears) and a Dasher canvas (where all the fun zooming action happens). You can change the font sizes of both these regions using the Dasher menus at the top of the Dasher window. The two fonts are called the `Edit font' (for the text box's font), and the `Dasher font', I think. (I forget the exact menu names in Dasher version 3, sorry.) To change the edit font size bring up the usual dialogue box and change size. To change the Dasher canvas size, find the Dasher-size option, which offers three to choose from, named something like: small, medium, and large.

en: Personalizing Dasher
en_GB: Personalising Dasher

en: Personalizing the language model
en_GB: Personalising the language model

en: Personalizing the alphabet
en_GB: Personalising the alphabet

en: Personalizing the colour scheme
en_GB: Personalising the colour scheme

en: Analyze D-Bus connections
en_GB: Analyse D-Bus connections

en: A simple application for debugging the message bus system D-Bus. D-Feet can be used to inspect D-Bus interfaces of running programs and invoke methods on those interfaces.
en_GB: A simple application for debugging the D-Bus message bus system. D-Feet can be used to inspect the D-Bus interfaces of running programs and invoke methods on those interfaces.

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: debug;d-bus;dbus;dfeet;
en_GB: debug;d-bus;dbus;dfeet;d-feet;

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Here is the quick guide howto use d-feet
en_GB: Here is the quick d-feet how to guide

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This is for d-feet - a dbus debugger.
en_GB: This is help for d-feet - the dbus debugger.

[ctx: Cli|]
en: Specify the translation language(s), splitted by '+' (by default, the system language is used).
en_GB: Specify the translation language(s), split by '+' (by default, the system language is used).

[ctx: MainWindow|]
en: While Mozhi acts as a proxy to protect your privacy, the third-party services it uses may store and analyze the text you send. Your instance right now is '%1', but you can change it in the translation settings. See instance details in the link above.
en_GB: While Mozhi acts as a proxy to protect your privacy, the third-party services it uses may store and analyse the text you send. Your instance right now is '%1', but you can change it in the translation settings. See instance details in the link above.

[ctx: MainWindow|]
en: Don't show again
en_GB: Do not show again

[ctx: Ocr|]
en: Unable to initialize Tesseract with %1
en_GB: Unable to initialise Tesseract with %1

[ctx: MainWindow|]
en: Recognize screen area with delay
en_GB: Recognise screen area with delay

[ctx: OnlineTranslator|]
en: Error: Unable to parse autodetected language
en_GB: Error: Unable to parse auto-detected language

[ctx: SettingsDialog|]
en: <html><head/><body><p>A window for translating selected text. If the application is minimized, the main window will always be used.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>A window for translating selected text. If the application is minimised, the main window will always be used.</p></body></html>

[ctx: SettingsDialog|]
en: <html><head/><body><p>Start application minimized to the system tray</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Start application minimised to the system tray</p></body></html>

[ctx: SettingsDialog|]
en: Start minimized
en_GB: Start minimised

[ctx: SettingsDialog|]
en: <html><head/><body><p>Replace each sequence of whitespaces (this includes the ASCII characters '\t', '\n', '\v', '\f', '\r', and ' ') with a single space in queries</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Replace each sequence of whitespace (this includes the ASCII characters '\t', '\n', '\v', '\f', '\r', and ' ') with a single space in queries</p></body></html>

[ctx: SettingsDialog|]
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

[ctx: ShortcutsModel|]
en: Recognize text in screen area
en_GB: Recognise text in screen area

[ctx: ShortcutsModel|]
en: Recognize text in screen area with delay
en_GB: Recognise text in screen area with delay

en: Minimize Animation
en_GB: Minimise Animation

en: Minimize Effect
en_GB: Minimise Effect

en: The animation effect shown when minimizing a window.
en_GB: The animation effect shown when minimising a window.

en: Animation duration in milliseconds for minimize effect.
en_GB: Animation duration in milliseconds for minimise effect.

en: Zoom to TaskBar on Minimize
en_GB: Zoom to TaskBar on Minimise

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Curved Fold effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Curved Fold effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Dream effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Dream effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Glide 1 effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Glide 1 effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Glide 2 effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Glide 2 effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Horizontal Folds effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Horizontal Folds effect.

en: Zoom from Center
en_GB: Zoom from Centre

en: Minimize/Unminimize Only
en_GB: Minimise/Restore Only

en: Zoom from center when playing the Zoom animation.
en_GB: Zoom from centre when playing the Zoom animation.

en: Filter colors for accessibility purposes
en_GB: Filter colours for accessibility purposes

en: Drag&amp;drop
en_GB: Drag &amp; drop

en: Ground color(near)
en_GB: Ground colour(near)

en: Color of the ground (near).
en_GB: Colour of the ground (near).

en: Ground color(far)
en_GB: Ground colour (far)

en: Color of the ground (far).
en_GB: Colour of the ground (far).

en: Center the mouse
en_GB: Centre the mouse

en: Sync Mouse
en_GB: Synchronise Mouse

en: Always keep the zoomed area in sync with where the mouse is, and vice versa. Use this if you don't intend to draw a scaled pointer or hide the original pointer. The zoomed area will move as you move your mouse.
en_GB: Always keep the zoomed area synchronised with where the mouse is, and vice versa. Use this if you don't intend to draw a scaled pointer or hide the original pointer. The zoomed area will move as you move your mouse.

en: Only attempt to center newly focused windows if the mouse hasn't moved in this amount of seconds. Use this to avoid jumping when using sloppy focus.
en_GB: Only attempt to centre newly focused windows if the mouse hasn't moved in this amount of seconds. Use this to avoid jumping when using sloppy focus.

en: Border widtht.
en_GB: Border width.

en: Updates the mouse pointer position from the xserver
en_GB: Updates the mouse pointer position from the X server

en: How often to poll the mouse position, in miliseconds. Reduce this to reduce choppy behavior.
en_GB: How often to poll the mouse position, in milliseconds. Reduce this to reduce choppy behavior.

en: Toggle active window negative
en_GB: Toggle window negative

en: Neg Windows
en_GB: Negative Windows

en: Put Center
en_GB: Put Centre

en: Move window to the center
en_GB: Move window to the centre

en: Window Center
en_GB: Window Centre

en: Put pointer uses the center of the window
en_GB: Put pointer uses the centre of the window

en: Text color.
en_GB: Text colour.

en: Color of text on resize popup.
en_GB: Colour of text on resize popup.

en: Gradient Color 1
en_GB: Gradient Colour 1

en: Color 1 of the gradient background.
en_GB: First colour of the gradient background.

en: Gradient Color 2
en_GB: Gradient Colour 2

en: Color 2 of the gradient background.
en_GB: Second colour of the gradient background.

en: Gradient Color 3
en_GB: Gradient Colour 3

en: Color 3 of the gradient background.
en_GB: Third colour of the gradient background.

en: Border color of the gradient background.
en_GB: Border colour of the gradient background.

en: Show Minimized
en_GB: Show Minimised

en: Show windows that are minimized, shaded or in show desktop mode.
en_GB: Show windows that are minimised, shaded or in show desktop mode.

en: Rotate ring clockwise for next window instead of counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate ring clockwise for next window instead of anti-clockwise

en: Changes the minimum brightness factor for windows in the ring. The farer away windows are, the less bright are they.
en_GB: Changes the minimum brightness factor for windows in the ring: the farer away windows are, the less bright are they.

en: Changes the minimum scale factor for windows in the ring. The farer away windows are, the smaller are they.
en_GB: Changes the minimum scale factor for windows in the ring: the farer away windows are, the smaller are they.

en: Background color for the window title
en_GB: Background colour for the window title

en: Font color for the window title
en_GB: Font colour for the window title

en: Centered on screen
en_GB: Centred on screen

en: Font color of the window title
en_GB: Font colour of the window title

en: Background color of the window title
en_GB: Background colour of the window title

en: Highlights the hovered window with the given color
en_GB: Highlights the hovered window with the given colour

en: Color used for highlighting the hovered window
en_GB: Colour used for highlighting the hovered window

en: Save Legacy Apps
en_GB: Save Legacy Applications

en: Maximum click duration in miliseconds.
en_GB: Maximum click duration in milliseconds.

en: Hide non Desktop windows
en_GB: Hide non-Desktop windows

en: Hide all non Desktop windows during switching
en_GB: Hide all non-Desktop windows during switching

en: Use this bindings to avoid snapping.
en_GB: Use these bindings to avoid snapping.

en: Prev window (Group)
en_GB: Previous window (Group)

en: Show minimized windows
en_GB: Show minimised windows

en: Minimized Window Highlight Rectangle
en_GB: Minimised Window Highlight Rectangle

en: Where to draw highlight rectangle for minimized windows
en_GB: Where to draw highlight rectangle for minimised windows

en: Color of highlight rectangle
en_GB: Colour of highlight rectangle

en: Highlight Border Color
en_GB: Highlight Border Colour

en: Color of highlight rectangle border
en_GB: Colour of highlight rectangle border

en: Highlight Border Inlay Color
en_GB: Highlight Border Inlay Colour

en: Color of inlay in highlight rectangle border
en_GB: Colour of inlay in highlight rectangle border

en: Thumbnail Border Glow Color
en_GB: Thumbnail Border Glow Colour

en: Thumbnail Background and Border Glow Color.
en_GB: Thumbnail Background and Border Glow Colour.

en: Window title Font Color.
en_GB: Window title Font Colour.

en: Show name of remote machine if a certain application is executed remotely.
en_GB: Show name of a remote machine if a certain application is executed remotely.

en: Show marker if you're logged in as root.
en_GB: Show a marker if you're logged in as root.

en: Maximized windows
en_GB: Maximised windows

en: Non movable windows
en_GB: Non-movable windows

en: Set window as non movable
en_GB: Set window as non-movable

en: Non resizable windows
en_GB: Non-resizable windows

en: Set window as non resizable
en_GB: Set window as non-resizable

en: Non minimizable windows
en_GB: Non-minimisable windows

en: Set window as non minimizable
en_GB: Set window as non-minimisable

en: Non maximizable windows
en_GB: Non-maximisable windows

en: Set window as non maximizable
en_GB: Set window as non-maximisable

en: Non closable windows
en_GB: Non-closable windows

en: Set window as non closable
en_GB: Set window as non-closable

en: Fix Java windows disappearing from the taskbar.
en_GB: Fix Java windows disappearing from the task bar.

en: Force synchronization between X and GLX
en_GB: Force synchronisation between X and GLX

en: Force synchronization between X and GLX, which may help for window parts not redrawing correctly when using Nvidia drivers, but also may decrease performance.
en_GB: Force synchronisation between X and GLX, which may help for window parts not redrawing correctly when using Nvidia drivers, but also may decrease performance.

en: Fly to TaskBar on Minimize
en_GB: Fly to TaskBar on Minimise

en: Whether the window should fly to taskbar when minimized with Airplane effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should fly to taskbar when minimised with Airplane effect.

en: Beam Color
en_GB: Beam Colour

en: Beam color.
en_GB: Beam colour.

en: Fire Particle Color
en_GB: Fire Particle Colour

en: Fire particle color.
en_GB: Fire particle colour.

en: Randomly Colored Fire
en_GB: Randomly Coloured Fire

en: Have random colors for the fire effect, also known as Mystical Fire.
en_GB: Have random colours for the fire effect, also known as Mystical Fire.

en: The exploding window with the shatter animation will be split into pieces radially from the center. Specify the number of radial spokes the animation will have.
en_GB: The exploding window with the shatter animation will be split into pieces radially from the centre. Specify the number of radial spokes the animation will have.

en: Cube Top Color
en_GB: Cube Top Colour

en: Color of top face of the cube
en_GB: Colour of top face of the cube

en: Cube Bottom Color
en_GB: Cube Bottom Colour

en: Color of bottom face of the cube
en_GB: Colour of bottom face of the cube

en: Color of the resize indicator outline
en_GB: Colour of the resize indicator outline

en: Fill color of the resize indicator
en_GB: Fill colour of the resize indicator

en: Glow Color Change
en_GB: Glow Colour Change

en: If you don't like the current glow color, you can change it with this key.
en_GB: If you don't like the current glow colour, you can change it with this key.

en: Maximize/unmaximize with group
en_GB: Maximise/restore with group

en: If one window in the group is (un)maximized, all other group windows are (un)maximized as well.
en_GB: If one window in the group is (un)maximised, all other group windows are (un)maximised as well.

en: Minimize with group
en_GB: Minimise with group

en: If one window in the group is (un)minimized, all other group windows are (un)minimized as well.
en_GB: If one window in the group is (un)minimised, all other group windows are (un)minimised as well.

en: Precision of the selection (percentage of the visible window area which must be selected for the selection to be recognized).
en_GB: Precision of the selection (percentage of the visible window area which must be selected for the selection to be recognised).

en: Fill color of the selection rectangle
en_GB: Fill colour of the selection rectangle

en: Line color of the selection rectangle
en_GB: Line colour of the selection rectangle

en: Time (in s) before the tab bar is shown after hovering the title bar
en_GB: Time (in s) before the tab bar is shown after hovering over the title bar

en: Tab Base Color
en_GB: Tab Base Colour

en: Fill color of the tab bar
en_GB: Fill colour of the tab bar

en: Tab Border Color
en_GB: Tab Border Colour

en: Border color of the tab bar
en_GB: Border colour of the tab bar

en: Tab Highlight Color
en_GB: Tab Highlight Colour

en: The color of the window title in the tab bar
en_GB: The colour of the window title in the tab bar

en: Spring Konstant used for slot dragging
en_GB: Spring constant used for slot dragging

en: Particle Color
en_GB: Particle Colour

en: Particle color.
en_GB: Particle colour.

en: Randomly Colored Particles
en_GB: Randomly Coloured Particles

en: Have random colors for the particles
en_GB: Have random colours for the particles

en: Maximumize
en_GB: Resize to Available Screenspace

en: Maximumizes windows (resize them to fit the available screenspace).
en_GB: Resize windows to fit the available screenspace.

en: Treat sticky windows as non-existant when calculating space to use for the maximumize window.
en_GB: Treat sticky windows as non-existant when calculating space to use for the resized window.

en: Treat windows that are already overlapping with the current window as non-existant when calculating space to use for the maximumize window.
en_GB: Treat windows that are already overlapping with the current window as non-existant when calculating space to use for resizing the window.

en: Permit windows to shrink during maximumize
en_GB: Permit windows to shrink during maximumise

en: Maximumize to left.
en_GB: Maximumise to left.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow to the left.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow to the left.

en: Maximumize to right.
en_GB: Maximumise to right.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow to the right.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow to the right.

en: Maximumize to up.
en_GB: Maximumise to up.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow upwards.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow upwards.

en: Maximumize to down.
en_GB: Maximumise to down.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow downwards.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow downwards.

en: Maximumize Bindings
en_GB: Maximumise Bindings

en: Trigger a resize of the window currently focused so it fits as much of the available screenspae as possible.
en_GB: Trigger a resize of the window currently focused so it fits as much of the available screenspace as possible.

en: Left-only maximumize
en_GB: Left-only maximumise

en: Right-only maximumize
en_GB: Right-only maximumise

en: Up-only maximumize
en_GB: Up-only maximumise

en: Down-only maximumize
en_GB: Down-only maximumise

en: Horizontal-only maximumize
en_GB: Horizontal-only maximumise

en: Vertical-only maximumize
en_GB: Vertical-only maximumise

en: Top left maximumize
en_GB: Top left maximumise

en: Top right maximumize
en_GB: Top right maximumise

en: Lower left maximumize
en_GB: Lower left maximumise

en: Lower right maximumize
en_GB: Lower right maximumise

en: Minimumize Bindings
en_GB: Minimumise Bindings

en: Minimumize
en_GB: Minimumise

en: Left-only minimumize
en_GB: Left-only minimumise

en: Right-only minimumize
en_GB: Right-only minimumise

en: Up-only minimumize
en_GB: Up-only minimumise

en: Down-only minimumize
en_GB: Down-only minimumise

en: Horizontal-only minimumize
en_GB: Horizontal-only minimumise

en: Vertical-only minimumize
en_GB: Vertical-only minimumise

en: Top left minimumize
en_GB: Top left minimumise

en: Top right minimumize
en_GB: Top right minimumise

en: Lower left minimumize
en_GB: Lower left minimumise

en: Lower right minimumize
en_GB: Lower right minimumise

en: Window Color (Active)
en_GB: Window Colour (Active)

en: Color of the active window's depth
en_GB: Colour of the active window's depth

en: Window Color (Inactive)
en_GB: Window Colour (Inactive)

en: Color of an inactive window's depth
en_GB: Colour of an inactive window's depth

en: Center Tiled
en_GB: Centre Tiled

en: Fill or first gradient color.
en_GB: Fill or first gradient colour.

en: Second gradient color.
en_GB: Second gradient colour.

en: Background color for the text display.
en_GB: Background colour for the text display.

en: Font color for the text display.
en_GB: Font colour for the text display.

en: The color of the sea creature.
en_GB: The colour of the sea creature.

en: The color of the sea plant.
en_GB: The colour of the sea plant.

en: Ground color
en_GB: Ground colour

en: Color of ground in the cube.
en_GB: Colour of ground in the cube.

en: Water color
en_GB: Water colour

en: Color of water in the cube.
en_GB: Colour of water in the cube.

en: Semi-randomize light scattering off water waves.
en_GB: Semi-randomise light scattering off water waves.

en: X coordinate offset from the center of the cube.
en_GB: X coordinate offset from the centre of the cube.

en: Y coordinate offset from the center of the cube.
en_GB: Y coordinate offset from the centre of the cube.

en: Z coordinate offset from the center of the cube.
en_GB: Z coordinate offset from the centre of the cube.

en: Dialog Match
en_GB: Dialogue Match

en: Dialogs which will trigger fading
en_GB: Dialogues which will trigger fading

en: Enables textures flies. If not selected, color cradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textures flies. If not selected, colour cradients are used.

en: Transformation Behavior
en_GB: Transformation Behaviour

en: Helper Circle Color
en_GB: Helper Circle Colour

en: Color of the circle.
en_GB: Colour of the circle.

en: Helper Line Color
en_GB: Helper Line Colour

en: Helper line color around the circle
en_GB: Helper line colour around the circle

en: Helper Cross Line Color
en_GB: Helper Cross Line Colour

en: Color of the cross line
en_GB: Colour of the cross line

en: Alter window opacity based on color.
en_GB: Alter window opacity based on colour.

en: Photowheel
en_GB: Photo wheel

en: Top Color
en_GB: Top Colour

en: Color of top face of the photo wheel
en_GB: Colour of top face of the photo wheel

en: Bottom Color
en_GB: Bottom Colour

en: Color of bottom face of the photo wheel
en_GB: Colour of bottom face of the photo wheel

en: Start and stop the screensaver
en_GB: Start and stop the screen saver

en: Screensaver mode
en_GB: Screen saver mode

en: Screensaver mode.
en_GB: Screen saver mode.

en: ScreenSaver Windows
en_GB: Screen Saver Windows

en: Initiate Smartput on current window.
en_GB: Initiate Smart put on current window.

en: Initiate Smartput on current viewport
en_GB: Initiate Smart put on current viewport

en: Enables textured snowflakes. If not selected, color gradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textured snowflakes. If not selected, colour gradients are used.

en: Speed of traveling stars
en_GB: Speed of travelling stars

en: Enables textures snowflakes. If not selected, color gradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textures snowflakes. If not selected, colour gradients are used.

en: Tries to join the windows together when horizontal, vertical or left tiling is enabled so that when you resize a window surrounding windows resize accordingly. This may cause problems if you dont leave them enough space.
en_GB: Tries to join the windows together when horizontal, vertical or left tiling is enabled so that when a window is resized, the surrounding windows resize accordingly. This may cause problems if you dont leave them enough space.

en: Occupancy percentage for window placed left. This number is percentage of screen width, which the active window will have it as width when tiled. Applies to Left tiling type.
en_GB: Occupancy percentage for the left placed window. This number is the percentage of the screen width that the active window will have when it is tiled. Applies to Left tiling type.

en: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full height, same width and occupy whole screen.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full height, the same width and occupy the whole screen.

en: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full width, same height and occupy whole screen.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full width, the same height and occupy the whole screen.

en: Move and resize all visible windows both vertically and horizontally, so that the occupy whole screen and are in a grid.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows both vertically and horizontally, so that they occupy the whole screen and are in a grid.

en: The horizontal position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The horizontal position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The vertical position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The vertical position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The speed of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The speed of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The angle for the movement of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The angle for the movement of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The horizontal position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The horizontal position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The vertical position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The vertical position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The speed of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The speed of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The angle for the movement of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The angle for the movement of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The color of the particles. This is hue like in HSL colors. It is the center of the range given below.
en_GB: The color of the particles. This is hue like in HSL colors. It is the centre of the range given below.

en: Color hue range
en_GB: Colour hue range

en: The color of the particles can be any value from the hue (given above) plus/minus this range. A range of 500 means any color.
en_GB: The colour of the particles can be any value from the hue (given above) plus/minus this range. A range of 500 means any colour.

en: Color lightness
en_GB: Colour lightness

en: The color of the particles. This is lightness like in HSL colors. It is the center of the range given below.
en_GB: The colour of the particles. This is lightness like in HSL colors. It is the centre of the range given below.

en: Color lightness range
en_GB: Colour lightness range

en: The color of the particles can be any value from the lightness (given above) plus/minus this range.
en_GB: The colour of the particles can be any value from the lightness (given above) plus/minus this range.

en: The alpha (opacity) of the particles. This is the center of the range given below.
en_GB: The alpha (opacity) of the particles. This is the centre of the range given below.

en: Toggle center shape
en_GB: Toggle centre shape

en: Toggle whether the current shape is drawn using the center of your initial click
en_GB: Toggle whether the current shape is drawn using the centre of your initial click

en: Annotate Fill Color
en_GB: Annotate Fill Colour

en: Fill color for annotations
en_GB: Fill colour for annotations

en: Annotate Stroke Color
en_GB: Annotate Stroke Colour

en: Stroke color for annotations
en_GB: Stroke colour for annotations

en: Ignore Hints When Maximized
en_GB: Ignore Hints When Maximised

en: Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximized
en_GB: Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximised

en: Focus &amp; Raise Behavior
en_GB: Focus & Raise Behaviour

en: Unmaximize active window
en_GB: Unmaximise active window

en: Minimize active window
en_GB: Minimise active window

en: Maximize active window
en_GB: Maximise active window

en: Maximize active window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise active window horizontally

en: Maximize active window vertically
en_GB: Maximise active window vertically

en: Toggle Window Maximized
en_GB: Toggle Window Maximised

en: Toggle active window maximized
en_GB: Toggle active window maximised

en: Toggle Window Maximized Horizontally
en_GB: Toggle Window Maximised Horizontally

en: Toggle active window maximized horizontally
en_GB: Toggle active window maximised horizontally

en: Toggle Window Maximized Vertically
en_GB: Toggle Window Maximised Vertically

en: Toggle active window maximized vertically
en_GB: Toggle active window maximised vertically

en: Unredirect Fullscreen Windows
en_GB: Unredirect Full screen Windows

en: Allow drawing of fullscreen windows to not be redirected to offscreen pixmaps
en_GB: Allow drawing of full screen windows to not be redirected to offscreen pixmaps

en: Cube Color
en_GB: Cube Colour

en: Color of top and bottom sides of the cube
en_GB: Colour of top and bottom sides of the cube

en: Skydome Gradient Start Color
en_GB: Skydome Gradient Start Colour

en: Color to use for the top color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient
en_GB: Colour to use for the top color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient

en: Skydome Gradient End Color
en_GB: Skydome Gradient End Colour

en: Color to use for the bottom color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient
en_GB: Colour to use for the bottom color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient

en: Fade On Minimize/Open/Close
en_GB: Fade On Minimise/Open/Close

en: Fade effect on minimize/open/close window events
en_GB: Fade effect on minimise/open/close window events

en: Run Dialog
en_GB: Run Dialogue

en: Show Run Application dialog
en_GB: Show Run Application dialogue

en: Transform windows when they are minimized and unminimized
en_GB: Transform windows when they are minimised and unminimised

en: Minimize speed
en_GB: Minimise speed

en: Minimize timestep
en_GB: Minimise timestep

en: Minimize Windows
en_GB: Minimise Windows

en: Windows that should be transformed when minimized
en_GB: Windows that should be transformed when minimised

en: Snapoff maximized windows
en_GB: Snap off maximised windows

en: Snapoff and auto unmaximized maximized windows when dragging
en_GB: Snap off and auto unmaximised maximised windows when dragging

en: Border color used for outline and rectangle resize modes
en_GB: Border colour used for outline and rectangle resize modes

en: Fill color used for rectangle resize mode
en_GB: Fill colour used for rectangle resize mode

en: Outline color of the switcher window.
en_GB: Outline colour of the switcher window.

en: First color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: Third color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Third colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.

en: Arrow Colors
en_GB: Arrow Colours

en: First color of the arrow of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour of the arrow of the switcher window.

en: Second color of the arrow of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour of the arrow of the switcher window.

en: Multimonitor behavior
en_GB: Multi monitor behaviour

en: Maximize Effect
en_GB: Maximise Effect

en: Wobble effect when maximizing and unmaximizing windows
en_GB: Wobble effect when maximising and unmaximising windows

[ctx: colorspace]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: colorspace]
en: Default Gray
en_GB: Default Grey

[ctx: profile kind]
en: Colorspace conversion
en_GB: Colourspace conversion

[ctx: profile kind]
en: Named color
en_GB: Named colour

en: Colorspace: %1
en_GB: Colourspace: %1

en: Id:
en_GB: ID:

[ctx: button: tab button for 'named colors in profile' information page]
en: Named Colors
en_GB: Named Colours

en: Color profile to install
en_GB: Colour profile to install

en: Would you like to import the color profile?
en_GB: Would you like to import the colour profile?

en: Failed to import color profile: color profile is already imported
en_GB: Failed to import colour profile: colour profile is already imported

en: Importing Color Profile
en_GB: Importing Colour Profile

en: Failed to import color profile: could not copy the file
en_GB: Failed to import colour profile: could not copy the file

en: Put the device on the color to be measured and press enter.
en_GB: Put the device on the colour to be measured and press enter.

en: Visualize
en_GB: Visualise

en: Disable read pixel optimization
en_GB: Disable read pixel optimisation

en: Disable optimization for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles
en_GB: Disable optimisation for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles

en: Whether the actor has been realized
en_GB: Whether the actor has been realised

en: Scale Center X
en_GB: Scale Centre X

en: Horizontal scale center
en_GB: Horizontal scale centre

en: Scale Center Y
en_GB: Scale Centre Y

en: Vertical scale center
en_GB: Vertical scale centre

en: The center of scaling
en_GB: The centre of scaling

en: Rotation Center X
en_GB: Rotation Centre X

en: The rotation center on the X axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the X axis

en: Rotation Center Y
en_GB: Rotation Centre Y

en: The rotation center on the Y axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the Y axis

en: Rotation Center Z
en_GB: Rotation Centre Z

en: The rotation center on the Z axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the Z axis

en: Rotation Center Z Gravity
en_GB: Rotation Centre Z Gravity

en: Center point for rotation around the Z axis
en_GB: Centre point for rotation around the Z axis

en: Background Color Set
en_GB: Background Colour Set

en: Whether the background color is set
en_GB: Whether the background colour is set

en: The actor’s background color
en_GB: The actor’s background colour

en: Unable to initialize the Clutter backend: no available drivers found.
en_GB: Unable to initialise the Clutter backend: no available drivers found.

en: The minimum duration of a long press to recognize the gesture
en_GB: The minimum duration of a long press to recognise the gesture

en: Constraints the panning to an axis
en_GB: Constrains the panning to an axis

en: The translation domain used to localize string
en_GB: The translation domain used to localise string

en: The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognized
en_GB: The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognised

en: The color of the stage
en_GB: The colour of the stage

en: Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage color
en_GB: Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage colour

en: Color of the font used by the text
en_GB: Colour of the font used by the text

en: Cursor Color Set
en_GB: Cursor Colour Set

en: Whether the cursor color has been set
en_GB: Whether the cursor colour has been set

en: Selection Color Set
en_GB: Selection Colour Set

en: Whether the selection color has been set
en_GB: Whether the selection colour has been set

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string
en_GB: The preferred place to ellipsise the string

en: Selected Text Color Set
en_GB: Selected Text Colour Set

en: Whether the selected text color has been set
en_GB: Whether the selected text colour has been set

en: Center of ellipse
en_GB: Centre of ellipse

en: X coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: X coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: Y coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: Y coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: Center Z
en_GB: Centre Z

en: Z coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: Z coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: The background color of the box
en_GB: The background colour of the box

en: Color Set
en_GB: Colour Set

en: The color of the rectangle
en_GB: The colour of the rectangle

en: The color of the border of the rectangle
en_GB: The colour of the border of the rectangle

en: Could not initialize Gdk
en_GB: Could not initialise Gdk

en: A smart playlist is a dynamic list of songs that come from your library.  There are different types of smart playlist that offer different ways of selecting songs.
en_GB: A smart playlist is a dynamic list of songs that come from your library. There are different types of smart playlist that offer different ways of selecting songs.

en: Choose color...
en_GB: Choose colour...

en: Clementine Visualization
en_GB: Clementine Visualisation

en: Close visualization
en_GB: Close visualisation

en: Connect Wii Remotes using active/deactive action
en_GB: Connect Wii Remotes using activate/deactivate action

en: Delay between visualizations
en_GB: Delay between visualisations

en: Edit tracks information...
en_GB: Edit track information...

en: Grey out non existent songs in my playlists
en_GB: Grey out nonexistent songs in my playlists

en: My Last.fm Neighborhood
en_GB: My Last.fm Neighbourhood

en: Not enough neighbors
en_GB: Not enough neighbours

en: Random visualization
en_GB: Random visualisation

en: &Repeat mode
en_GB: Repeat mode

en: Select visualizations
en_GB: Select visualisations

en: Select visualizations...
en_GB: Select visualisations...

en: &Shuffle mode
en_GB: Shuffle mode

en: Visualization mode
en_GB: Visualisation mode

en: Visualizations Settings
en_GB: Visualisations Settings

en: Wii Remote %1: disactived
en_GB: Wii Remote %1: deactivated

en: This is the hostname of the server. For example, "ldap.example.org" may be appropriate for the "example.org" organization. An IP address may also be used. You may specify "localhost" if running an LDAP server on the same computer as Claws Mail.
en_GB: This is the hostname of the server. For example, "ldap.example.org" may be appropriate for the "example.org" organisation. An IP address may also be used. You may specify "localhost" if running an LDAP server on the same computer as Claws Mail.

en: This specifies the name of the directory to be searched on the server. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organization Name,c=Country
en_GB: This specifies the name of the directory to be searched on the server. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organisation Name,c=Country

en: Color Banding
en_GB: Colour Banding

en: The address book Display Name is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      cn=John Doe,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org
en_GB: The address book Display Name is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      cn=Joe Bloggs,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org

en: The first Email Address belonging to a person is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      mail=john.doe@domain.com,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org
en_GB: The first Email Address belonging to a person is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      mail=joe.bloggs@domain.com,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org

en: The suffix is used to create a "Distinguished Name" (or DN) for an LDAP entry. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organization Name,c=Country
en_GB: The suffix is used to create a "Distinguished Name" (or DN) for an LDAP entry. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organisation Name,c=Country

en: Empty _trash...
en_GB: Empty was_tebin...

en: Delete all messages in trash?
en_GB: Delete all messages in wastebin?

en: _Empty trash
en_GB: _Empty wastebin

en: messages which are marked with color #
en_GB: messages which are marked with colour #

en: Organization:
en_GB: Organisation:

en: Empty all _Trash folders
en_GB: Empty all Was_tebin folders

en: Previous _labeled message
en_GB: Previous _labelled message

en: Next la_beled message
en_GB: Next la_belled message

en: Move to _trash
en_GB: Move to was_tebin

en: Move thread to tr_ash
en_GB: Move thread to was_tebin

en: Color la_bel
en_GB: Colour la_bel

en: By _color label
en_GB: By _colour label

en: Delete all messages in trash folders?
en_GB: Delete all messages in wastebin folders?

en: OAuth2 missing authorization code
en_GB: OAuth2 missing authorisation code

en: OAuth2 trying for fresh access token with authorization code
en_GB: OAuth2 trying for fresh access token with authorisation code

en: Folder for storing identified spam. Leave empty to use the trash folder.
en_GB: Folder for storing identified spam. Leave empty to use the wastebin folder.

en: Folder for storing infected mail. Leave empty to use the default trash folder
en_GB: Folder for storing infected mail. Leave empty to use the default wastebin folder

en: This plugin provides various ways to notify the user of new and unread email.
    The plugin is extensively configurable in the plugins section of the preferences dialog.
    
    Feedback to <berndth@gmx.de> is welcome.
en_GB: This plugin provides various ways to notify the user of new and unread email.
    The plugin is extensively configurable in the plugins section of the preferences dialogue.
    
    Feedback to <berndth@gmx.de> is welcome.

en: Banner colors
en_GB: Banner colours

en: Obtain authorization code
en_GB: Obtain authorisation code

en: Paste complete URL from browser or the provided authorization token
en_GB: Paste complete URL from browser or the provided authorisation token

en: Complete authorization
en_GB: Complete authorisation

en: Mark cross-posted messages as read and color:
en_GB: Mark cross-posted messages as read and colour:

en: trash folder is not selected.
en_GB: wastebin folder is not selected.

en: Clear all the input fields in the dialog
en_GB: Clear all the input fields in the dialogue

en: Opening the filter action dialog will clear current modifications of the command-line.
en_GB: Opening the filter action dialogue will clear current modifications of the command-line.

en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

en: Folder color
en_GB: Folder colour

en: Pick color for folder
en_GB: Pick colour for folder

en: Color labels
en_GB: Colour labels

en: Enable coloration of message text
en_GB: Enable colouration of message text

en: Cycle quote colors
en_GB: Cycle quote colours

en: If there are more than 3 quote levels, the colors will be reused
en_GB: If there are more than 3 quote levels, the colours will be reused

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 1st level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text

en: Enable coloration of text background
en_GB: Enable colouration of text background

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 1st level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text background

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text background

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text background

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for links
en_GB: Pick colour for links

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for signatures
en_GB: Pick colour for signatures

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for inserted lines
en_GB: Pick colour for inserted lines

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for removed lines
en_GB: Pick colour for removed lines

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for hunk lines
en_GB: Pick colour for hunk lines

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for Target folder.
en_GB: Pick colour for Target folder

[ctx: Tooltip and Dialog title]
en: Pick color for folders containing new messages
en_GB: Pick colour for folders containing new messages

[ctx: Tooltip]
note: TRANSLATORS: 'color %d' refers to the filtering/processing rule name and should not be translated
en: Pick color for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

en: Empty trash on exit
en_GB: Empty wastebin on exit

en: Ask before emptying trash
en_GB: Ask before emptying wastebin

en: Show receive dialog
en_GB: Show receive dialogue

en: Close receive dialog when finished
en_GB: Close receive dialogue when finished

en: Show error dialog on receive error
en_GB: Show error dialogue on receive error

en: Show send dialog
en_GB: Show send dialogue

en: Misspelled word color
en_GB: Misspelled word colour:

en: Pick color for misspelled word
en_GB: Pick colour for misspelled word

en: Pick color for misspelled word. Use black to underline
en_GB: Pick colour for misspelled word. Use black to underline

en: Show "no unread (or new) message" dialog
en_GB: Show "no unread (or new) message" dialogue

en: Confirm when changing color labels
en_GB: Confirm when changing colour labels

en: customized date format (see 'man strftime')
en_GB: customised date format (see 'man strftime')

en: account property: organization
en_GB: account property: organisation

en: No more labeled messages
en_GB: No more labelled messages

en: No labeled message found. Search from the end?
en_GB: No labelled message found. Search from the end?

en: No labeled messages.
en_GB: No labelled messages.

en: No labeled message found. Search from the beginning?
en_GB: No labelled message found. Search from the beginning?

en: Do you really want to reset the color label of all selected messages?
en_GB: Do you really want to reset the colour label of all selected messages?

en: Do you really want to apply this color label to all selected messages?
en_GB: Do you really want to apply this colour label to all selected messages?

en: Reset color label
en_GB: Reset colour label

en: Set color label
en_GB: Set colour label

en: Trash Message
en_GB: Move Message to Wastebin

[ctx: Toolbar]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

en: Your organization:
en_GB: Your organisation:

en: This folder is located in an encrypted directory. It will not be accessible by other users unless the option 'force user' is specified in /etc/samba/smb.conf.
en_GB: This folder is located in an encrypted directory. It will not be accessible by other users unless the option >>force user<< is specified in /etc/samba/smb.conf.

en: Please reboot to finalize changes
en_GB: Please reboot to finalise changes

en: Are you sure you want to move "%B" to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move "%B" to the Rubbish Bin?

en: You can restore an item from the trash, if you later change your mind.
en_GB: You can restore an item from the Rubbish Bin later, if you change your mind.

en: The file "%s" has no known programs associated with it.  If you trust the source of this file, and have sufficient permissions, you can mark it executable and launch it.  Or, you can use the Open With dialog to pick a program to associate it with.
en_GB: The file "%s" has no known programs associated with it.  If you trust the source of this file, and have sufficient permissions, you can mark it executable and launch it. Or, you can use the "Open With" dialogue to pick a program to associate it with.

note: Translators: This is the --help description for the open-with app, the initial newlines are between the command line arg and the description
en: 
    
    Show an open-with dialog given a uri, to allow the user to change the default mimetype handler.
en_GB: 
    
    Show an open-with dialogue given a URI, to allow the user to change the default mimetype handler.

en: _Empty _Trash
en_GB: _Empty _Rubbish Bin

en: Add the selected file to your favorites
en_GB: Add the selected file to your favourites

en: Remove the selected file from your favorites
en_GB: Remove the selected file from your favourites

en: Nemo lets you organize files and folders, both on your computer and online.
en_GB: Nemo lets you organise files and folders, both on your computer and online.

en: You cannot move the volume "%s" to the trash.
en_GB: You cannot move the volume "%s" to the Rubbish Bin.

en: Waiting to trash a file in '%s' | Waiting to trash files in '%s'
en_GB[0]: Waiting to delete a file in '%s'
en_GB[1]: Waiting to delete files in '%s'

en: Waiting to empty the trash
en_GB: Waiting to empty the Rubbish Bin

en: _Undo Restore from Trash
en_GB: _Undo Restore from the Rubbish Bin

en: _Redo Restore from Trash
en_GB: _Redo Restore from the Rubbish Bin

en: Open Expo to add, remove, or organize workspaces
en_GB: Open Expo to add, remove, or organise workspaces

en: Sort _favorites before other files
en_GB: Sort _favourites before other files

en: Ask before moving files to the Trash
en_GB: Ask before moving files to the Rubbish Bin

en: Bypass the Trash when the Delete key is pressed
en_GB: Bypass the Rubbish Bin when the Delete key is pressed

en: Customize the layout and appearance of your actions in Nemo's menus
en_GB: Customise the layout and appearance of your actions in Nemo's menus

en: Show this dialog at startup
en_GB: Show this dialogue at startup

en: Check the Driver Manager to see if it recommends any additional drivers for your computer. Most hardware components are recognized by the Linux kernel and work automatically without the need to install drivers. Some however require proprietary drivers to be recognized or to work better.
en_GB: Check the Driver Manager to see if it recommends any additional drivers for your computer. Most hardware components are recognised by the Linux kernel and work automatically without the need to install drivers. Some however require proprietary drivers to be recognised or to work better.

en: Choose your favorite desktop layout.
en_GB: Choose your favourite desktop layout.

en: Note: Cinnamon will restart after you choose a new layout. Any customization you made to the panel will be lost.
en_GB: Note: Cinnamon will restart after you choose a new layout. Any customisation you made to the panel will be lost.

en: Have a look at the system settings and configure your operating system the way you like. Don't hesitate to customize it and make it feel like home.
en_GB: Have a look at the system settings and configure your operating system the way you like. Don't hesitate to customise it and make it feel like home.

en: Couldn't save favorites. Check if you have write access to ~/.linuxmint/mintMenu
en_GB: Couldn't save favourites. Check if you have write access to ~/.linuxmint/mintMenu

en: Add a New Language
en_GB: Inserire una nuova lingua

en: If Marco is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install marco</cmd>.
en_GB: If Marco is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install marco</cmd>.

en: If Metacity is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install metacity</cmd>.
en_GB: If Metacity is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install metacity</cmd>.

en: If Xfwm4 is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install xfwm4</cmd>.
en_GB: If Xfwm4 is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install xfwm4</cmd>.

en: Compiz is a very impressive window manager, very configurable and full of amazing effects and animations. It is however the least reliable and the least stable.
en_GB: Compiz is a very impressive window manager, very configurable and full of amazing effects and animations. However, it is the least reliable and the least stable.

en: If Compton is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install compton</cmd>.
en_GB: If Compton is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install compton</cmd>.

en: If Openbox is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install openbox</cmd>.
en_GB: If Openbox is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install openbox</cmd>.

en: Compositing (shadows, animations, effects, GPU rendering)
en_GB: Composition (shadows, animations, effects, GPU rendering)

en: Don't show window content while dragging them
en_GB: Don't show window content while dragging windows

en: Buttons layout:
en_GB: Button layout:

en: Buttons labels:
en_GB: Button labels:

en: ERROR: You must first manually mount your target filesystem(s) at /target to do a custom install!
en_GB: ERROR: You must first manually mount your target filesystem(s) at /target to do a custom install

en: Localizing packages
en_GB: Localising packages

en: User info
en_GB: User Information

en: Cinnamon Settings Daemon Color Plugin
en_GB: Cinnamon Settings Daemon Colour Plugin

en: The volume "%s" has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the trash.
en_GB: The volume "%s" only has %s of remaining disk space. You may free up some space by emptying the Rubbish Bin.

en: Wireless mouse is low in power
en_GB: Wireless mouse is low on power

en: Wireless keyboard is low in power
en_GB: Wireless keyboard is low on power

en: Wireless mouse is very low in power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Wireless mouse is very low on power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

en: Wireless keyboard is very low in power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Wireless keyboard is very low on power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

note: (end section) Final words after the list of steps
en: If you can reproduce this behavior, please file a report here:
en_GB: If you can reproduce this behaviour, please file a report here:

en: Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed.
en_GB: Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed.

en: Color management settings
en_GB: Colour management settings

en: Color, ICC, Profile, Calibrate, Printer, Display
en_GB: Colour, ICC, Profile, Calibrate, Printer, Display

en: Please contact the developer.
en_GB: Please contact the developer

en: Are you sure you want to delete all items from the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete all items from the Rubbish Bin?

en: color, profile, display, printer, output
en_GB: colour, profile, display, printer, output

en: wacom, digitize, tablet, graphics, calibrate, stylus
en_GB: wacom, digitise, tablet, graphics, calibrate, stylus

en: Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select that color
en_GB: Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select that colour

en: Keep cursor centered
en_GB: Keep cursor centred

en: Show the keyboard any time something expects input
en_GB: Show the keyboard anytime something expects an input

en: Show keyboard only when the user activates it
en_GB: Show the keyboard only when the user activates it

en: Flash the entire monitor
en_GB: Flash the entire screen

en: media, defaults, applications, programs, removable, browser, email, calendar, music, videos, photos, images, cd, autoplay, favorite, apps
en_GB: media, defaults, applications, programs, removable, browser, email, calendar, music, videos, photos, images, cd, autoplay, favourite, apps

en: Disable automatic screen rotation
en_GB: Disable automatic screen-rotation

en: Effects on dialog boxes
en_GB: Effects on dialogue boxes

en: New windows or unminimizing existing ones
en_GB: New windows or unminimising existing ones

en: Minimizing windows
en_GB: Minimising windows

en: extension, addon
en_GB: extension, add-on

en: Run dialog
en_GB: Run dialogue

en: Toggle vertical maximization
en_GB: Toggle vertical maximisation

en: Toggle horizontal maximization
en_GB: Toggle horizontal maximisation

en: Center window in screen
en_GB: Centre window in screen

en: Default device behavior
en_GB: Default device behaviour

en: redshift, color, blue, light, filter, temperature
en_GB: redshift, colour, blue, light, filter, temperature

en: This feature makes the screen color warmer in the evening and during the night. By reducing blue light, it can prevent eye strain, headaches and improve sleep quality.
en_GB: This feature makes the screen colour warmer in the evening and during the night. By reducing blue light, it can prevent eye strain, headaches and improve sleep quality.

en: Center Zone
en_GB: Centre Zone

en: Colored icon size
en_GB: Coloured icon size

en: Maximizing windows
en_GB: Maximising windows

en: Unmaximizing windows
en_GB: Unmaximising windows

en: Scrollbar behavior
en_GB: Scrollbar behaviour

en: Toggle Maximize
en_GB: Toggle Maximise

en: Toggle Maximize Horizontally
en_GB: Toggle Maximise Horizontally

en: Toggle Maximize Vertically
en_GB: Toggle Maximise Vertically

note: ######
en: Attach dialog windows to the parent window
en_GB: Attach dialogue windows to the parent window

en: While the special key is pressed, windows can be dragged with the left mouse button and resized with the right mouse button.
en_GB: While the special key is pressed, windows can be dragged with the left mouse button, and resized with the right mouse button.

en: Move minimized windows to the end of the alt-tab switcher
en_GB: Move minimised windows to the end of the alt-tab switcher

note: trash@cinnamon.org->metadata.json->description
en: Control the trash from the panel
en_GB: Control the Rubbish Bin from the panel

note: cornerbar@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->scroll-behavior->description workspace-switcher@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->scroll- behavior->description
en: Scroll wheel behavior
en_GB: Scroll wheel behaviour

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->color->description
en: The background color for the applet
en_GB: The background colour for the applet

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->scale-demo->tooltip
en: If you adjust this scale, it updates in the applet.  If you adjust the scale in the applet, it updates here
en_GB: If you adjust this scale, it updates in the applet. If you adjust the scale in the applet, it updates here

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->favbox-show->description
en: Show favorites and session buttons
en_GB: Show favourites and session buttons

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->fav-icon-size->description
en: Favorites icon size
en_GB: Favourites icon size

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->show-favorites->description
en: Show favorites
en_GB: Show favourites

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->menu-editor-button->tooltip
en: Press this button to customize your menu entries.
en_GB: Press this button to customise your menu entries.

note: show-desktop@cinnamon.org->metadata.json->description
en: Minimize all windows
en_GB: Minimise all windows

note: window-list@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->left-click- minimize->description
en: Left click to minimize window
en_GB: Left click to minimise window

note: favorites@cinnamon.org->metadata.json->description
en: Access your favorite files
en_GB: Access your favourite files

note: clock@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->text-color->tooltip
en: Click the button to select a new text color
en_GB: Click the button to select a new text colour

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date used in 24-hour mode.
en: %A %B %-e, %R:%S
en_GB: %A %-e %B, %R:%S

en: %A %B %-e, %R
en_GB: %A %-e %B, %R

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date used for AM/PM.
en: %A %B %-e, %-l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A %-e %B, %-l:%M:%S %p

en: %A %B %-e, %-l:%M %p
en_GB: %A %-e %B, %-l:%M %p

en: usage:   %s [--list] [--type <type>] [name]
en_GB: usage: %s [--list] [--type <type>] [name]

en: Fire _flash
en_GB: Fire _Flash

en: Adjusts the hue (color tint) of the image coming from the camera
en_GB: Adjusts the hue (colour tint) of the image coming from the camera

en: Video path
en_GB: Video Path

en: Could not move %s to trash
en_GB: Could not move %s to wastebasket

en: Whether the application is launching the first time
en_GB: Whether the application is running the first time

en: Enable MAM archive synchronization from the server
en_GB: Enable MAM archive synchronisation from the server

en: Enable purple
en_GB: Enable Purple

en: Enable purple accounts
en_GB: Enable Purple accounts

en: Whether the Tracking IDs dialog has been shown
en_GB: Whether the Tracking IDs dialogue has been shown

en: Authorize %s?
en_GB: Authorise %s?

en: Chatty can use any existing key embedded with gpg. However, you are given the option to generate a key specifically for Chatty below.
en_GB: Chatty can use any existing key embedded with GPG. However, you are given the option to generate a key specifically for Chatty below.

en: Opens the resolve dialog with the selected file
en_GB: Opens the resolve dialogue with the selected file

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConflictColor), group (Colors)
en: The foreground color used to highlight files with a conflict in the file view.
en_GB: The foreground colour used to highlight files with a conflict in the file view.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Delay (ms) until the progress dialog appears.
en_GB: Delay (ms) until the progress dialogue appears.

en: Allows you to customize the keybindings
en_GB: Allows you to customise the keybindings

en: Synchronize scroll bars
en_GB: Synchronise scroll bars

en: Show resolve dialog for the given file.
en_GB: Show resolve dialogue for the given file.

en: Show log dialog for the given file.
en_GB: Show log dialogue for the given file.

en: Show annotation dialog for the given file.
en_GB: Show annotation dialogue for the given file.

en: &Number of context lines in diff dialog:
en_GB: &Number of context lines in diff dialogue:

en: Tab &width in diff dialog:
en_GB: Tab &width in diff dialogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, timeoutLbl)
en: &Timeout after which a progress dialog appears (in ms):
en_GB: &Timeout after which a progress dialogue appears (in ms):

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseSshAgent)
en: Utilize a running or start a new ssh-agent process
en_GB: Use a running or start a new ssh-agent process

en: You are trying to use the feature <b>%(feature)s</b> which is provided by <b>%(plugin)s</b>.
    This plugin is currently disabled.
    Do you wish to enable <b>%(plugin)s</b> so the feature is available?
en_GB: You are trying to use the feature <b>%(feature)s</b> which is provided by <b>%(plugin)s</b>.
    This plugin is currently disabled.Do you wish to enable <b>%(plugin)s</b> so the feature is available?

en: Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break your configuration. Do you really want to set "%s" button to Button1 ?
en_GB: Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break your configuration. Do you really want to set "%s" button to Button1?

en: skip taskbar
en_GB: skip task bar

en: If checked no confirmation dialog will be presented and failed operation will abort the current step.
en_GB: If checked no confirmation dialogue will be presented and failed operation will abort the current step.

en: Background neutralization
en_GB: Background neutralisation

en: Color preview
en_GB: Colour preview

en: Device %s is connected.%sDo you want to disconnect now to open the setup dialog?
en_GB: Device %s is connected.%sDo you want to disconnect now to open the setup dialogue?

en: Initialize target %s
en_GB: Initialise target %s

en: Interaction dialog
en_GB: Interaction dialogue

en: Manual filter change canceled
en_GB: Manual filter change cancelled

en: Meridian flip canceled before flip
en_GB: Meridian flip cancelled before flip

en: Meridian flip canceled after flip
en_GB: Meridian flip cancelled after flip

en: Pause sequence request canceled.
en_GB: Pause sequence request cancelled.

en: Stabilization delay after move
en_GB: Stabilisation delay after move

en: The plan %s is modified. Do you want to save the change ?
en_GB: The plan %s is modified. Do you want to save the change?

en: Catfish is a small, fast, and powerful file search utility. Featuring a minimal interface with an emphasis on results, it helps users find the files they need without a file manager. With powerful filters such as modification date, file type, and file contents, users will no longer be dependent on the file manager or organization skills.
en_GB: Catfish is a small, fast, and powerful file search utility. Featuring a minimal interface with an emphasis on results, it helps users find the files they need without a file manager. With powerful filters such as modification date, file type, and file contents, users will no longer be dependent on the file manager or organisation skills.

en: The keyboard geometry determines the shape and complexity of the keyboard, it could range from a 'natural' look and feel good for composing simple text, to a fullscale keyboard.
en_GB: The keyboard geometry determines the shape and complexity of the keyboard, it could range from a 'natural' look and feel good for composing simple text, to a full scale keyboard.

en: Julia session can't login due internal julia problem with missing internal file - "%1"
en_GB: Julia session cannot login due internal julia problem with missing internal file - "%1"

en: Julia session can't login due unknown internal problem
en_GB: Julia session cannot login due unknown internal problem

en: For Julia only GR (https://gr-framework.org/), a framework for visualization applications, is supported at the moment. This package has to be installed first, if not done yet. For this, run Pkg.install("GR") in Cantor or in Julia REPL. Note, this operation can take some time and it's better to perform it in Julia REPL that is able to show the current progress of the package installation.
en_GB: For Julia only GR (https://gr-framework.org/), a framework for visualisation applications, is supported at the moment. This package has to be installed first, if not done yet. For this, run Pkg.install("GR") in Cantor or in Julia REPL. Note, this operation can take some time and it's better to perform it in Julia REPL that is able to show the current progress of the package installation.

en: <b>Lua</b> is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at math and science.
en_GB: <b>Lua</b> is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at maths and science.

en: <h1>Maxima's Help System</h1><h2>Function <i>apropos</i></h2>Searches for Maxima names which have name appearing anywhere within them; <i>name</i> must be a string or symbol. Thus, <i>apropos(exp)</i> returns a list of all the flags and functions which have exp as part of their name, such as <i>expand</i>, <i>exp</i>, and <i>exponentialize</i>. So, if you can only remember part of the name of a Maxima command or variable, you can use this command to find the rest of the name. Similarly, you can type <i>apropos(tr_)</i> to find a list of many of the switches relating to the translator, most of which begin with <i>tr_</i>.<br><br><i>apropos("")</i> returns a list with all Maxima names.<br><br><i>apropos</i> returns the empty list [], if no name is found.<br><br><h2>Function <i>describe</i></h2><i>describe(string)</i> is equivalent to describe(string, exact).<br><br><i>describe(string, exact)</i> finds an item with title equal (case-insensitive) to string, if there is any such item.<br><br><i>describe(string, inexact)</i> finds all documented items which contain string in their titles. If there is more than one such item, Maxima asks the user to select an item or items to display.<br><br><i>? foo</i> (with a space between <i>?</i> and <i>foo</i>) is equivalent to <i>describe("foo", exact)</i>, and <i>?? foo</i> is equivalent to <i>describe("foo", inexact)</i>.<br><br><i>describe(, inexact)</i> yields a list of all topics documented in the on-line manual.<br><br><i>describe</i> quotes its argument. <i>describe</i> returns <i>true</i> if some documentation is found, otherwise <i>false</i>.<br><h2>Function <i>example</i></h2><i>example(topic)</i> displays some examples of <i>topic</i>, which is a symbol or a string. To get examples for operators like <i>if</i>, <i>do</i>, or <i>lambda</i> the argument must be a string, e.g. <i>example("do")</i>. <i>example</i> is not case sensitive. Most topics are function names.<br><br><i>example()</i> returns the list of all recognized topics.<br><br>The name of the file containing the examples is given by the global option variable <i>manual_demo</i>, which defaults to <i>"manual.demo"</i>.<br><br><i>example</i> quotes its argument. <i>example</i> returns <i>done</i> unless no examples are found or there is no argument, in which case <i>example</i> returns the list of all recognized topics.
en_GB: <h1>Maxima's Help System</h1><h2>Function <i>apropos</i></h2>Searches for Maxima names which have name appearing anywhere within them; <i>name</i> must be a string or symbol. Thus, <i>apropos(exp)</i> returns a list of all the flags and functions which have exp as part of their name, such as <i>expand</i>, <i>exp</i>, and <i>exponentialise</i>. So, if you can only remember part of the name of a Maxima command or variable, you can use this command to find the rest of the name. Similarly, you can type <i>apropos(tr_)</i> to find a list of many of the switches relating to the translator, most of which begin with <i>tr_</i>.<br><br><i>apropos("")</i> returns a list with all Maxima names.<br><br><i>apropos</i> returns the empty list [], if no name is found.<br><br><h2>Function <i>describe</i></h2><i>describe(string)</i> is equivalent to describe(string, exact).<br><br><i>describe(string, exact)</i> finds an item with title equal (case-insensitive) to string, if there is any such item.<br><br><i>describe(string, inexact)</i> finds all documented items which contain string in their titles. If there is more than one such item, Maxima asks the user to select an item or items to display.<br><br><i>? foo</i> (with a space between <i>?</i> and <i>foo</i>) is equivalent to <i>describe("foo", exact)</i>, and <i>?? foo</i> is equivalent to <i>describe("foo", inexact)</i>.<br><br><i>describe(, inexact)</i> yields a list of all topics documented in the on-line manual.<br><br><i>describe</i> quotes its argument. <i>describe</i> returns <i>true</i> if some documentation is found, otherwise <i>false</i>.<br><h2>Function <i>example</i></h2><i>example(topic)</i> displays some examples of <i>topic</i>, which is a symbol or a string. To get examples for operators like <i>if</i>, <i>do</i>, or <i>lambda</i> the argument must be a string, e.g. <i>example("do")</i>. <i>example</i> is not case sensitive. Most topics are function names.<br><br><i>example()</i> returns the list of all recognised topics.<br><br>The name of the file containing the examples is given by the global option variable <i>manual_demo</i>, which defaults to <i>"manual.demo"</i>.<br><br><i>example</i> quotes its argument. <i>example</i> returns <i>done</i> unless no examples are found or there is no argument, in which case <i>example</i> returns the list of all recognised topics.

en: <b>GNU Octave</b> is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab.
en_GB: <b>GNU Octave</b> is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and non-linear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, QalculatePlotAssistantBase)
en: Cantor - Plot Dialog
en_GB: Cantor - Plot Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorCheckBox)
en: Use Colors
en_GB: Use Colours

en: <b>Qalculate!</b> is a multi-purpose cross-platform desktop calculator. It is simple to use but provides power and versatility normally reserved for complicated math packages, as well as useful tools for everyday needs (such as currency conversion and percent calculation). Features include a large library of customizable functions, unit calculations and conversion, physical constants, symbolic calculations (including integrals and equations), arbitrary precision, uncertainty propagation, interval arithmetic, plotting,
en_GB: <b>Qalculate!</b> is a multi-purpose cross-platform desktop calculator. It is simple to use but provides power and versatility normally reserved for complicated maths packages, as well as useful tools for everyday needs (such as currency conversion and percent calculation). Features include a large library of customisable functions, unit calculations and conversion, physical constants, symbolic calculations (including integrals and equations), arbitrary precision, uncertainty propagation, interval arithmetic, plotting,

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (structuring), group (QalculateBackend)
en: If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorized.
en_GB: If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorised.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (coloredPlot), group (QalculateBackend)
en: Whether colors should be used in plots.
en_GB: Whether colours should be used in plots.

en: Set to true for colored plot, false for monochrome.
en_GB: Set to true for coloured plot, false for monochrome.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Colored Plots:
en_GB: Coloured Plots:

en: <b>R</b> is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.
en_GB: <b>R</b> is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and non-linear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (RBackend)
en: Url to the local R documentation
en_GB: URL to the local R documentation

en: Double click to open file selection dialog
en_GB: Double click to open file selection dialogue

en: <b>Scilab</b> is a free software, cross-platform numerical computational package and a high-level, numerically oriented programming language.Scilab is distributed under CeCILL license (GPL compatible).
en_GB: <b>Scilab</b> is a free software, cross-platform numerical computational package and a high-level, numerically oriented programming language.Scilab is distributed under CeCILL licence (GPL compatible).

en: <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the config dialog;</li>    <li>Installing packages for the following program:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>  | <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the config dialog;</li>    <li>Installing packages for one of the following programs:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>
en_GB[0]: <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the configuration dialogue;</li>    <li>Installing packages for the following program:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>
en_GB[1]: <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the configuration dialogue;</li>    <li>Installing packages for one of the following programs:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmbeddedMathDefault), group (Cantor)
en: Enable rendering math expressions inside $$..$$ in Text and Markdown entries by default (needs pdflatex installed)
en_GB: Enable rendering maths expressions inside $$..$$ in Text and Markdown entries by default (needs pdflatex installed)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMathRenderError), group (Cantor)
en: Show embedded math render error
en_GB: Show embedded maths render error

en: Embedded Math
en_GB: Embedded Maths

en: Initialization complete
en_GB: Initialisation complete

en: You choose support for %1 graphic package, but the support can't be activated due to the missing requirements, so integration for this package will be disabled. %2
en_GB: You choose support for %1 graphic package, but the support cannot be activated due to the missing requirements, so integration for this package will be disabled. %2

en: Couldn't open the file %1
en_GB: Could not open the file %1

en: Cantor Math Error
en_GB: Cantor Maths Error

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseOldCantorEntriesIndent)
en: Don't indent text entries
en_GB: Do not indent text entries

en: In read-only mode Cantor couldn't guarantee, that the export will be valid for %1
en_GB: In read-only mode Cantor could not guarantee, that the export will be valid for %1

en: Couldn't open the file %1.
en_GB: Could not open the file %1.

en: Couldn't open the selected file for reading.
en_GB: Could not open the selected file for reading.

en: This worksheet was created using Python2 which is not supported anymore. Python3 will be used.
en_GB: This worksheet was created using Python2 which is not supported any more. Python3 will be used.

en: Python2 not supported anymore
en_GB: Python2 not supported any more

en: This notebook was created using Python2 which is not supported anymore. Python3 will be used.
en_GB: This notebook was created using Python2 which is not supported any more. Python3 will be used.

[ctx: @label text color]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: A phone dialer and call handler
en_GB: A phone dialler and call handler

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Telephone;Call;Phone;Dial;Dialer;PSTN;
en_GB: Telephone;Call;Phone;Dial;Dialler;PSTN;

en: A phone dialer and call handler (daemon mode)
en_GB: A phone dialler and call handler (daemon mode)

en: Calls is a simple, elegant phone dialer and call handler for GNOME. It can be used with a cellular modem for plain old telephone calls as well as VoIP calls using the SIP protocol.
en_GB: Calls is a simple, elegant phone dialler and call handler for GNOME. It can be used with a cellular modem for plain old telephone calls as well as VoIP calls using the SIP protocol.

en: The plugins to load automatically
en_GB: The plug-ins to load automatically

en: These plugins will be automatically loaded on application startup.
en_GB: These plug-ins will be automatically loaded on application startup.

en: Default (uninitialized) state
en_GB: Default (uninitialised) state

en: Initializing account…
en_GB: Initialising account…

en: Uninitializing account…
en_GB: Uninitialising account…

en: Initialization started
en_GB: Initialisation started

en: Uninitialization started
en_GB: Uninitialisation started

en: Uninitialization complete
en_GB: Uninitialisation complete

en: Tried dialing invalid tel URI `%s'
en_GB: Tried dialling invalid tel URI `%s'

en: The name of the plugins to load
en_GB: The name of the plug-ins to load

en: Can't place calls: No plugin loaded
en_GB: Can't place calls: No plug-in loaded

en: Initialized
en_GB: Initialised

en: Export ods file
en_GB: Export ODS file

note: i18n: tag script attribute text
en: To csv
en_GB: To CSV

note: i18n: tag script attribute text
en: To ods
en_GB: To ODS

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Type: %1<nl/>Url: %2
en_GB: Type: %1<nl/>URL: %2

en: Cannot fulfill constraints
en_GB: Cannot fulfil constraints

[ctx: Schedule project forward]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: Schedule project backward]
en: Backward
en_GB: Backwards

en: Schedule tasks forward
en_GB: Schedule tasks forwards

en: Schedule project forward from: %1
en_GB: Schedule project forwards from: %1

en: Schedule project backward from: %1
en_GB: Schedule project backwards from: %1

en: Schedule tasks backward
en_GB: Schedule tasks backwards

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfill a timing constraint
en_GB: The duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfil a timing constraint

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Negative float is the duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfill a timing constraint.
en_GB: Negative float is the duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfil a timing constraint.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>The scheduling direction.</para><para>If direction is Forward, the project is scheduled starting at the projects earliest start time specified in the main project dialog.</para><para>If direction is Backward, the project is scheduled starting at the projects latest finish time specified in the main project dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>The scheduling direction.</para><para>If direction is Forwards, the project is scheduled starting at the projects earliest start time specified in the main project dialogue.</para><para>If direction is Backwards, the project is scheduled starting at the projects latest finish time specified in the main project dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The url of the document
en_GB: The URL of the document

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Modify resourcegroup name
en_GB: Modify resource group name

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Modify resourcegroup type
en_GB: Modify resource group type

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Cost Breakdown Structure Editor</title><para>The Cost Breakdown Structure (CBS) consists of accounts organized into a tree structure. Accounts can be tied to tasks or resources. Usually there will be two top accounts, one for aggregating costs from tasks and one for aggregating costs from resources.</para><para>This view supports printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Cost Breakdown Structure Editor</title><para>The Cost Breakdown Structure (CBS) consists of accounts organised into a tree structure. Accounts can be tied to tasks or resources. Usually there will be two top accounts, one for aggregating costs from tasks and one for aggregating costs from resources.</para><para>This view supports printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Work & Vacation Editor</title><para>A calendar defines availability for resources or tasks of type <emphasis>Duration</emphasis>. A calendar can be specific to a resource or task, or shared by multiple resources or tasks. A day can be of type <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis>, <emphasis>Non-working day</emphasis> or <emphasis>Working day</emphasis>. A working day has one or more work intervals defined. </para><para>A calendar can have sub calendars. If a day is undefined in a calendar, the parent calendar is checked. An <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis> day defaults to <emphasis>Non-working</emphasis> if used by a resource, or <emphasis>available all day</emphasis> if used by a task.</para><para>A calendar can be defined as the <emphasis>Default calendar</emphasis>. The default calendar is used by a working resource, when the resources calendar is not explicitly set.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Work & Holiday Editor</title><para>A calendar defines availability for resources or tasks of type <emphasis>Duration</emphasis>. A calendar can be specific to a resource or task, or shared by multiple resources or tasks. A day can be of type <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis>, <emphasis>Non-working day</emphasis> or <emphasis>Working day</emphasis>. A working day has one or more work intervals defined. </para><para>A calendar can have sub calendars. If a day is undefined in a calendar, the parent calendar is checked. An <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis> day defaults to <emphasis>Non-working</emphasis> if used by a resource, or <emphasis>available all day</emphasis> if used by a task.</para><para>A calendar can be defined as the <emphasis>Default calendar</emphasis>. The default calendar is used by a working resource, when the resources calendar is not explicitly set.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Modify Url
en_GB: Modify URL

en: Cannot Modify Url
en_GB: Cannot Modify URL

en: Document url already exists: %1
en_GB: Document URL already exists: %1

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Modify document url
en_GB: Modify document URL

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Load shared resource assignments at startup
en_GB: Load shared resource assignments at start-up

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, projectsLoadAtStartup)
en: Load resource assignments at startup
en_GB: Load resource assignments at start-up

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Resource Editor</title><para>Resources are organized in a Resource Breakdown Structure. Resources can be of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> or <emphasis>Material</emphasis>. When assigned to a task, a resource of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> can affect the duration of the task, while a resource of type <emphasis>Material</emphasis> does not. A resource must refer to a <emphasis>Calendar</emphasis> defined in the <emphasis>Work and Vacation Editor</emphasis>.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Resource Editor</title><para>Resources are organised in a Resource Breakdown Structure. Resources can be of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> or <emphasis>Material</emphasis>. When assigned to a task, a resource of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> can affect the duration of the task, while a resource of type <emphasis>Material</emphasis> does not. A resource must refer to a <emphasis>Calendar</emphasis> defined in the <emphasis>Work and Holiday Editor</emphasis>.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Task Editor</title><para>The Task Editor is used to create, edit, and delete tasks. Tasks are organized into a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) to any depth.</para><para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Task Editor</title><para>The Task Editor is used to create, edit, and delete tasks. Tasks are organised into a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) to any depth.</para><para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Task Modules</title><para>Task Modules are a group of tasks that can be reused across projects. This makes it possible draw on past experience and to standardize similar operations.</para><para>A task module is a regular plan file and typically includes tasks, estimates and dependencies.</para><para><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Task Modules</title><para>Task Modules are a group of tasks that can be reused across projects. This makes it possible to draw on past experience and to standardise similar operations.</para><para>A task module is a regular plan file and typically includes tasks, estimates and dependencies.</para><para><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Edit Task Progress</title><para>This dialog consists of the following parts:<list><item>Edit mode control to define the behavior of the dialog.</item><item>Controls to mark the task as started and finished.</item><item>Table to enter used effort for each resource.</item><item>Table for entry of task completion and remaining effort.</item></list></para><para>Edit modes:<list><item><emphasis>Per resource</emphasis> requires you to enter used effort for each resource assigned to this task. This enables the most detailed tracking of effort- and cost usage.</item><item><emphasis>Per task</emphasis> enables you to enter the minimum of information. When completion is changed, used effort and remaining effort is automatically calculated, but can of course be manually modified if needed.</item></list><note>You should select the desired edit mode when starting the task.</note><nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Edit Task Progress</title><para>This dialogue consists of the following parts:<list><item>Edit mode control to define the behaviour of the dialogue.</item><item>Controls to mark the task as started and finished.</item><item>Table to enter used effort for each resource.</item><item>Table for entry of task completion and remaining effort.</item></list></para><para>Edit modes:<list><item><emphasis>Per resource</emphasis> requires you to enter used effort for each resource assigned to this task. This enables the most detailed tracking of effort- and cost usage.</item><item><emphasis>Per task</emphasis> enables you to enter the minimum of information. When completion is changed, used effort and remaining effort is automatically calculated, but can of course be manually modified if needed.</item></list><note>You should select the desired edit mode when starting the task.</note><nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Reject this package and goto next package
en_GB: Reject this package and go to next package

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Task Dependency Dialog</title><para>The task dependency dialog enables you to easily add a predecessor to the selected task.<nl/>When opened, it presents the previous task as the default predecessor. This is often the desired predecessor, and can be added by just pressing <interface>OK</interface>.<nl/>The dropdown list of possible predecessors is sorted with the most likely tasks first.</para>
en_GB: <title>Task Dependency Dialogue</title><para>The task dependency dialogue enables you to easily add a predecessor to the selected task.<nl/>When opened, it presents the previous task as the default predecessor. This is often the desired predecessor, and can be added by just pressing <interface>OK</interface>.<nl/>The drop-down list of possible predecessors is sorted with the most likely tasks first.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Opens the report design in the report design dialog.
en_GB: Opens the report design in the report design dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>TaskJuggler Scheduler</title><para>This is a slightly modified version of the scheduler used in TaskJuggler. It has been enhanced to handle resource units.</para><para>Scheduling backwards is simulated by scheduling all tasks as late as possible.</para><para><note>Plan does not utilize all of its functionality.</note></para>
en_GB: <title>TaskJuggler Scheduler</title><para>This is a slightly modified version of the scheduler used in TaskJuggler. It has been enhanced to handle resource units.</para><para>Scheduling backwards is simulated by scheduling all tasks as late as possible.</para><para><note>Plan does not utilise all of its functionality.</note></para>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColorsEnabled), group (TaskColors)
en: Enable summary task level colors
en_GB: Enable summary task level colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskDefaultColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task default color
en_GB: Summary task default colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_1), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 1
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 1

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_2), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 2
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 2

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_3), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 3
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 3

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_4), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 4
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 4

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskNormalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in normal state
en_GB: Task colour in normal state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskCriticalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in critical state
en_GB: Task colour in critical state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskFinishedColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in finished state
en_GB: Task colour in finished state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskErrorColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in error state
en_GB: Task colour in error state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneNormalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in normal state
en_GB: Milestone colour in normal state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneCriticalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in critical state
en_GB: Milestone colour in critical state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneFinishedColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in finished state
en_GB: Milestone colour in finished state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneErrorColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in error state
en_GB: Milestone colour in error state

en: Task Colors
en_GB: Task Colours

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check to enable shared resources
en_GB: Tick to enable shared resources

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_SummaryTaskLevelColorsEnabled)
en: Use level colors
en_GB: Use level colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Network (PERT) Scheduler</title><para>The network scheduler generally schedules tasks according to their dependencies. When a task is scheduled it is scheduled in full, booking the allocated resources if available. If overbooking is not allowed, subsequent tasks that requests the same resource will be scheduled later in time.</para><para>Tasks with time constraints will be scheduled first to minimize the problem with resource conflicts</para><para><note>This scheduler does not handle resource conflicts well.<nl/>You can try a different scheduler if available. You may also change resource allocations or add dummy dependencies to avoid the conflicts.</note></para>
en_GB: <title>Network (PERT) Scheduler</title><para>The network scheduler generally schedules tasks according to their dependencies. When a task is scheduled it is scheduled in full, booking the allocated resources if available. If overbooking is not allowed, subsequent tasks that requests the same resource will be scheduled later in time.</para><para>Tasks with time constraints will be scheduled first to minimise the problem with resource conflicts</para><para><note>This scheduler does not handle resource conflicts well.<nl/>You can try a different scheduler if available. You may also change resource allocations or add dummy dependencies to avoid the conflicts.</note></para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Calculate and analyze project schedules
en_GB: Calculate and analyse project schedules

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Delete resourcegroup | Delete resourcegroups
en_GB[0]: Delete resource group
en_GB[1]: Delete resource groups

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Delete resourcegroups and resources
en_GB: Delete resource groups and resources

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Create a new project</title><para>Creates a new project with default values defined in <emphasis>Settings</emphasis>.<nl/>Opens the <emphasis>project dialog</emphasis> so you can define project specific properties like <resource>Project Name</resource>, <resource>Target Start</resource> and <resource>- End</resource> times.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Create a new project</title><para>Creates a new project with default values defined in <emphasis>Settings</emphasis>.<nl/>Opens the <emphasis>project dialogue</emphasis> so you can define project specific properties like <resource>Project Name</resource>, <resource>Target Start</resource> and <resource>- End</resource> times.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Context help</title><para>Help is available many places using <emphasis>What's This</emphasis>.<nl/>It is activated using the menu entry <interface>Help->What's this?</interface> or the keyboard shortcut <shortcut>Shift+F1</shortcut>.</para><para>In dialogs it is available via the <interface>?</interface> in the dialog title bar.</para><para>If you see <link url='%1'>More...</link> in the text, pressing it will display more information from online resources in your browser.</para>
en_GB: <title>Context help</title><para>Help is available many places using <emphasis>What's This</emphasis>.<nl/>It is activated using the menu entry <interface>Help->What's this?</interface> or the keyboard shortcut <shortcut>Shift+F1</shortcut>.</para><para>In dialogues it is available via the <interface>?</interface> in the dialogue title bar.</para><para>If you see <link url='%1'>More...</link> in the text, pressing it will display more information from online resources in your browser.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Project Templates</title><para>Select a template to create a new project based on the selected template.</para><para>Plan searches for templates in the places you can define in the settings dialog: <interface>Settings->Configure Plan</interface>.</para><para>You can create new templates from a project using the <interface>File->Create Project Template</interface> menu entry.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Project Templates</title><para>Select a template to create a new project based on the selected template.</para><para>Plan searches for templates in the places you can define in the settings dialogue: <interface>Settings->Configure Plan</interface>.</para><para>You can create new templates from a project using the <interface>File->Create Project Template</interface> menu entry.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, openProjectBtn)
en: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Open Project</span></p><p>Displays a file dialog enabling you to open an existing project.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Open Project</span></p><p>Displays a file dialogue enabling you to open an existing project.</p></body></html>

en: GRAY/Alpha8 Histogram
en_GB: GREY/Alpha8 Histogram

en: GRAYF16 Histogram
en_GB: GREYF16 Histogram

en: GRAY/Alpha 32 float Histogram
en_GB: GREY/Alpha 32 float Histogram

en: Function Optimizer...
en_GB: Function Optimiser...

en: Function Optimizer
en_GB: Function Optimiser

note: #-#-#-#-#  211  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel)
en: Capitalization:
en_GB: Capitalisation:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, synchro)
en: Letter synchronization
en_GB: Letter synchronisation

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Reset background color
en_GB: Reset background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, resetBackgroundColor)
en: Reset background color
en_GB: Reset background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, distanceLabel)
en: Behavior at end of frame and page:
en_GB: Behaviour at end of frame and page:

en: <p>Change font and paragraph attributes of styles.</p><p>Multiple styles can be changed using the dialog box.</p>
en_GB: <p>Change font and paragraph attributes of styles.</p><p>Multiple styles can be changed using the dialogue box.</p>

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change image color mode
en_GB: Change image colour mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

en: A callout shape
en_GB: A call-out shape

en: Rectangular Callout
en_GB: Rectangular Call-out

en: A rectangular callout
en_GB: A rectangular call-out

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: through
en_GB: to

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: through end of piece
en_GB: to end of piece

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Dataset Brush Color
en_GB: Set Dataset Brush Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Dataset Pen Color
en_GB: Set Dataset Pen Colour

en: Change the color of the line
en_GB: Change the colour of the line

en: Horizontally Center
en_GB: Horizontally Centre

en: Guides Insertor
en_GB: Guides Inserter

en: Batch mode: do not show dialogs
en_GB: Batch mode: do not show dialogues

en: Interactive mode: show dialogs (default)
en_GB: Interactive mode: show dialogues (default)

en: Color stop:
en_GB: Colour stop:

en: Stop color.
en_GB: Stop colour.

en: Color matrix
en_GB: Colour matrix

en: Distribute Center (Horizontal)
en_GB: Distribute Centre (Horizontal)

en: Distribute Center (Vertical)
en_GB: Distribute Centre (Vertical)

en: Show Color Palette
en_GB: Show Colour Palette

en: Show or hide color palette
en_GB: Show or hide colour palette

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rVCenter) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rHCenter)
en: Center align with:
en_GB: Centre align with:

[ctx: Style name]
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: Style name]
en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

[ctx: Style name]
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: Style name]
en: Gray Heading
en_GB: Grey Heading

[ctx: Style name]
en: Gray Traditional
en_GB: Grey Traditional

[ctx: Style name]
en: Gray Top and Bottom
en_GB: Grey Top and Bottom

en: Can not find needed text component, Words will quit now
en_GB: Cannot find needed text component, Words will quit now

en: Toggle the visualization of fields (variables etc.) by drawing their background in a contrasting color.
en_GB: Toggle the visualisation of fields (variables etc.) by drawing their background in a contrasting colour.

en: The rulers are the white measuring spaces top and left of the document. The rulers show the position and width of pages and of frames and can be used to position tabulators among others.<p>Uncheck this to disable the rulers from being displayed.</p>
en_GB: The rulers are the white measuring spaces top and left of the document. The rulers show the position and width of pages and of frames and can be used to position tabulators among others.<p>Untick this to disable the rulers from being displayed.</p>

en: Spell Checker Behavior
en_GB: Spell Checker Behaviour

en: Can not find needed text component, Calligra Stage will quit now.
en_GB: Cannot find needed text component, Calligra Stage will quit now.

en: Can not find needed picture component, Calligra Stage will quit now.
en_GB: Cannot find needed picture component, Calligra Stage will quit now.

en: Pen Color
en_GB: Pen Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, pushButton_Favorite)
en: Delete Favorite
en_GB: Delete Favourite

en: There is already a favorite file with this name
en_GB: There is already a favourite file with this name

en: From Twelve Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Twelve Anti-clockwise

en: From Three Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Three Anti-clockwise

en: From Six Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Six Anti-clockwise

en: From Nine Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Nine Anti-clockwise

en: Center Right
en_GB: Centre Right

en: Center Top
en_GB: Centre Top

en: Center Left
en_GB: Centre Left

en: Center Bottom
en_GB: Centre Bottom

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Left
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Left

en: Counterclockwise Top Right
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Right

en: Counterclockwise Top
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top

en: Counterclockwise Right
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Right

en: Counterclockwise Bottom
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom

en: Counterclockwise Left
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Left

en: Counterclockwise Top Left
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Left

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Right
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Right

en: Fade over Color
en_GB: Fade over Colour

en: Counterclockwise Top Left In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Left In

en: Counterclockwise Top Left Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Left Out

en: Counterclockwise Top Right In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Right In

en: Counterclockwise Top Right Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Right Out

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Left In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Left In

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Left Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Left Out

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Right In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Right In

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Right Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Right Out

en: The POLR() function returns the radius corresponding to the position of a point in a cartesian landmark.
en_GB: The POLR() function returns the radius corresponding to the position of a point in a Cartesian landmark.

en: The POLA() function returns the angle (in radians) corresponding to the position of a point in a cartesian landmark.
en_GB: The POLA() function returns the angle (in radians) corresponding to the position of a point in a Cartesian landmark.

en: The WEEKDAY() function returns the weekday of given date. If the method is 1 (default) WEEKDAY() returns 1 for sunday, 2 for monday,.. If the method is 2, monday is 1, tuesday 2, ... and if the method is 3 WEEKDAY() returns 0 for monday, 1 for tuesday,...
en_GB: The WEEKDAY() function returns the weekday of given date. If the method is 1 (default) WEEKDAY() returns 1 for Sunday, 2 for Monday, ... If the method is 2, Monday is 1, Tuesday 2, ... and if the method is 3 WEEKDAY() returns 0 for Monday, 1 for Tuesday,...

en: WEEKS("2002-19-02"; "2002-19-02"; 1) returns 0, because there is not a whole week in between, starting at the first day of the week (monday or sunday, depending on your local settings)
en_GB: WEEKS("2002-19-02"; "2002-19-02"; 1) returns 0, because there is not a whole week in between, starting at the first day of the week (Monday or Sunday, depending on your local settings)

en: WEEKNUM(A1; 1) returns 11 when A1 is "9th of March 2008". Number of the week in the year, with a week beginning on Sunday (1, this is the default if Method is omitted.)
en_GB: WEEKNUM(A1; 1) returns 11 when A1 is "9th of March 2008". Number of the week in the year, with a week beginning on Sunday (1, this is the default if Method is omitted).

en: Supported distance units: m (meter), in (inch), ft (feet), mi (mile), Nmi (nautical mile), ang (Angstrom), parsec, lightyear.
en_GB: Supported distance units: m (metre), in (inch), ft (feet), mi (mile), Nmi (nautical mile), ang (Angstrom), parsec, lightyear.

en: Supported power units: W (Watt), HP (horsepower), PS (Pferdestaerke).
en_GB: Supported power units: W (Watt), HP (horsepower), PS (Pferdestärke).

en: Supported volume units: l (liter), tsp (teaspoon), tbs (tablespoon), oz (ounce liquid), cup, pt (pint), qt (quart), gal (gallon), barrel, m3 (cubic meter), mi3 (cubic mile), Nmi3 (cubic Nautical mile), in3 (cubic inch), ft3 (cubic foot), yd3 (cubic yard), GRT or regton (gross register ton).
en_GB: Supported volume units: l (litre), tsp (teaspoon), tbs (tablespoon), oz (ounce liquid), cup, pt (pint), qt (quart), gal (gallon), barrel, m3 (cubic metre), mi3 (cubic mile), Nmi3 (cubic Nautical mile), in3 (cubic inch), ft3 (cubic foot), yd3 (cubic yard), GRT or regton (gross register ton).

en: Supported area units: m2 (square meter), mi2 (square mile), Nmi2 (square Nautical mile), in2 (square inch), ft2 (square foot), yd2 (square yard), acre, ha (hectare).
en_GB: Supported area units: m2 (square metre), mi2 (square mile), Nmi2 (square Nautical mile), in2 (square inch), ft2 (square foot), yd2 (square yard), acre, ha (hectare).

en: Supported speed units: m/s (meters per second), m/h (meters per hour), mph (miles per hour), kn (knot).
en_GB: Supported speed units: m/s (metres per second), m/h (metres per hour), mph (miles per hour), kn (knot).

en: The AMORDEGRC function calculates the amortization value for the French accounting system using degressive depreciation.
en_GB: The AMORDEGRC function calculates the amortisation value for the French accounting system using degressive depreciation.

en: The AMORLINC function calculates the amortization value for the French accounting system using linear depreciation.
en_GB: The AMORLINC function calculates the amortisation value for the French accounting system using linear depreciation.

en: The COMPOUND() function returns the value of an investment, given the principal, nominal interest rate, compounding frequency and time. For example: $5000 at 12% interest compounded quarterly for 5 years will become COMPOUND(5000;0.12;4;5) or $9030.56.
en_GB: The COMPOUND() function returns the value of an investment, given the principal, nominal interest rate, compounding frequency and time. For example: £5000 at 12% interest compounded quarterly for 5 years will become COMPOUND(5000;0.12;4;5) or £9030.56.

en: The CONTINUOUS() function calculates the return on continuously compounded interest, given the principal, nominal rate and time in years. For example: $1000 earning 10% for 1 year becomes CONTINUOUS(1000;.1;1) or $1105.17.
en_GB: The CONTINUOUS() function calculates the return on continuously compounded interest, given the principal, nominal rate and time in years. For example: £1000 earning 10% for 1 year becomes CONTINUOUS(1000;.1;1) or £1105.17.

en: The FV() function returns the future value of an investment, given the yield and the time elapsed. If you have $1000 in a bank account earning 8% interest, after two years you will have FV(1000;0.08;2) or $1166.40.
en_GB: The FV() function returns the future value of an investment, given the yield and the time elapsed. If you have £1000 in a bank account earning 8% interest, after two years you will have FV(1000;0.08;2) or £1166.40.

en: The FV_ANNUITY() function returns the future value of a stream of payments given the amount of the payment, the interest rate and the number of periods. For example: If you receive $500 per year for 20 years, and invest it at 8%, the total after 20 years will be FV_annuity(500;0.08;20) or $22,880.98. This function assumes that payments are made at the end of each period.
en_GB: The FV_ANNUITY() function returns the future value of a stream of payments given the amount of the payment, the interest rate and the number of periods. For example: If you receive $500 per year for 20 years, and invest it at 8%, the total after 20 years will be FV_ANNUITY(500;0.08;20) or $22,880.98. This function assumes that payments are made at the end of each period.

en: Period is the amortizement period. 1 for the first and NPER for the last period.
en_GB: Period is the amortisement period. 1 for the first and NPER for the last period.

en: Period is the amortizement period. 1 for the first and NPer for the last period.
en_GB: Period is the amortisement period. 1 for the first and NPer for the last period.

en: The LEVEL_COUPON() function calculates the value of a level-coupon bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a $1000 bond with semi-annual coupons at a rate of 13% that matures in 4 years is worth LEVEL_COUPON(1000;.13;2;4;.1) or $1096.95.
en_GB: The LEVEL_COUPON() function calculates the value of a level-coupon bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a £1000 bond with semi-annual coupons at a rate of 13% that matures in 4 years is worth LEVEL_COUPON(1000;.13;2;4;.1) or £1096.95.

en: The NOMINAL() function calculates the nominal (stated) interest rate for an effective (annualized) interest rate compounded at given intervals. For example: to earn 8% on an account compounded monthly, you need a return of NOMINAL(.08;12) or 7.72%.
en_GB: The NOMINAL() function calculates the nominal (stated) interest rate for an effective (annualised) interest rate compounded at given intervals. For example: to earn 8% on an account compounded monthly, you need a return of NOMINAL(.08;12) or 7.72%.

en: The PV() function returns the present value of an investment -- the value today of a sum of money in the future, given the rate of interest or inflation. For example if you need $1166.40 for your new computer and you want to buy it in two years while earning 8% interest, you need to start with PV(1166.4;0.08;2) or $1000.
en_GB: The PV() function returns the present value of an investment -- the value today of a sum of money in the future, given the rate of interest or inflation. For example if you need £1166.40 for your new computer and you want to buy it in two years while earning 8% interest, you need to start with PV(1166.4;0.08;2) or £1000.

en: The SYD() function will calculate the sum-of-years digits depreciation for an asset based on its cost, salvage value, anticipated life, and a particular period. This method accelerates the rate of the depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The depreciable cost is the actual cost minus the salvage value. The useful life is the number of periods (typically years) over which the asset is depreciated.
en_GB: The SYD() function will calculate the sum-of-years digits depreciation for an asset based on its cost, salvage value, anticipated life, and a particular period. This method accelerates the rate of the depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The deprecable cost is the actual cost minus the salvage value. The useful life is the number of periods (typically years) over which the asset is depreciated.

en: The ZERO_COUPON() function calculates the value of a zero-coupon (pure discount) bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a $1000 bond that matures in 20 years is worth ZERO_COUPON(1000;.1;20) or $148.64.
en_GB: The ZERO_COUPON() function calculates the value of a zero-coupon (pure discount) bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a £1000 bond that matures in 20 years is worth ZERO_COUPON(1000;.1;20) or £148.64.

en: Denumerator
en_GB: Denominator

en: Function QUOTIENT returns the integer portion of numerator/denumerator.
en_GB: Function QUOTIENT returns the integer portion of numerator/denominator

en: QUOTIENT(numerator;denumerator)
en_GB: QUOTIENT(numerator;denominator)

en: Returns the number of areas in the reference string. An area can be asingle cell or a set of cells.
en_GB: Returns the number of areas in the reference string. An area can be a single cell or a set of cells.

en: The LOOKUP function looks up the first parameter in the lookup vector. It returns a value in the result Vector with the same index as the matching value in the lookup vector. If value is not in the lookup vector it takes the next lower one. If no value in the lookup vector matches an error is returned. The lookup vector must be in ascending order and lookup and result vector must have the same size. Numeric values, string and boolean values are recognized. Comparison between strings is case-insensitive.
en_GB: The LOOKUP function looks up the first parameter in the lookup vector. It returns a value in the result Vector with the same index as the matching value in the lookup vector. If value is not in the lookup vector it takes the next lower one. If no value in the lookup vector matches an error is returned. The lookup vector must be in ascending order and the lookup and result vector must have the same size. Numeric values, string and boolean values are recognised. Comparison between strings is case-insensitive.

en: Number to be normalized
en_GB: Number to be normalised

en: The STANDARDIZE() function calculates a normalized value.
en_GB: The STANDARDIZE() function calculates a normalised value.

en: DOLLAR(1403.77) returns "$ 1,403.77"
en_GB: DOLLAR(1403.77) returns "£ 1,403.77"

en: DOLLAR(-0.123;4) returns "$-0.1230"
en_GB: DOLLAR(-0.123;4) returns "£-0.1230"

note: i18n: ectx: ToolBar (colorAndBorderToolBar)
en: Color/Border
en_GB: Colour/Border

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_createBackupFile)
en: Check this box if you want some backup files created. This is checked per default.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want some backup files created. This is ticked per default.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_statusBarFunction)
en: This drop down selection box can be used to choose the calculation performed by the Statusbar Summary  function.
en_GB: This drop down selection box can be used to choose the calculation performed by the Statusbar Summary function.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: &Grid Color:
en_GB: &Grid Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorCombo, m_gridColor)
en: Click here to change the grid color ie the color of the borders of each cell.
en_GB: Click here to change the grid colour ie the colour of the borders of each cell.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Page Out&line Color:
en_GB: Page Out&line Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorCombo, m_pageOutlineColor)
en: When the View ->Show Page Borders menu item is checked, the page borders are displayed. Click here to choose another color for the borders than the default red.
en_GB: When the View ->Show Page Borders menu item is ticked, the page borders are displayed. Click here to choose another colour for the borders than the default red.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showCommentIndicatorCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked cells containing comments will be marked by a small red triangle at the top right corner.
en_GB: If this box is ticked cells containing comments will be marked by a small red triangle at the top right corner.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useLCModeCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked the cell reference shown at the left end of the Formula Bar will be displayed in LC mode (i.e. L2C3) rather than in its normal form B3. This does not seem to be of much use at the moment.
en_GB: If this box is ticked the cell reference shown at the left end of the Formula Bar will be displayed in LC mode (i.e. L2C3) rather than in its normal form B3. This does not seem to be of much use at the moment.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showPageOutlineCheckBox)
en: If you check this option, the page borders will be drawn on your current sheet. Per default the page borders are not displayed. It is useful to see the page borders if you want to print your sheet.
en_GB: If you tick this option, the page borders will be drawn on your current sheet. Per default the page borders are not displayed. It is useful to see the page borders if you want to print your sheet.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, capitalizeFirstLetterCheckBox)
en: Check this box and the first letter of any text you type in will automatically be converted to uppercase.
en_GB: Tick this box and the first letter of any text you type in will automatically be converted to uppercase.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, hideZeroCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked any cell containing the value zero will appear blank.
en_GB: If this box is ticked any cell containing the value zero will appear blank.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showFormulaCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked Calligra Sheets will display the actual formulae in cells rather than the results.
en_GB: If this box is ticked Calligra Sheets will display the actual formulae in cells rather than the results.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showColumnAsNumbersCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked the column headings will show as numbers rather than as letters. Letters are default.
en_GB: If this box is ticked the column headings will show as numbers rather than as letters. Letters are default.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showFormulaIndicatorCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked Calligra Sheets will display a small blue triangle at the bottom left corner of cells containing formulae. This is useful if you want to protect cells with formulae.
en_GB: If this box is ticked Calligra Sheets will display a small blue triangle at the bottom left corner of cells containing formulae. This is useful if you want to protect cells with formulae.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showGridCheckBox)
en: If checked, the grid (the cell limits) will be shown. This is the default. If unchecked, the grid will be hidden.
en_GB: If ticked, the grid (the cell limits) will be shown. This is the default. If unticked, the grid will be hidden.

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Text Color
en_GB: Change Text Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Background Color
en_GB: Change Background Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, FontWidget)
en: You can select here the font style, size and color, including some additional options like underlined or stroke out text for the current cell text. The lower part of the page gives a preview of the selected text format.
    The default font is set for all cells in the Format -> Style Manager menu with the currently used style.
en_GB: You can select here the font style, size and colour, including some additional options like underlined or stroke out text for the current cell text. The lower part of the page gives a preview of the selected text format.
    The default font is set for all cells in the Format -> Style Manager menu with the currently used style.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, style_combo)
en: Choose the style for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different styles, the displayed style is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current style settings for each cell. Changing to Roman for example will change all the selected cells style text to Roman.
en_GB: Choose the style for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different styles, the displayed style is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current style settings for each cell. Changing to Roman for example will change all the selected cells' font style to Roman.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, weight_combo)
en: Choose the weight for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different font weight, the displayed weight is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current weight settings for each cell. Changing to Bold for example will change all the selected cells font weight to Bold.
en_GB: Choose the weight for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different font weight, the displayed weight is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current weight settings for each cell. Changing to Bold for example will change all the selected cells' font weight to Bold.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (Calligra::Sheets::LayoutCheckbox, underline)
en: If this is checked, the current cell text will be underlined.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the current cell text will be underlined.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, textColorButton)
en: Choose the color for the current cell text. Clicking on the color bar will bring you the standard KDE Select Color dialog where you will be able to choose the new color.
en_GB: Choose the colour for the current cell text. Clicking on the colour bar will bring you the standard KDE Select Colour dialogue where you will be able to choose the new colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (Calligra::Sheets::LayoutCheckbox, strike)
en: This will strike out the current cell text if this is checked.
en_GB: This will strike out the current cell text if this is ticked.

en: The number notation uses the notation you globally choose in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Numbers tab. Numbers are right justified by default.
en_GB: The number notation uses the notation you globally choose in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Numbers tab. Numbers are right justified by default.

en: When you have a number in the current cell and you switch from the dcell format from Generic to Percent, the current cell number will be multiplied by 100%.
    For example if you enter 12 and set the cell format to Percent, the number will then be 1,200 %. Switching back to Generic cell format will bring it back to 12.
    You can also use the Percent icon in the Format Toolbar.
en_GB: When you have a number in the current cell and you switch the cell format from Generic to Percent, the current cell number will be multiplied by 100%.
    For example if you enter 12 and set the cell format to Percent, the number will then be 1,200 %. Switching back to Generic cell format will bring it back to 12.
    You can also use the Percent icon in the Format Toolbar.

en: The Money format converts your number into money notation using the settings globally fixed in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Money. The currency symbol will be displayed and the precision will be the one set in System Settings.
    You can also use the Currency icon in the Format Toolbar to set the cell formatting to look like your current currency.
en_GB: The Money format converts your number into money notation using the settings globally fixed in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Money. The currency symbol will be displayed and the precision will be the one set in System Settings.
    You can also use the Currency icon in the Format Toolbar to set the cell formatting to look like your current currency.

en: The scientific format changes your number using the scientific notation. For example, 0.0012 will be changed to 1.2E-03. Going back using Generic cell format will display 0.0012 again.
en_GB: The scientific format changes your number using the scientific notation. For example, 0.0012 will be changed to 1.2E-03. Going back to using Generic cell format will display 0.0012 again.

en: The fraction format changes your number into a fraction. For example, 0.1 can be changed to 1/8, 2/16, 1/10, etc. You define the type of fraction by choosing it in the field on the right. If the exact fraction is not possible in the fraction mode you choose, the nearest closest match is chosen.
     For example: when we have 1.5 as number, we choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 the text displayed into cell is "1 8/16" which is an exact fraction. If you have 1.4 as number in your cell and you choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 then the cell will display "1 6/16" which is the nearest closest Sixteenth fraction.
en_GB: The fraction format changes your number into a fraction. For example, 0.1 can be changed to 1/8, 2/16, 1/10, etc. You define the type of fraction by choosing it in the field on the right. If the exact fraction is not possible in the fraction mode you choose, the nearest closest match is chosen.
     For example: when we have 1.5 as number, we choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 the text displayed in the cell is "1 8/16" which is an exact fraction. If you have 1.4 as number in your cell and you choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 then the cell will display "1 6/16" which is the nearest closest sixteenth fraction.

en: To enter a date, you should enter it in one of the formats set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. There are two formats set here: the date format and the short date format.
    Just like you can drag down numbers you can also drag down dates and the next cells will also get dates.
en_GB: To enter a date, you should enter it in one of the formats set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. There are two formats set here: the date format and the short date format.
    Just like you can drag down numbers you can also drag down dates and the next cells will also get dates.

en: This formats your cell content as a time. To enter a time, you should enter it in the Time format set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Date & Time. In the Cell Format dialog box you can set how the time should be displayed by choosing one of the available time format options. The default format is the system format set in System Settings. When the number in the cell does not make sense as a time, Calligra Sheets will display 00:00 in the global format you have in System Settings.
en_GB: This formats your cell content as a time. To enter a time, you should enter it in the Time format set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Date & Time. In the Cell Format dialogue box you can set how the time should be displayed by choosing one of the available time format options. The default format is the system format set in System Settings. When the number in the cell does not make sense as a time, Calligra Sheets will display 00:00 in the global format you have in System Settings.

en: To enter a datetime, you should enter it in one of the formats set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. There are two formats set here: the date format and the short date format.
    Just like you can drag down numbers you can also drag down dates and the next cells will also get datetimes.
en_GB: To enter a datetime, you should enter it in one of the formats set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. There are two formats set here: the date format and the short date format.
    Just like you can drag down numbers you can also drag down dates and the next cells will also get datetimes.

en: This formats your cell content as text. This can be useful if you want a number treated as text instead as a number, for example for a ZIP code. Setting a number as text format will left justify it. When numbers are formatted as text, they cannot be used in calculations or formulas. It also change the way the cell is justified.
en_GB: This formats your cell content as text. This can be useful if you want a number treated as text instead as a number, for example for a ZIP code. Setting a number as text format will left justify it. When numbers are formatted as text, they cannot be used in calculations or formulae. It also change the way the cell is justified.

en: You can add here a Postfix such as a $HK symbol to the end of each cell content in the checked format.
en_GB: You can add here a postfix such as a $HK symbol to the end of each cell content in the ticked format.

en: You can control how many digits are displayed after the decimal point for numeric values. This can also be changed using the Increase precision or Decrease precision icons in the Format toolbar.
en_GB: You can control how many digits are displayed after the decimal point for numeric values. This can also be changed using the Increase precision or decrease precision icons in the Format toolbar.

en: You can add here a Prefix such as a $ symbol at the start of each cell content in the checked format.
en_GB: You can add here a prefix such as a $ symbol at the start of each cell content in the ticked format.

en: The style name can not be empty.
en_GB: The style name cannot be empty.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, horizontalGroup)
en: <qt>Set the content position horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Standard</b> is default and is set from the format you choose.
    <b>Left</b> means the content will be displayed on the left of the cell.
    <b>Center</b> means the content will be in the center horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Right</b> means the content of the cell will be displayed on the right of the cell.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Set the content position horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Standard</b> is default and is set from the format you choose.
    <b>Left</b> means the content will be displayed on the left of the cell.
    <b>Centre</b> means the content will be in the centre horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Right</b> means the content of the cell will be displayed on the right of the cell.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: This is only available when the rotation is 0°.
    Wrap text wraps the text so it fits in the previous cell size. If this is not checked, the text will stay on one line and the cell size will be adjusted to contain the text.
    Vertical text puts your text vertically.
en_GB: This is only available when the rotation is 0°.
    Wrap text wraps the text so it fits in the previous cell size. If this is not ticked, the text will stay on one line and the cell size will be adjusted to contain the text.
    Vertical text puts your text vertically.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (Calligra::Sheets::LayoutCheckbox, m_bDontPrint)
en: If checked, the content of the cell will not be printed. If this is not checked (default), the cell content will be printed.
    Note that you can print it even if the cell is protected
en_GB: If ticked, the content of the cell will not be printed. If this is not ticked (default), the cell content will be printed.
    Note that you can print it even if the cell is protected

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (Calligra::Sheets::LayoutCheckbox, m_bIsProtected)
en: If checked, the cell content will be protected. This is the default behavior. You need to protect the whole sheet using the Tools -> Protect Sheet... menu option for this individual cell protection to work. See the manual for more details in the Advanced Calligra Sheets chapter. When a cell is protected, its content cannot be changed.
en_GB: If ticked, the cell content will be protected. This is the default behaviour. You need to protect the whole sheet using the Tools -> Protect Sheet... menu option for this individual cell protection to work. See the manual for more details in the Advanced Calligra Sheets chapter. When a cell is protected, its content cannot be changed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (Calligra::Sheets::LayoutCheckbox, m_bHideFormula)
en: When this is checked, the cell is still visible. However, its contents do not appear in the Formula bar. Hiding formula is only working for cells that contain formulae so the user cannot view the formula. And the sheet must be protected for this to work.
en_GB: When this is ticked, the cell is still visible. However, its contents do not appear in the Formula bar. Hiding formula is only working for cells that contain formulae so the user cannot view the formula. And the sheet must be protected for this to work.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDefaultButton)
en: Select this option to use the default fonts and colors for the HTML page.
en_GB: Select this option to use the default fonts and colours for the HTML page.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, mPixelsBetweenCells)
en: Use this option to define how many pixels there should be between the cells. This effect is better visible if you check <b>Use borders</b> too.
en_GB: Use this option to define how many pixels there should be between the cells. This effect is better visible if you tick <b>Use borders</b> too.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton7)
en: Don't export
en_GB: Do not export

en: This document was created with OpenOffice.org version '%1'. This filter was written for version 1.0. Reading this file could cause strange behavior, crashes or incorrect display of the data. Do you want to continue converting the document?
en_GB: This document was created with OpenOffice.org version '%1'. This filter was written for version 1.0. Reading this file could cause strange behaviour, crashes or incorrect display of the data. Do you want to continue converting the document?

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ImportDialogUI)
en: Plain Text Import Dialog
en_GB: Plain Text Import Dialogue

[ctx: @action:button Go forward to the next word in history]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

en: Darker Color
en_GB: Darker Colour

en: Lighter Color
en_GB: Lighter Colour

en: Color HSI
en_GB: Colour HSI

en: Color HSL
en_GB: Colour HSL

en: Color HSV
en_GB: Colour HSV

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Background Color
en_GB: Set Background Colour

en: Gimp Color Palette (*.gpl)
en_GB: Gimp Colour Palette (*.gpl)

en: The url or file given does not contain valid calendar data
en_GB: The URL or file given does not contain valid calendar data

en: The url or file given does not contain any event or task
en_GB: The URL or file given does not contain any event or task

en: Attendee management is available only in external calendars that are synchronized online
en_GB: Attendee management is available only in external calendars that are synchronised online

en: 1 hour before start | %1 hours before start
en_GB[0]: %1 hour before start
en_GB[1]: %1 hours before start

en: 1 minute before start | %1 minutes before start
en_GB[0]: %1 minute before start
en_GB[1]: %1 minutes before start

en: calibre includes a built-in E-book viewer that can view all the major e-book formats. The E-book viewer is highly customizable and has many advanced features.
en_GB: calibre includes a built-in E-book viewer that can view all the major e-book formats. The E-book viewer is highly customisable and has many advanced features.

en: Customizing the look and feel of your reading experience
en_GB: Customising the look and feel of your reading experience

en: The first step is to tell calibre that this will contains mathematics. You do this by adding the following snippet of code to the <head> section of the HTML file::
en_GB: The first step is to tell calibre that this will contain mathematics. You do this by adding the following snippet of code to the <head> section of the HTML file::

en: This snippet looks like the following screen shot in the calibre E-book viewer.
en_GB: This snippet looks like the following screenshot in the calibre E-book viewer.

en: The complete HTML file, with more equations and inline mathematics is reproduced below. You can convert this HTML file to EPUB in calibre to end up with an e-book you can distribute easily to other people.
en_GB: The complete HTML file, with more equations and inline mathematics, is reproduced below. You can convert this HTML file to EPUB in calibre to end up with an e-book you can distribute easily to other people.

en: Once you've admired the list of books you just added to your heart's content, you'll probably want to read one. In order to do that you'll have to convert the book to a format your reader understands. When first running calibre, the :guilabel:`Welcome wizard` starts and will set up calibre for your reader device. Conversion is a breeze. Just select the book you want to convert then click the "Convert books" button. Ignore all the options for now and click "OK". The little icon in the bottom right corner will start spinning. Once it's finished spinning, your converted book is ready. Click the "View" button to read the book.
en_GB: Once you've admired the list of books you just added to your heart's content, you'll probably want to read one. In order to do that you'll have to convert the book to a format your reader understands. When first running Calibre, the :guilabel:`Welcome wizard` starts and will set up calibre for your reader device. Conversion is a breeze. Just select the book you want to convert then click the "Convert books" button. Ignore all the options for now and click "OK". The little icon in the bottom right corner will start spinning. Once it's finished spinning, your converted book is ready. Click the "View" button to read the book.

en: If you want to read the book on your reader, connect the reader to the computer, wait till calibre detects it (10-20 seconds) and then click the "Send to device" button. Once the icon stops spinning again, disconnect your reader and read away! If you didn't convert the book in the previous step, calibre will auto convert it to the format your reader device understands.
en_GB: If you want to read the book on your reader, connect the reader to the computer, wait till calibre detects it (10-20 seconds) and then click the "Send to device" button. Once the icon stops spinning again, disconnect your reader and read away! If you didn't convert the book in the previous step, Calibre will auto convert it to the format your reader device understands.

en: If you have more questions, or want to discuss calibre with other users or ask for help with specific things, there are :website:`forums and other help resources available <help>`.
en_GB: If you have more questions, or want to discuss Calibre with other users or ask for help with specific things, there are :website:`forums and other help resources available <help>`.

en: Adding your favorite news website to calibre
en_GB: Adding your favourite news website to calibre

en: Customizing calibre's e-book conversion
en_GB: Customising calibre's e-book conversion

en: Customizing calibre
en_GB: Customising calibre

en: Save to disk
en_GB: Save to disc

en: Restart calibre
en_GB: Restart Calibre

en: Quit calibre
en_GB: Quit Calibre

en: Digital Rights Management (DRM) is a generic term for access control technologies that can be used by hardware manufacturers, publishers, copyright holders and individuals to try to impose limitations on the usage of digital content and devices. It is also, sometimes, disparagingly described as Digital Restrictions Management. The term is used to describe any technology which inhibits uses (legitimate or otherwise) of digital content that were not desired or foreseen by the content provider. The term generally doesn't refer to other forms of copy protection which can be circumvented without modifying the file or device, such as serial numbers or key-files. It can also refer to restrictions associated with specific instances of digital works or devices. DRM technologies attempt to control use of digital media by preventing access, copying or conversion to other formats by end users. See `Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_rights_management>`_.
en_GB: Digital Rights Management (DRM) is a generic term for access control technologies that can be used by hardware manufacturers, publishers, copyright holders and individuals to try to impose limitations on the usage of digital content and devices. It is also, sometimes, disparagingly described as Digital Restrictions Management. The term is used to describe any technology which inhibits uses (legitimate or otherwise) of digital content that was not desired or foreseen by the content provider. The term generally doesn't refer to other forms of copy protection which can be circumvented without modifying the file or device, such as serial numbers or key-files. It can also refer to restrictions associated with specific instances of digital works or devices. DRM technologies attempt to control use of digital media by preventing access, copying or conversion to other formats by end users. See `Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_rights_management>`_.

en: When you buy an e-book with DRM you don't really own it but have purchased the permission to use it in a manner dictated to you by the seller. DRM limits what you can do with e-books you have "bought". Often people who buy books with DRM are unaware of the extent of these restrictions. These restrictions prevent you from reformatting the e-book to your liking, including making stylistic changes like adjusting the font sizes, although there is software that empowers you to do such things for non DRM books. People are often surprised that an e-book they have bought in a particular format cannot be converted to another format if the e-book has DRM. So if you have an Amazon Kindle and buy a book sold by Barnes and Nobles, you should know that if that e-book has DRM you will not be able to read it on your Kindle. Notice that I am talking about a book you buy, not steal or pirate but BUY.
en_GB: When you buy an e-book with DRM you don't really own it but have purchased the permission to use it in a manner dictated to you by the seller. DRM limits what you can do with e-books you have "bought". Often people who buy books with DRM are unaware of the extent of these restrictions. These restrictions prevent you from reformatting the e-book to your liking, including making stylistic changes like adjusting the font sizes, although there is software that empowers you to do such things for non-DRM books. People are often surprised that an e-book they have bought in a particular format cannot be converted to another format if the e-book has DRM. So if you have an Amazon Kindle and buy a book sold by Barnes and Noble, you should know that if that e-book has DRM you will not be able to read it on your Kindle. Notice that I am talking about a book you buy, not steal or pirate but BUY.

en: Catalog options
en_GB: Catalogue options

en: Catalog generator
en_GB: Catalogue generator

en: An e-book store.
en_GB: An e-book shop.

en: Create a PMLZ archive containing the PML file and all images in the folder pmlname_img or images. This plugin is run every time you add a PML file to the library.
en_GB: Create a PMLZ archive containing the PML file and all images in the folder pmlname_img or images. This plug-in is run every time you add a PML file to the library.

en: Create a TXTZ archive when a TXT file is imported containing Markdown or Textile references to images. The referenced images as well as the TXT file are added to the archive.
en_GB: Create a TXTZ archive when a TXT file is imported that contains Markdown or Textile references to images. The referenced images as well as the TXT file are added to the archive.

en: Enter {0} below to have the EPUB metadata writer plugin not add cover images to EPUB files that have no existing cover image.
en_GB: Enter {0} below to have the EPUB metadata writer plug-in not add cover images to EPUB files that have no existing cover image.

en: Add books to calibre or the connected device
en_GB: Add books to Calibre or the connected device

en: Generate a catalog of the books in your calibre library
en_GB: Generate a catalogue of the books in your Calibre library

en: Delete books from your calibre library or connected device
en_GB: Delete books from your Calibre library or connected device

en: Edit the metadata of books in your calibre library
en_GB: Edit the metadata of books in your Calibre library

en: Read books in your calibre library
en_GB: Read books in your Calibre library

en: Show a dialog for creating and managing template functions and stored templates
en_GB: Show a dialogue for creating and managing template functions and stored templates

en: Export books from your calibre library to the hard disk
en_GB: Export books from your Calibre library to the hard disk

en: Open the folder that contains the book files in your calibre library
en_GB: Open the folder that contains the book files in your Calibre library

en: Customize calibre
en_GB: Customise Calibre

en: Switch between different calibre libraries and perform maintenance on them
en_GB: Switch between different Calibre libraries and perform maintenance on them

en: Copy a book from one calibre library to another
en_GB: Copy a book from one Calibre library to another

en: Find the next or previous match when searching in your calibre library in highlight mode
en_GB: Find the next or previous match when searching in your Calibre library in highlight mode

en: Choose a random book from your calibre library
en_GB: Choose a random book from your Calibre library

en: Get new calibre plugins or update your existing ones
en_GB: Get new Calibre plug-ins or update your existing ones

en: Customize the toolbars and context menus, changing which actions are available in each
en_GB: Customise the toolbars and context menus, changing which actions are available in each

en: Customize the way searching for books works in calibre
en_GB: Customise the way searching for books works in calibre

en: Saving books to disk
en_GB: Saving books to disc

en: Control how calibre exports files from its database to disk when using Save to disk
en_GB: Control how calibre exports files from its database to disc when using Save to disc

en: Setup the calibre Content server which will give you access to your calibre library from anywhere, on any device, over the internet
en_GB: Setup the calibre Content server which will give you access to your calibre library from anywhere, on any device, over the Internet

en: Add/remove/customize various bits of calibre functionality
en_GB: Add/remove/customise various bits of calibre functionality

en: Customize the keyboard shortcuts used by calibre
en_GB: Customise the keyboard shortcuts used by Calibre

en: Specify the character encoding of the input document. If set this option will override any encoding declared by the document itself. Particularly useful for documents that do not declare an encoding or that have erroneous encoding declarations.
en_GB: Specify the character encoding of the input document. If set this option will override any encoding declared by the document itself. This is particularly useful for documents that do not declare any encoding or that have erroneous encoding declarations.

en: If specified, the output plugin will try to create output that is as human readable as possible. May not have any effect for some output plugins.
en_GB: If specified, the output plug-in will try to create output that is as human-readable as possible. May not have any effect for some output plug-ins.

en: This profile tries to provide sane defaults and is useful if you know nothing about the input document.
en_GB: This profile tries to provide reasonable defaults and is useful if you have no information about the input document.

en: This profile is intended for the Microsoft Reader.
en_GB: This profile is intended for Microsoft's Reader format.

en: This profile tries to provide sane defaults and is useful if you want to produce a document intended to be read at a computer or on a range of devices.
en_GB: This profile tries to produce logical defaults and proves useful for when you want to produce a document intended to be read on a computer, or on a range of different devices.

en: This profile is intended for the SONY PRS line. The 500/505/700 etc, in landscape mode. Mainly useful for comics.
en_GB: This profile is intended for the SONY PRS line. The 500, 505, 700 e.t.c., in landscape mode. Mainly useful for reading comics and similar print layouts.

en: Mapping for filetype plugins
en_GB: Mapping for filetype plug-ins

en: Local plugin customization
en_GB: Local plug-in customisation

en: Disabled plugins
en_GB: Disabled plug-ins

en: Initialization of plugin %s failed with traceback:
en_GB: Initialisation of plug-in %s failed with traceback:

en:     %prog options
    
        Customize calibre by loading external plugins.
en_GB:     %prog options
    
        Customise calibre by loading external plug-ins.

en: Add a plugin by specifying the path to the ZIP file containing it.
en_GB: Add a plug-in by specifying the path to the ZIP file containing it.

en: For plugin developers: Path to the folder where you are developing the plugin. This command will automatically zip up the plugin and update it in calibre.
en_GB: For plug-in developers: Path to the folder where you are developing the plug-in. This command will automatically zip up the plug-in and update it in calibre.

en: Remove a custom plugin by name. Has no effect on builtin plugins
en_GB: Remove a custom plug-in by name. (Has no effect on built-in plug-ins.)

en: List all installed plugins
en_GB: List all installed plug-ins

en: Enable the named plugin
en_GB: Enable the named plug-in

en: Disable the named plugin
en_GB: Disable the named plug-in

en: Path to library ({0}) too long. It must be less than {1} characters.
en_GB: Path to library ({0}) too long. It must be fewer than {1} characters.

en: Path to library too long. It must be less than %d characters.
en_GB: Path to library too long. It must be fewer than %d characters.

en: A comma separated list of languages (best to use ISO639 language codes, though some language names may also be recognized)
en_GB: A comma separated list of languages (best to use ISO639 language codes, though some language names may also be recognised)

en: A dictionary of options to customize how the data in this column will be interpreted. This is a JSON  string. For enumeration columns, use --display="{\"enum_values\":[\"val1\", \"val2\"]}"
    There are many options that can go into the display variable.The options by column type are:
    composite: composite_template, composite_sort, make_category,contains_html, use_decorations
    datetime: date_format
    enumeration: enum_values, enum_colors, use_decorations
    int, float: number_format
    text: is_names, use_decorations
    
    The best way to find legal combinations is to create a custom column of the appropriate type in the GUI then look at the backup OPF for a book (ensure that a new OPF has been created since the column was added). You will see the JSON for the "display" for the new column in the OPF.
en_GB: A dictionary of options to customise how the data in this column will be interpreted. This is a JSON  string. For enumeration columns, use --display="{\"enum_values\":[\"val1\", \"val2\"]}"
    There are many options that can go into the display variable.The options by column type are:
    composite: composite_template, composite_sort, make_category,contains_html, use_decorations
    datetime: date_format
    enumeration: enum_values, enum_colors, use_decorations
    int, float: number_format
    text: is_names, use_decorations
    
    The best way to find legal combinations is to create a custom column of the appropriate type in the GUI then look at the backup OPF for a book (ensure that a new OPF has been created since the column was added). You will see the JSON for the "display" for the new column in the OPF.

en: Comma-separated list of database IDs to catalog.
    If declared, --search is ignored.
    Default: all
en_GB: Comma-separated list of database IDs to catalogue.
    If declared, --search is ignored.
    Default: all

en: You must specify a catalog output file
en_GB: You must specify a catalogue output file

en: Cannot generate a catalog in the {} format
en_GB: Cannot generate a catalogue in the {} format

en: %prog remove ids
    
    Remove the books identified by ids from the database. ids should be a comma separated list of id numbers (you can get id numbers by using the search command). For example, 23,34,57-85 (when specifying a range, the last number in the range is not included).
en_GB: %prog remove ids
    
    Remove the books identified by ids from the database. ids should be a comma-separated list of id numbers (you can get id numbers by using the search command). For example, 23,34,57-85 (when specifying a range, the last number in the range is not included).

en: Error: Action %s not recognized, must be one of: (add|remove|list)
en_GB: Error: Action %s not recognised, must be one of: (add|remove|list)

en: Add a simple plugin (i.e. a plugin that consists of only a .py file), by specifying the path to the py file containing the plugin code.
en_GB: Add a simple plug-in (i.e. a plug-in that consists of only a .py file) by specifying the path to the .py file containing the plug-in code.

en: No plugin named %s found
en_GB: No plug-in named %s found

en: Communicate with Android phones.
en_GB: Communicate with Android devices.

en: Communicate with the Blackberry smart phone.
en_GB: Communicate with BlackBerry Smartphones.

en: Check this box if the device's main memory is being seen as card a and the card is being seen as main memory. Some tolino devices may need this option.
en_GB: Tick this box if the device's main memory is being seen as card a and the card is being seen as main memory. Some tolino devices may need this option.

en: Send page number information when sending books
en_GB: Send page number information when sending books.

en: The Kindle 3 and newer versions can use page number information in MOBI files. With this option, calibre will calculate and send this information to the Kindle when uploading MOBI files by USB. Note that the page numbers do not correspond to any paper book.
en_GB: The Kindle 3 and newer versions can use page number information in MOBI files. With this option, Calibre will calculate and send this information to the Kindle when uploading MOBI files by USB. Note that the page numbers do not correspond to any paper book.

en: The Kobo supports several collections including
en_GB: The Kobo supports several collections including:

en: Choose the color to use when letterboxing the cover. The default color is black (#000000)
en_GB: Choose the colour to use when letterboxing the cover. The default colour is black (#000000)

en: Communicate with the Sweex/Kogan/Q600/Wink
en_GB: Communicate with the Sweex/Kogan/Q600/Wink.

en: Communicate with the Adam tablet
en_GB: Communicate with the Adam tablet.

en: Communicate with the Moovybook Reader
en_GB: Communicate with the Moovybook Reader.

en: Communicate with the COBY
en_GB: Communicate with the COBY.

en: Setting this option tells calibre to look for books in all folders on the device and its cards. This permits calibre to find books put on the device by other software and by wireless download.
en_GB: Setting this option tells Calibre to look for books in all folders on the device and its cards. This permits Calibre to find books put on the device by other software and by wireless download.

en: Check this box to allow connections when calibre starts
en_GB: Tick this box to allow connections when calibre starts

en: If checked, use the port number in the "Port" box, otherwise the driver will pick a random port
en_GB: If ticked, use the port number in the "Port" box, otherwise the driver will pick a random port

en: Enter the port number the driver is to use if the "fixed port" box is checked
en_GB: Enter the port number the driver is to use if the "fixed port" box is ticked

en: Check this box if requested when reporting problems
en_GB: Tick this box if requested when reporting problems

en: If this box is checked, calibre will automatically disconnect if a connected device does nothing for %d minutes. Unchecking this  box disables this timeout, so calibre will never automatically disconnect.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, calibre will automatically disconnect if a connected device does nothing for %d minutes. Unticking this box disables this timeout, so calibre will never automatically disconnect.

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive.

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive. Either the device has already been ejected, or your kernel is exporting a deprecated version of SYSFS.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive. Either the device has already been ejected, or your kernel is exporting a deprecated version of SYSFS.

en: Extra customization
en_GB: Extra customisation

en: Failed to access files on the SD card in your device. This can happen for many reasons. The SD card may be corrupted, it may be too large for your device, it may be write-protected, etc. Try a different SD card, or reformat your SD card using the FAT32 filesystem. Also make sure there are not too many files in the root of your SD card. Underlying error: %s
en_GB: Failed to access files on the SD card in your device. This can happen for many reasons: The SD card may be corrupted; it may be too large for your device; it may be write-protected, etc. Try a different SD card, or reformat your SD card using the FAT32 filesystem. Also make sure there aren't too many files in the root of your SD card. Underlying error: %s

en: Enter the folder where the books are to be stored. This folder is prepended to any send_to_device template
en_GB: Enter the folder where the books are to be stored. This folder is prepended to any send_to_device template.

en: Check this box if the device's main memory is being seen as card a and the card is being seen as main memory
en_GB: Tick this box if the device's main memory is being seen as card a and the card is being seen as main memory

en: Modify the document text and structure using common patterns. Disabled by default. Use %(en)s to enable.  Individual actions can be disabled with the %(dis)s options.
en_GB: Modify the document text and structure using common patterns. Disabled by default. Use %(en)s to enable. Individual actions can be disabled with the %(dis)s options.

en: The options and default values for the options change depending on both the
    input and output formats, so you should always check with::
    
        %s
    
    Below are the options that are common to all conversion, followed by the
    options specific to every input and output format.
en_GB: The options and default values for the options change depending on both the
    input and output formats, so you should always check with::
    
        %s
    
    Below are the options that are common to all conversions, followed by the
    options specific to every input and output format.

en: Reduce the number of colors used in the image. This works only if you choose the PNG output format. It is useful to reduce file sizes. Set to zero to turn off. Maximum value is 256. It is off by default.
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours used in the image. This works only if you choose the PNG output format. It is useful to reduce file sizes. Set to zero to turn off. Maximum value is 256. It is off by default.

en: Disable normalize (improve contrast) color range for pictures. Default: False
en_GB: Disable normalise (improve contrast) colour range for pictures. Default: False

en: Do not convert the image to grayscale (black and white)
en_GB: Do not convert the image to greyscale (black and white)

en: When converting a CBC do not add links to each page to the TOC. Note this only applies if the TOC has more than one section
en_GB: When converting a CBC do not add links to each page to the TOC. Note this only applies if the TOC has more than one section.

en: Normally this input plugin re-arranges all the input files into a standard folder hierarchy. Only use this option if you know what you are doing as it can result in various nasty side effects in the rest of the conversion pipeline.
en_GB: Normally this input plug-in rearranges all the input files into a standard folder hierarchy. Only use this option if you know what you are doing, as it can result in various nasty side effects in the rest of the conversion pipeline.

en: Top level HTML file %s is empty
en_GB: Top level HTML file %s is empty.

en: Don't add Table of Contents to the book. Useful if the book has its own table of contents.
en_GB: Don't add Table of Contents to the book. (Useful if the book has its own table of contents.)

en: Ignore margins in the input document. If False, then the MOBI output plugin will try to convert margins specified in the input document, otherwise it will ignore them.
en_GB: Ignore margins in the input document. If False, then the MOBI output plug-in will try to convert margins specified in the input document, otherwise it will ignore them.

en: When adding the Table of Contents to the book, add it at the start of the book instead of the end. Not recommended.
en_GB: When adding the Table of Contents to the book, add it at the start of the book instead of the end. (Not recommended)

en: By default calibre converts all images to JPEG format in the output MOBI file. This is for maximum compatibility as some older MOBI viewers have problems with other image formats. This option tells calibre not to do this. Useful if your document contains lots of GIF/PNG images that become very large when converted to JPEG.
en_GB: By default, calibre converts all images to JPEG format in the output MOBI file. This is for maximum compatibility as some older MOBI viewers have problems with other image formats. This option tells calibre not to do this. Useful if your document contains lots of GIF/PNG images that become very large when converted to JPEG.

en: Specify the character encoding of the output document. The default is cp1252. Note: This option is not honored by all formats.
en_GB: Specify the character encoding of the output document. The default is cp1252. Note: This option is not honoured by all formats.

en: Do not remove font color from output. This is only useful when TXT output formatting is set to textile. Textile is the only formatting that supports setting font color. If this option is not specified font color will not be set and default to the color displayed by the reader (generally this is black).
en_GB: Do not remove font colour from output. This is only useful when TXT output formatting is set to textile. Textile is the only formatting that supports setting font colour. If this option is not specified font colour will not be set and will default to the colour displayed by the reader (generally this is black).

en: Some badly designed documents use tables to control the layout of text on the page. When converted these documents often have text that runs off the page and other artifacts. This option will extract the content from the tables and present it in a linear fashion.
en_GB: Some badly designed documents use tables to control the layout of text on the page. When converted, these documents often have text that runs off the page and other artefacts. This option will extract the content from the tables and present it in a linear fashion.

en: Some documents specify page margins by specifying a left and right margin on each individual paragraph. calibre will try to detect and remove these margins. Sometimes, this can cause the removal of margins that should not have been removed. In this case you can disable the removal.
en_GB: Some documents specify page margins by specifying a left and right margin on each individual paragraph. Calibre will try to detect and remove these margins. Sometimes, this can cause the removal of margins that should not have been removed. In this case, you can disable the removal.

en: Look for common words and patterns that denote italics and italicize them.
en_GB: Look for common words and patterns that denote italics and italicise them.

en: Left aligned scene break markers are center aligned. Replace soft scene breaks that use multiple blank lines with horizontal rules.
en_GB: Left-aligned scene break markers are centre-aligned. Replace soft scene breaks that use multiple blank lines with horizontal rules.

en: Analyze hyphenated words throughout the document.  The document itself is used as a dictionary to determine whether hyphens should be retained or removed.
en_GB: Analyse hyphenated words throughout the document. The document itself is used as a dictionary to determine whether hyphens should be retained or removed.

en: Running %s plugin
en_GB: Running %s plug-in

en: Follow all local links in an HTML file and create a ZIP file containing all linked files. This plugin is run every time you add an HTML file to the library.
en_GB: Follow all local links in an HTML file and create a ZIP file containing all linked files. This plug-in is run every time you add an HTML file to the library.

en: Normally, when following links in HTML files calibre does it depth first, i.e. if file A links to B and  C, but B links to D, the files are added in the order A, B, D, C.  With this option, they will instead be added as A, B, C, D
en_GB: Normally, when following links in HTML files, Calibre does it depth first i.e. if file A links to B and C, but B links to D, the files are added in the order A, B, D, C. With this option, they will instead be added as A, B, C, D.

en: Do not save embedded image and font files to disk
en_GB: Do not save embedded image and font files to disc

en: Image is in the CMYK colorspace
en_GB: Image is in the CMYK colourspace

en: This is an invalid (unrecognized) entity. Replace it with whatever text it is supposed to have represented.
en_GB: This is an invalid (unrecognised) entity. Replace it with whatever text it is supposed to have represented.

en: Images are already fully optimized
en_GB: Images are fully optimised

en: OPF/NCX/etc. generation options.
en_GB: OPF/NCX/etc generation options.

en: Could not find pdftohtml, check it is in your PATH
en_GB: Could not find pdftohtml; check it is in your PATH

en: Incoming book formats were processed and merged into your calibre database according to your auto-merge settings. Click "Show details" to see the list of merged books.
en_GB: Incoming book formats have been processed and merged into your calibre database according to your auto-merge settings. Click "Show details" to see the list of merged books.

en: No books selected for catalog generation
en_GB: No books selected for catalogue generation

en: Generating %s catalog...
en_GB: Generating %s catalogue...

en: Catalog generated.
en_GB: Catalogue generated.

en: Export catalog folder
en_GB: Export catalogue folder

en: No existing calibre library was found at %s. If the library was moved, select its new location below. Otherwise calibre will forget this library.
en_GB: No existing Calibre library was found at %s. If the library was moved, select its new location below. Otherwise Calibre will forget this library.

en: No existing calibre library found at %s
en_GB: No existing Calibre library found at %s

en: You are running calibre portable, all calibre data is already in the calibre portable folder. Export/import is unavailable.
en_GB: You are running calibre portable. All calibre data is already in the calibre portable folder. Export/import is unavailable.

en: The library %s has been removed from calibre. The files remain on your computer, if you want to delete them, you will have to do so manually.
en_GB: The library %s has been removed from Calibre. The files remain on your computer. If you want to delete them, you will have to do so manually.

en: Path to library too long. It must be less than %d characters. Move your library to a location with a shorter path using Windows Explorer, then point calibre to the new location and try again.
en_GB: Path to library too long. It must be fewer than %d characters. Move your library to a location with a shorter path using Windows Explorer, then point calibre to the new location and try again.

en: Database integrity check failed, click "Show details" for details.
en_GB: Database integrity check failed. Click "Show details" for details.

en: Create a catalog of the books in your calibre library
en_GB: Create a catalogue of the books in your calibre library

en: The copying process was interrupted. {} books were copied.
en_GB: The copying process has been interrupted. {} books have been copied.

en: No books were deleted from this library.
en_GB: No books have been deleted from this library.

en: Many IP addresses. See Start/Stop dialog.
en_GB: Many IP addresses. See Start/Stop dialogue.

en: Plugin updater
en_GB: Plug-in updater

en: Update any plugins you have installed in calibre
en_GB: Update any plug-ins you have installed in calibre

en: Change calibre behavior
en_GB: Change Calibre behaviour

en: Get plugins to enhance calibre
en_GB: Get plug-ins to enhance Calibre

en: Save only %s format to disk
en_GB: Save only %s format to disc

en: Save single format to disk...
en_GB: Save single format to disc...

en: Cannot save to disk
en_GB: Cannot save to disc

en: You are trying to save files into the calibre library. This can cause corruption of your library. Save to disk is meant to export files from your calibre library elsewhere.
en_GB: You are trying to save files into the calibre library. This can cause corruption of your library. Save to disc is meant to export files from your calibre library elsewhere.

en: Choose stores
en_GB: Choose shops

en: Using the integrated search you can easily find which store has the book you are looking for, at the best price. You also get DRM status and other useful information.
en_GB: Using the integrated search, you can easily find which shop has the book you are looking for, at the best price. You also get DRM status and other useful information.

en: Choose foreground color
en_GB: Choose foreground colour

en: Enter a URL. If you check the "Treat the URL as an image" box then the URL will be added as an image reference instead of as a link. You can also choose to create a link to a file on your computer. Note that if you create a link to a file on your computer, it will stop working if the file is moved.
en_GB: Enter a URL. If you tick the "Treat the URL as an image" box then the URL will be added as an image reference instead of as a link. You can also choose to create a link to a file on your computer. Note that if you create a link to a file on your computer, it will stop working if the file is moved.

en: Put generated Table of Contents at &start of book instead of end
en_GB: Put generated Table of Contents at &start of book instead of end.

en: For settings that cannot be specified in this dialog, use the values saved in a previous conversion (if they exist) instead of using the defaults specified in the Preferences
en_GB: For settings that cannot be specified in this dialogue, use the values saved in a previous conversion (if they exist) instead of using the defaults specified in the Preferences

en: &Number of colors:
en_GB: &Number of colours:

en: Disable &normalize
en_GB: Disable &normalise

en: Italicize common words and patterns
en_GB: Italicise common words and patterns

en: <p>When calibre removes inter paragraph spacing, it automatically sets a paragraph indent, to ensure that paragraphs can be easily distinguished. This option controls the width of that indent.
en_GB: <p>When calibre removes inter-paragraph spacing, it automatically sets a paragraph indent, to ensure that paragraphs can be easily distinguished. This option controls the width of that indent.

en: &Linearize tables
en_GB: &Linearise tables

en: Removes foreground and background colors
en_GB: Removes foreground and background colours

en: Comma separated list of CSS properties to remove. For example: display, color, font-family
en_GB: Comma separated list of CSS properties to remove. For example: display, colour, font-family

en: Tags categorize the book. This is particularly useful while searching. <br><br>They can be any words or phrases, separated by commas.
en_GB: Tags categorise the book. This is particularly useful while searching. <br><br>They can be any words or phrases, separated by commas.

en: Goto:
en_GB: Go to:

en: Keep text &color, when possible
en_GB: Keep text &colour, when possible

en: Contrast color &1 (mainly for text):
en_GB: Contrast colour &1 (mainly for text):

en: Contrast color &2 (mainly for text):
en_GB: Contrast colour &2 (mainly for text):

en: The color scheme name "%s" is invalid. It must start with a # and be at least two characters long.
en_GB: The colour scheme name "%s" is invalid. It must start with a # and be at least two characters long.

en: A color scheme with the name "%s" already exists.
en_GB: A colour scheme with the name "%s" already exists.

en: When generating covers, a color scheme for the cover is chosen at random from the color schemes below. You can prevent an individual scheme from being selected by unchecking it. The preview on the right shows the currently selected color scheme.
en_GB: When generating covers, a colour scheme for the cover is chosen at random from the colour schemes below. You can prevent an individual scheme from being selected by unticking it. The preview on the right shows the currently selected colour scheme.

en: Choose a color scheme to be used for this generated cover.
en_GB: Choose a colour scheme to be used for this generated cover.

en: In normal cover generation, the color scheme is chosen at random from the list of color schemes below. You can prevent an individual color scheme from being chosen by unchecking it here.
en_GB: In normal cover generation, the colour scheme is chosen at random from the list of colour schemes below. You can prevent an individual colour scheme from being chosen by unticking it here.

en: &New color scheme
en_GB: &New colour scheme

en: &Edit color scheme
en_GB: &Edit colour scheme

en: &Remove color scheme
en_GB: &Remove colour scheme

en: When generating covers, a style for the cover is chosen at random from the styles below. You can prevent an individual style from being selected by unchecking it. The preview on the right shows the currently selected style.
en_GB: When generating covers, a style for the cover is chosen at random from the styles below. You can prevent an individual style from being selected by unticking it. The preview on the right shows the currently selected style.

en: In normal cover generation, the style is chosen at random from the list of styles below. You can prevent an individual style from being chosen by unchecking it here.
en_GB: In normal cover generation, the style is chosen at random from the list of styles below. You can prevent an individual style from being chosen by unticking it here.

en: My Color Scheme
en_GB: My Colour Scheme

en: Cannot edit a builtin color scheme. Create a new color scheme instead.
en_GB: Cannot edit a built-in colour scheme. Create a new colour scheme instead.

en: Cannot remove a builtin color scheme.
en_GB: Cannot remove a built-in colour scheme.

en: Save the current settings as the settings to use always instead of just this time. Remember that for styles and colors the actual style or color used is chosen at random from the list of checked styles/colors.
en_GB: Save the current settings as the settings to use always instead of just this time. Remember that for styles and colours the actual style or colour used is chosen at random from the list of ticked styles/colours.

en: Sending catalogs to device.
en_GB: Sending catalogues to device.

en: Select the devices to be <b>ignored</b>. calibre <b>will not</b>
                connect to devices with a checkmark next to their names.
en_GB: Select the devices to be <b>ignored</b>. calibre <b>will not</b>
                connect to devices with a tick next to their names.

en: <b>No MTP device connected.</b><p> You can only configure the MTP device plugin when a device is connected.
en_GB: <b>No MTP device connected.</b><p> You can only configure the MTP device plug-in when a device is connected.

en: Extra driver customization options
en_GB: Extra driver customisation options

en: Generate catalog
en_GB: Generate catalogue

en: Generate catalog for {0} books
en_GB: Generate catalogue for {0} books

en: Catalo&g format:
en_GB: Catalo&gue format:

en: Catalog &title (existing catalog with the same title will be replaced):
en_GB: Catalogue &title (existing catalogue with the same title will be replaced):

en: &Send catalog to device automatically
en_GB: &Send catalogue to device automatically

en: Add the catalog to your calibre library after it is generated.
    Note that if you disable adding of the catalog to the library
    automatic sending of the catalog to the device will not work.
en_GB: Add the catalogue to your calibre library after it is generated.
    Note that if you disable adding of the catalogue to the library
    automatic sending of the catalogue to the device will not work.

en: &Add catalog to library
en_GB: &Add catalogue to library

en: Vacuuming database to improve performance.
en_GB: Cleaning up database to improve performance.

en: Delete marked files (checked subitems)
en_GB: Delete marked files (ticked subitems)

en: Fix marked sections (checked fixable items)
en_GB: Fix marked sections (ticked fixable items)

en: Create a basic news recipe, by adding RSS feeds to it.
    For some news sources, you will have to use the "Switch to advanced mode" button below to further customize the fetch process.
en_GB: Create a basic news recipe, by adding RSS feeds to it.
    For some news sources, you will have to use the "Switch to advanced mode" button below to further customise the fetch process.

en: Customize &builtin recipe
en_GB: Customise &builtin recipe

en: Customize a builtin news download source
en_GB: Customise a built-in news download source

en: All checked books will be <b>permanently deleted</b> from your device. Please verify the list.
en_GB: All ticked books will be <b>permanently deleted</b> from your device. Please verify the list.

en: Invalid colors specification
en_GB: Invalid colours specification

en: Either all values or no values must have colors
en_GB: Either all values or no values must have colours

en: Immediately make all changes without closing the dialog. This operation cannot be canceled or undone
en_GB: Immediately make all changes without closing the dialogue. This operation cannot be cancelled or undone.

en: This will cause the author sort field to be automatically updated
     based on the authors field for each selected book. Note that if
     you use the control above to set authors in bulk, the author sort
     field is updated anyway, regardless of the value of this checkbox.
en_GB: This will cause the author sort field to be automatically updated
     based on the authors field for each selected book. Note that if
     you use the control above to set authors in bulk, the author sort
     field is updated anyway, regardless of the value of this tick box.

en: If checked, the publisher will be cleared
en_GB: If ticked, the publisher will be cleared

en: Check this box to remove all tags from the books.
en_GB: Tick this box to remove all tags from the books.

en: If checked, the series will be cleared
en_GB: If ticked, the series will be cleared

en: If not checked, the series number for the books will be set to 1.
    If checked, selected books will be automatically numbered, in the order
    you selected them. So if you selected Book A and then Book B,
    Book A will have series number 1 and Book B series number 2.
en_GB: If not ticked, the series number for the books will be set to 1.
    If ticked, selected books will be automatically numbered, in the order
    you selected them. So if you selected Book A and then Book B,
    Book A will have series number 1 and Book B series number 2.

en: Series will normally be renumbered from the highest number in the database
    for that series. Checking this box will tell calibre to start numbering
    from the value in the box
en_GB: Series will normally be renumbered from the highest number in the database
    for that series. Ticking this box will tell calibre to start numbering
    from the value in the box

en: Force the title to be in title case. If both this and swap authors are checked,
    title and author are swapped before the title case is set
en_GB: Force the title to be in title case. If both this and swap authors are ticked,
    title and author are swapped before the title case is set

en: Choose which identifier type to operate upon
en_GB: Choose which identifier type to operate upon.

en: Check this box if the search string must match exactly upper and lower case. Uncheck it if case is to be ignored
en_GB: Tick this box if the search string must match exactly upper and lower case. Untick it if case is to be ignored

en: This plugin is FREE but you can reward the developer for their effort
    by donating to them via PayPal.
    
    Right-click and choose Donate to reward:
en_GB: This plug-in is FREE but you can reward the developer for their effort
    by donating to them via PayPal.
    
    Right-click and choose Donate to reward:

en: Plugin deprecated
en_GB: Plug-in deprecated

en: This plugin has been deprecated and should be uninstalled
en_GB: This plug-in has been deprecated and should be uninstalled

en: This plugin can only be installed on: %s
en_GB: This plug-in can only be installed on: %s

en: You can install this plugin
en_GB: You can install this plug-in

en: A new version of this plugin is available
en_GB: A newer version of this plug-in is available

en: This plugin is installed and up-to-date
en_GB: This plug-in is installed and up-to-date

en: Plugin homepage
en_GB: Plug-in homepage

en: Unable to reach the plugin index page.
en_GB: Unable to reach the plug-in index page.

en: User plugins
en_GB: User Plug-ins

en: Install the selected plugin
en_GB: Install the selected plug-in

en: &Customize plugin
en_GB: &Customise plug-in

en: Customize the options for this plugin
en_GB: Customise the options for this plug-in

en: Enable or disable this plugin
en_GB: Enable or disable this plug-in

en: &Remove plugin
en_GB: &Remove plug-in

en: Uninstall the selected plugin
en_GB: Uninstall the selected plug-in

en: Donate to the developer of this plugin
en_GB: Donate to the developer of this plug-in

en: &Customize plugin
en_GB: &Customise plug-in

en: Are you sure you want to uninstall the <b>%s</b> plugin?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to uninstall the <b>%s</b> plug-in?

en: Installing plugins is a <b>security risk</b>. Plugins can contain a virus/malware. Only install it if you got it from a trusted source. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Installing plug-ins is a <b>security risk</b>. Plug-ins can contain a virus/malware. Only install it if you got it from a trusted source. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Installing plugin: %s
en_GB: Unable to locate a plug-in zip file for <b>%s</b>

en: Plugin installed: %s
en_GB: Plug-in installed: %s

en: Plugin not customizable
en_GB: Plug-in isn't customisable

en: Plugin: %s does not need customization
en_GB: Plug-in: %s does not need customisation

en: You must restart calibre before you can configure the <b>%s</b> plugin
en_GB: You must restart calibre before you can configure the <b>%s</b> plug-in

en: Plugin cannot be disabled
en_GB: Plug-in cannot be disabled

en: The plugin: %s cannot be disabled
en_GB: The plug-in: %s cannot be disabled

en: Click in a column  in the library view to see the information for that book
en_GB: Click in a column in the library view to see the information for that book.

en:                 Download this periodical every week on the specified days after
                    the specified time. For example, if you choose: Monday after
                    9:00 AM, then the periodical will be download every Monday as
                    soon after 9:00 AM as possible.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every week on the specified days after
                    the specified time. For example, if you choose: Monday after
                    9:00 AM, then the periodical will be downloaded every Monday as
                    soon after 9:00 AM as possible.

en:                 Download this periodical every month, on the specified days.
                    The download will happen as soon after the specified time as
                    possible on the specified days of each month. For example,
                    if you choose the 1st and the 15th after 9:00 AM, the
                    periodical will be downloaded on the 1st and 15th of every
                    month, as soon after 9:00 AM as possible.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every month, on the specified days.
                    The download will happen as soon after the specified time as
                    possible, on the specified days of each month. For example:
                    if you choose the 1st and the 15th after 9:00 AM, the
                    periodical will be downloaded on the 1st and 15th of every
                    month, as soon after 9:00 AM as possible.

en:                 Download this periodical every x days. For example, if you
                    choose 30 days, the periodical will be downloaded every 30
                    days. Note that you can set periods of less than a day, like
                    0.1 days to download a periodical more than once a day.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every x days. For example, if you
                    choose 30 days, the periodical will be downloaded every 30
                    days. Note that you can set periods of less than a day, like
                    0.1 days, to download a periodical more than once a day.

en:  issues
en_GB:  Issues

en: all issues
en_GB: All issues

en: <p>Delete downloaded news older than the specified number of days. Set to zero to disable.
    <p>You can also control the maximum number of issues of a specific periodical that are kept by clicking the Advanced tab for that periodical above.
en_GB: <p>Delete downloaded news older than the specified number of days. (Set to zero to disable)
    <p>You can also control the maximum number of issues of a specific periodical that are kept, by clicking the Advanced tab for that periodical above.

en: Check this box if you want calibre to automatically start the smart device interface when calibre starts. You should not do this if you are using a network that is not secure and you are not setting a password.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want calibre to automatically start the smart device interface when calibre starts. You should not do this if you are using a network that is not secure and you are not setting a password.

en: Check this box if you want calibre to use a fixed network port. Normally you will not need to do this. However, if your device consistently fails to connect to calibre, try checking this box and entering a number.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want calibre to use a fixed network port. Normally you will not need to do this. However, if your device consistently fails to connect to calibre, try ticking this box and entering a number.

en: The template box cannot be empty
en_GB: The template box cannot be empty.

en: No column chosen
en_GB: No column chosen.

en: You must specify a column to be colored
en_GB: You must specify a column to be coloured.

en: Set the color of the column:
en_GB: Set the colour of the column:

en: Copy a color name to the clipboard:
en_GB: Copy a colour name to the clipboard:

en: Copy the selected color name to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected colour name to the clipboard

en: No file specified to download.
en_GB: No file specified to be downloaded.

en: Losslessly optimizing images, please wait...
en_GB: Losslessly optimising images, please wait...

en: Optimizing images failed, click "Show details" for more information
en_GB: Optimising images failed, click "Show details" for more information

en: Optimizing %s
en_GB: Optimising %s

en: This job cannot be stopped
en_GB: This job cannot be stopped.

en: Double click on any entry to change the keyboard shortcuts associated with it
en_GB: Double click on any entry to change the keyboard shortcuts associated with it.

en: Show books in storage card A
en_GB: Show books on storage card A

en: Show books in storage card B
en_GB: Show books on storage card B

en: Start minimized to system tray.
en_GB: Start minimised to system tray.

en: Ignore custom plugins, useful if you installed a plugin that is preventing calibre from starting
en_GB: Ignore custom plug-ins (useful if you installed a plug-in that is preventing calibre from starting.)

en: Initializing user interface...
en_GB: Initialising user interface...

en: Specify how the author(s) of this book should be sorted. For example Charles Dickens should be sorted as Dickens, Charles.
    If the box is colored green, then text matches the individual author's sort strings. If it is colored red, then the authors and this text do not match.
en_GB: Specify how the author(s) of this book should be sorted. For example Charles Dickens should be sorted as Dickens, Charles.
    If the box is coloured green, then text matches the individual author's sort strings. If it is coloured red, then the authors and this text do not match.

en: Customize the styles and colors of the generated cover
en_GB: Customise the styles and colours of the generated cover

en: The language %s is not recognized | The languages %s are not recognized
en_GB[0]: The language %s is not recognised.
en_GB[1]: The languages %s are not recognised.

en: When the download completes you will be asked for confirmation before calibre applies the downloaded metadata.
en_GB: When the download completes, you will be asked for confirmation before Calibre applies the downloaded metadata.

en: Mark rejected books in the book list after this dialog is closed
en_GB: Mark rejected books in the book list after this dialogue is closed

en: Automatically create the author sort entry based on the current author entry. Using this button to create author sort will change author sort from red to green.  There is a menu of functions available under this button. Click and hold on the button to see it.
en_GB: Automatically create the author sort entry based on the current author entry. Using this button to create author sort will change author sort from red to green. There is a menu of functions available under this button. Click and hold on the button to see it.

en: Change how calibre downloads metadata
en_GB: Change how Calibre downloads metadata

en: calibre is downloading metadata from:
en_GB: Calibre is downloading metadata from:

en: Failed to download metadata. Click Show Details to see details
en_GB: Failed to download metadata. Click "Show Details" to see details.

en: When using the  "&Copy to library" action to copy books between libraries, preserve the date
en_GB: Preserve the date when using the "&Copy to library" action to copy books between libraries

en: Confirmation dialogs have all been reset
en_GB: Confirmation dialogues have all been reset

en: If checked, Yes/No custom columns values can be Yes, No, or Unknown.
    If not checked, the values can be Yes or No.
en_GB: If ticked, Yes/No custom column values can be Yes, No, or Unknown.
    If not ticked, the values can be Yes or No.

en: Reset all disabled &confirmation dialogs
en_GB: Reset all disabled &confirmation dialogues

en: has id
en_GB: has ID

en: does not have id
en_GB: does not have ID

en: Enter a regular expression
en_GB: Enter a regular expression.

en: column coloring
en_GB: column colouring

en: Open to see checkboxes
en_GB: Open to see tick boxes

en: You must specify at least one non-empty condition for this rule
en_GB: You must specify at least one non-empty condition for this rule.

en: You can control the color of columns in the book list by creating "rules" that tell calibre what color to use. Click the "Add rule" button below to get started.<p>You can <b>change an existing rule</b> by double clicking it.
en_GB: You can control the colour of columns in the book list by creating "rules" that tell calibre what colour to use. Click the "Add rule" button below to get started.<p>You can <b>change an existing rule</b> by double clicking it.

en: Here you can re-arrange the layout of the columns in the calibre library book list. You can hide columns by unchecking them. You can also create your own, custom columns.
en_GB: Here you can rearrange the layout of the columns in the calibre library book list. You can hide columns by unticking them. You can also create your own custom columns.

en: Column built from other columns, behaves like tags
en_GB: Column built from other columns, behaves like tags.

en: Show &checkmarks
en_GB: Show &ticks

en: A list of color names to use when displaying an item. The
    list must be empty or contain a color for each value.
en_GB: A list of colour names to use when displaying an item. The
    list must be empty or contain a colour for each value.

en: How this column should handled in the GUI when sorting and searching
en_GB: How this column should be handled in the GUI when sorting and searching

en: Examples: The format <code>{0:0>4d}</code> gives a 4-digit number with leading zeros. The format <code>{0:d}&nbsp;days</code> prints the number then the word "days"
en_GB: Examples: The format <code>{0:0>4d}</code> gives a 4-digit number with leading zeros. The format <code>{0:d}&nbsp;days</code> prints the number then the word "days".

en: The colors box must be empty or contain the same number of items as the value box
en_GB: The colours box must be empty or contain the same number of items as the value box.

en: The color {0} is unknown
en_GB: The colour {0} is unknown

en: Ensure your device is disconnected, then press OK
en_GB: Ensure your device is disconnected, then press OK.

en: Ensure your device is connected, then press OK
en_GB: Ensure your device is connected, then press OK.

en: Subject of the email to use when sending. When left blank the title will be used for the subject. Also, the same templates used for "Save to disk" such as {title} and {author_sort} can be used here.
en_GB: Subject of the email to use when sending. When left blank, the title will be used for the subject. Also, the same templates used for "Save to disk" such as {title} and {author_sort} can be used here.

en: If checked, downloaded news will be automatically mailed to this email address (provided it is in one of the listed formats and has not been filtered by tags).
en_GB: If ticked, downloaded news will be automatically sent to this email address (provided it is in one of the listed formats and has not been filtered by tags).

en: The list of devices that you have asked calibre to ignore. Uncheck a device to have calibre stop ignoring it.
en_GB: The list of devices that you have asked calibre to ignore. Untick a device to have calibre stop ignoring it.

en: The list of device plugins you have disabled. Uncheck an entry to enable the plugin. calibre cannot detect devices that are managed by disabled plugins.
en_GB: The list of device plug-ins you have disabled. Untick an entry to enable the plug-in. calibre cannot detect devices that are managed by disabled plug-ins.

en: There is currently a background image set, so the color you have chosen will not be visible. Remove the background image?
en_GB: There is currently a background image set, so the colour you have chosen will not be visible. Remove the background image?

en: Use &alternating row colors
en_GB: Use &alternating row colours

en: Column &coloring
en_GB: Column &colouring

en: This source is configured and ready to go
en_GB: This source is configured and ready to go.

en: This plugin is useful only for <b>Chinese</b> language books. It can return incorrect results for books in English. Are you sure you want to enable it?
en_GB: This plug-in is useful only for <b>Chinese</b> language books. It can return incorrect results for books in English. Are you sure you want to enable it?

en: Sources with a red X next to their names must be configured before they will be used.
en_GB: Sources with a red X next to their names must be configured before they're used.

en: If you uncheck any fields, metadata for those fields will not be downloaded
en_GB: If you untick any fields, metadata for those fields will not be downloaded.

en: Restore your own subset of checked fields that you define using the 'Set as default' button
en_GB: Restore your own subset of ticked fields that you define using the 'Set as default' button.

en: <p>Different metadata sources have different sets of tags for the same book. If this option is checked, then calibre will use the smaller tag sets. These tend to be more like genres, while the larger tag sets tend to describe the books content.
    <p>Note that this option will only make a practical difference if one of the metadata sources has a genre like tag set for the book you are searching for. Most often, they all have large tag sets.
en_GB: <p>Different metadata sources have different sets of tags for the same book. If this option is ticked, then calibre will use the smaller tag sets. These tend to be more like genres, while the larger tag sets tend to describe the book's content.
    <p>Note that this option will only make a practical difference if one of the metadata sources has a genre-like tag set for the book you are searching for. Most often, they all have large tag sets.

en: Max. simultaneous conversion/&news download/plugin jobs:
en_GB: Max. simultaneous conversion/&news download/plug-in jobs:

en: The {0} device plugin is disabled.
en_GB: The {0} device plug-in is disabled.

en: 
    Customization:
en_GB: 
    Customisation:

en: 
    
    This plugin has been disabled
en_GB: 
    
    This plug-in has been disabled

en: Search for plugin
en_GB: Search for plug-in

en: Could not find any matching plugins
en_GB: Could not find any matching plug-ins

en: No valid plugin path
en_GB: No valid plug-in path

en: %s is not a valid plugin path
en_GB: %s is not a valid plug-in path

en: Select an actual plugin under <b>%s</b> to customize
en_GB: Select an actual plug-in under <b>%s</b> to customise

en: Disabling the plugin %s is not allowed
en_GB: Disabling the plug-in %s is not allowed

en: Are you sure you want to remove the plugin: %s?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to remove the plug-in: %s?

en: Cannot remove builtin plugin
en_GB: Cannot remove built-in plug-in

en:  cannot be removed. It is a builtin plugin. Try disabling it instead.
en_GB:  cannot be removed. It is a built-in plug-in. Try disabling it instead.

en: Show only those plugins that have been installed by you
en_GB: Show only those plug-ins that have been installed by you

en: Show only &user installed plugins
en_GB: Show only &user installed plug-ins

en: Get &new plugins
en_GB: Get &new plug-ins

en: Check for &updated plugins
en_GB: Check for &updated plug-ins

en: &Load plugin from file
en_GB: &Load plug-in from file

en: That name is already used for a column or grouped search term
en_GB: That name is already used for a column or grouped search term.

en: The value box cannot be empty
en_GB: The value box cannot be empty!

en: The empty grouped search term cannot be deleted
en_GB: The empty grouped search term cannot be deleted!

en: Click to choose toolbar or menu to customize
en_GB: Click to choose toolbar or menu to customise

en: <p>The toolbar in calibre is different depending on whether a device is connected or not. Choose <b>which toolbar</b> you would like to customize:
en_GB: <p>The toolbar in calibre is different, depending on whether a device is connected or not. Choose <b>which toolbar</b> you would like to customise:

en: Choose the toolbar to customize
en_GB: Choose the toolbar to customise

en: This tweak has been customized
en_GB: This tweak has been customised

en: Plugin tweaks
en_GB: Plug-in tweaks

en: Add/edit tweaks for any custom plugins you have installed. Documentation for these tweaks should be available on the website from where you downloaded the plugins.
en_GB: Add/edit tweaks for any custom plug-ins you have installed. Documentation for these tweaks should be available on the website from where you downloaded the plug-ins.

en: Edit tweaks for any custom plugins you have installed
en_GB: Edit tweaks for any custom plug-ins you have installed

en: &Plugin tweaks
en_GB: &Plug-in tweaks

en: Saved searches recognized in the expression:
en_GB: Saved searches recognised in the expression:

en: Open store in external web browser
en_GB: Open shop in external web browser

en: This store is currently disabled and cannot be used in other parts of calibre.
en_GB: This shop is currently disabled and cannot be used in other parts of calibre.

en: This store is currently enabled and can be used in other parts of calibre.
en_GB: This shop is currently enabled and can be used in other parts of calibre.

en: This store is headquartered in %s. This is a good indication of what market the store caters to. However, this does not necessarily mean that the store is limited to that market only.
en_GB: This shop is headquartered in %s. This is a good indication of what market the shop caters to. However, this does not necessarily mean that the shop is limited to that market only.

en: Buying from this store supports the calibre developer: %s.
en_GB: Buying from this shop supports the calibre developer: %s.

en: Detected price as: %s. Check with the store before making a purchase to verify this price is correct. This price often does not include promotions the store may be running.
en_GB: Detected price as: %s. Check with the shop before making a purchase to verify this price is correct. This price often does not include promotions the shop may be running.

en: This book as been detected as having DRM restrictions. This book may not work with your reader and you will have limitations placed upon you as to what you can do with this book. Check with the store before making any purchases to ensure you can actually read this book.
en_GB: This book has been detected as having DRM restrictions. This book may not work with your reader and you will have limitations placed upon you as to what you can do with this book. Check with the shop before making any purchases, to ensure you can actually read this book.

en: This book has been detected as being DRM Free. You should be able to use this book on any device provided it is in a format calibre supports for conversion. However, before making a purchase double check the DRM status with the store. The store may not be disclosing the use of DRM.
en_GB: This book has been detected as being DRM-free. You should be able to use this book on any device, provided it is in a format calibre supports for conversion. However, before making a purchase, double-check the DRM status with the shop. The shop may not be disclosing the use of DRM.

en: Buying from this store supports the calibre developer: %s</p>
en_GB: Buying from this shop supports the calibre developer: %s</p>

en: The name %s is already used
en_GB: The name %s is already used.

en: Running checks, please wait...
en_GB: Running checks. Please wait...

en: Checking external links, please wait...
en_GB: Checking external links. Please wait...

en: Normalize image
en_GB: Normalise image

en: Improve contrast (normalize image)
en_GB: Improve contrast (normalise image)

en: Remove color
en_GB: Remove colour

en: Change text color
en_GB: Change text colour

en: <h3>Color</h3>Change the color of the selected text
en_GB: <h3>Colour</h3>Change the colour of the selected text

en: &Background color
en_GB: &Background colour

en: Change background color of text
en_GB: Change background colour of text

en: <h3>Background color</h3>Change the background color of the selected text
en_GB: <h3>Background colour</h3>Change the background colour of the selected text

en: &Capitalize
en_GB: &Capitalise

en: Create/edit &custom color schemes
en_GB: Create/edit &custom colour schemes

en: &Color scheme:
en_GB: &Colour scheme:

en: When using a dark theme force dark colors, otherwise same as "No change"
en_GB: When using a dark theme force dark colours, otherwise same as "No change"

en: Choose a custom color
en_GB: Choose a custom colour

en: Choose which toolbar you want to customize
en_GB: Choose which toolbar you want to customise

en: Book wide tools from third party plugins
en_GB: Book-wide tools from third-party plug-ins

en: &Toolbar to customize:
en_GB: &Toolbar to customise:

en: Customize templates
en_GB: Customise templates

en: 
                <h3>Live preview</h3>
    
                <p>Here you will see a live preview of the HTML file you are currently editing.
                The preview will update automatically as you make changes.
    
                <p style="font-size:x-small; color: gray">Note that this is a quick preview
                only, it is not intended to simulate an actual e-book reader. Some
                aspects of your e-book will not work, such as page breaks and page margins.
en_GB: 
                <h3>Live preview</h3>
    
                <p>Here you will see a live preview of the HTML file you are currently editing.
                The preview will update automatically as you make changes.
    
                <p style="font-size:x-small; color: gray">Note that this is a quick preview
                only; it is not intended to simulate an actual e-book reader. Some
                aspects of your e-book will not work, such as page breaks and page margins.

en: You have turned off search wrapping, so all text might not have been searched. Try the search again, with wrapping enabled. Wrapping is enabled via the "Wrap" checkbox at the bottom of the search panel.
en_GB: You have turned off search wrapping, so all text might not have been searched. Try the search again, with wrapping enabled. Wrapping is enabled via the "Wrap" tick box at the bottom of the search panel.

en: {0} supports the use of LibreOffice dictionaries for spell checking. You can
                download more dictionaries from <a href="{1}">the LibreOffice extensions repository</a>.
                The dictionary will download as an .oxt file. Simply specify the path to the
                downloaded .oxt file here to add the dictionary to {0}.
en_GB: {0} supports the use of LibreOffice dictionaries for spell checking. You can
                download more dictionaries from <a href="{1}">the LibreOffice extensions repository</a>.
                The dictionary will be downloaded as an .oxt file. Simply specify the path to the
                downloaded .oxt file here to add the dictionary to {0}.

en: A dictionary with the nick name "%s" already exists.
en_GB: A dictionary with the nickname "%s" already exists.

en: Re-scan the book for words, useful if you have edited the book since opening this dialog
en_GB: Re-scan the book for words, useful if you have edited the book since opening this dialogue

en: Checking, please wait...
en_GB: Checking. Please wait...

en: Failed to check spelling, click "Show details" for the full error information.
en_GB: Failed to check spelling. Click "Show details" for the full error information.

en: The files in the editor were edited outside the spell check dialog, and the word %s no longer exists.
en_GB: The files in the editor were edited outside the spell check dialogue, and the word %s no longer exists.

en: Show the saved searches dialog
en_GB: Show the saved searches dialogue

en: Plugins tool bar
en_GB: Plug-ins toolbar

en: Minimize the calibre window
en_GB: Minimise the calibre window

en: Running database shutdown plugins. This could take a few seconds...
en_GB: Running database shutdown plug-ins. This could take a few seconds...

en: Update &plugins
en_GB: Update &plug-ins

en: Install and configure user plugins
en_GB: Install and configure user plug-ins

en: Rename this bookmark
en_GB: Rename this bookmark:

en: Switch color scheme
en_GB: Switch colour scheme

en: Choose &color
en_GB: Choose &colour

en: No username and password set for mailserver. Most  mailservers need a username and password. Are you sure?
en_GB: No username and password set for mailserver. Most mailservers need a username and password. Are you sure?

en: The fields to output when cataloging books in the database.  Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s.
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format
en_GB: The fields to output when cataloguing books in the database. Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s.
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format

en: Entry type for BibTeX catalog.
    Available types: book, misc, mixed.
    Default: '%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format
en_GB: Entry type for BibTeX catalogue.
    Available types: book, misc, mixed.
    Default: '%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format

en: The fields to output when cataloging books in the database.  Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s,
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: CSV, XML output formats
en_GB: The fields to output when cataloguing books in the database. Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s,
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: CSV, XML output formats

en: No books available to catalog
en_GB: No books available to catalogue

en: No books available to include in catalog
en_GB: No books available to include in catalogue

en: The date when the metadata for this book record was last modified
en_GB: The date when the metadata for this book record was last modified.

en: Options to control saving to disk
en_GB: Options to control saving to disc

en: Normally, calibre will update the metadata in the saved files from what is in the calibre library. Makes saving to disk slower.
en_GB: Normally, calibre will update the metadata in the saved files from what is in the calibre library. Makes saving to disc slower.

en: The full interface gives you many more features, but it may not work well on a small screen
en_GB: The full interface gives you many more features, but it may not work well on a small screen.

en: Settings and plugins
en_GB: Settings and plug-ins

en: Aborted, taking too long
en_GB: Aborted, taking too long.

en: Failed to log in, check your username and password for the calibre Periodicals service.
en_GB: Failed to log in. Check your username and password for the calibre Periodicals service.

en: By default, calibre splits a string containing multiple author names on
    ampersands and the words "and" and "with". You can customize the splitting
    by changing the regular expression below. Strings are split on whatever the
    specified regular expression matches, in addition to ampersands.
    Default: r'(?i),?\s+(and|with)\s+'
en_GB: By default, calibre splits a string containing multiple author names on
    ampersands and the words "and" and "with". You can customise the splitting
    by changing the regular expression below. Strings are split on whatever the
    specified regular expression matches, in addition to ampersands.
    Default: r'(?i),?\s+(and|with)\s+'

en: Specify columns to sort the booklist by on startup
en_GB: Specify columns by which to sort the booklist on startup

en: Control how title and series names are formatted when saving to disk/sending
    to device. The behavior depends on the field being processed. If processing
    title, then if this tweak is set to 'library_order', the title will be
    replaced with title_sort. If it is set to 'strictly_alphabetic', then the
    title will not be changed. If processing series, then if set to
    'library_order', articles such as 'The' and 'An' will be moved to the end. If
    set to 'strictly_alphabetic', the series will be sent without change.
    For example, if the tweak is set to library_order, "The Lord of the Rings"
    will become "Lord of the Rings, The". If the tweak is set to
    strictly_alphabetic, it would remain "The Lord of the Rings". Note that the
    formatter function raw_field will return the base value for title and
    series regardless of the setting of this tweak.
en_GB: Control how title and series names are formatted when saving to disk/sending
    to device. The behaviour depends on the field being processed. If processing
    title, then if this tweak is set to 'library_order', the title will be
    replaced with title_sort. If it is set to 'strictly_alphabetic', then the
    title will not be changed. If processing series, then if set to
    'library_order', articles such as 'The' and 'An' will be moved to the end. If
    set to 'strictly_alphabetic', the series will be sent without change.
    For example, if the tweak is set to library_order, "The Lord of the Rings"
    will become "Lord of the Rings, The". If the tweak is set to
    strictly_alphabetic, it would remain "The Lord of the Rings". Note that the
    formatter function raw_field will return the base value for title and
    series regardless of the setting of this tweak.

en: Specify a folder calibre should connect to at startup
en_GB: Specify a folder Calibre should connect to at startup

en: Set this to True to ensure that tags in 'Tags to add when adding
    a book' are added when copying books to another library
en_GB: Set this to True to ensure that tags in 'Tags to add when adding
    a book' are added when copying books to another library.

en: Set the maximum number of sort 'levels' that calibre will use to resort the
    library after certain operations such as searches or device insertion. Each
    sort level adds a performance penalty. If the database is large (thousands of
    books) the penalty might be noticeable. If you are not concerned about multi-
    level sorts, and if you are seeing a slowdown, reduce the value of this tweak.
en_GB: Set the maximum number of sort 'levels' that Calibre will use to resort the
    library after certain operations such as searches or device insertion. Each
    sort level adds a performance penalty. If the database is large (thousands of
    books) the penalty might be noticeable. If you are not concerned about multi-
    level sorts, and if you are seeing a slowdown, reduce the value of this tweak.

en: The value used for the fuzz distance when trimming a cover.
    Colors within this distance are considered equal.
    The distance is in absolute intensity units.
en_GB: The value used for the fuzz distance when trimming a cover.
    Colours within this distance are considered equal.
    The distance is in absolute intensity units.

en: The maximum width and height for covers saved in the calibre library
en_GB: The maximum width and height for covers saved in the Calibre library

en: All covers in the calibre library will be resized, preserving aspect ratio,
    to fit within this size. This is to prevent slowdowns caused by extremely
    large covers
en_GB: All covers in the Calibre library will be resized, preserving aspect ratio,
    to fit within this size. This is to prevent slowdowns caused by extremely
    large covers.

en: When automatically sending downloaded news to a connected device, calibre
    will by default send it to the main memory. By changing this tweak, you can
    control where it is sent. Valid values are "main", "carda", "cardb". Note
    that if there isn't enough free space available on the location you choose,
    the files will be sent to the location with the most free space.
en_GB: When automatically sending downloaded news to a connected device, Calibre
    will by default send it to the main memory. By changing this tweak, you can
    control where it is sent. Valid values are "main", "carda", "cardb". Note
    that if there isn't enough free space available on the location you choose,
    the files will be sent to the location with the most free space.

en: Change the font size at which book details are rendered in the side panel and
    comments are rendered in the metadata edit dialog. Set it to a positive or
    negative number to increase or decrease the font size.
en_GB: Change the font size at which book details are rendered in the side panel and
    comments are rendered in the metadata edit dialogue. Set it to a positive or
    negative number to increase or decrease the font size.

en: Restrict the list of available output formats in the conversion dialogs.
    For example, if you only want to convert to EPUB and AZW3, change this to
    restrict_output_formats = ['EPUB', 'AZW3']. The default value of None causes
    all available output formats to be present.
en_GB: Restrict the list of available output formats in the conversion dialogues.
    For example, if you only want to convert to EPUB and AZW3, change this to
    restrict_output_formats = ['EPUB', 'AZW3']. The default value of None causes
    all available output formats to be present.

en: Saving network configuration.
en_GB: Saving network configuration

en: Caja-Actions Configuration Tool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Caja-Actions Configuration Tool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Caja-Actions Configuration Tool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Caja-Actions Configuration Tool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Caja-Actions Configuration Tool ; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Caja-Actions Configuration Tool ; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Whether this profile may be selected depending of the count of the selection.
    This is a string of the form "{'<'|'='|'>'} number".
    Examples of valid strings are: "=0", "> 1", "< 10".
    Defaults to ">0".
en_GB: Whether this profile may be selected depends on the count of the selection.
    This is a string of the form "{'<'|'='|'>'} number".
    Examples of valid strings are: "=0", "> 1", "< 10".
    Defaults to ">0".

en: The name of an only desktop environment where the item must be displayed. You must set one option for each environment you want
en_GB: The name of a desktop environment where the item must be displayed. You must set one option for each environment you want

note: Translators: ShowIfRunning is a keyword of the specification, it is not translatable
en: The name of a process.
    The item will be candidate if the process name is found in memory at runtime.
    Parameters may appear in 'ShowIfRunning' value, and will be substituted at runtime.
    Defaults to successful.
en_GB: The name of a process.
    The item will be a candidate if the process name is found in memory at runtime.
    Parameters may appear in 'ShowIfRunning' value, and will be substituted at runtime.
    Defaults to successful.

en: Import was canceled due to user request.
en_GB: Import was cancelled due to user request.

note: (itstool) path: appendix/simpara
en: Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
en_GB: Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this licence document, but changing it is not allowed.

note: (itstool) path: appendix/simpara
en: The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
en_GB: The purpose of this Licence is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

note: (itstool) path: appendix/simpara
en: This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
en_GB: This Licence is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public Licence, which is a copyleft licence designed for free software.

note: (itstool) path: appendix/simpara
en: This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
en_GB: This Licence applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this Licence. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free licence, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licencee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the licence if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.

note: (itstool) path: appendix/simpara
en: The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
en_GB: The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this Licence. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.

note: (itstool) path: appendix/simpara
en: The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
en_GB: The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this Licence. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.

en: Ask before moving files to the _Trash
en_GB: Ask before moving files to the _Bin

en: Open with other Application...
en_GB: Open with Other Application…

en: today at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: today at %-H:%M:%S

en: today, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: today, %-H:%M

en: yesterday, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: yesterday, %-G=H:%M

en: %a, %b %-d %Y at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a, %-d %b %Y at %-H:%M:%S

en: %b %-d %Y at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %-d %-b %Y at %-H:%M

en: %b %-d %Y, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %-d %b %Y, %-H:%M

en: %m/%-d/%y, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %-d/%m/%y, %-H:%M

en: Are you sure you want to trash "%B"?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to bin "%B"?

en: Are you sure you want to trash the %'d selected item? | Are you sure you want to trash the %'d selected items?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to bin the %'d selected item?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to bin the %'d selected items?

en: Items moved to the trash may be recovered until the trash is emptied.
en_GB: Items moved to the bin may be recovered until the bin is emptied.

en: Where to position newly open tabs in browser windows.
en_GB: Where to position newly-opened tabs in browser windows.

en: Enables the classic Caja behavior, where all windows are browsers
en_GB: Enables the classic Caja behaviour, where all windows are browsers

en: If set to true, then all Caja windows will be browser windows. This is how Nautilus used to behave before version 2.6, and some people prefer this behavior.
en_GB: If set to true, then all Caja windows will be browser windows. This is how Nautilus used to behave before version 2.6, and some people prefer this behaviour.

en: Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Trash
en_GB: Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Bin

en: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Trash.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Bin.

en: Whether to ask for confirmation when moving files to the Trash
en_GB: Whether to ask for confirmation when moving files to the Bin

en: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to move files to the Trash.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to move files to the Bin.

en: If set to true, then Caja will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the trash. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the bin. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.

en: What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or double clicked). Possible values are "launch" to launch them as programs, "ask" to ask what to do via a dialog, and "display" to display them as text files.
en_GB: What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or double clicked). Possible values are "launch" to launch them as programs, "ask" to ask what to do via a dialogue, and "display" to display them as text files.

en: The default sort-order for items in all view modes. Possible values are: - "manually": In icon- and compact-view modes, lets the user place and organize items any way the user wants them to be organized, simply by dragging each item to where the user desires. In list-view mode, this setting is equivalent to "name" (see immediately below). - "name": Sort items by their name; for example, a file named "a.txt" will be sorted before a file named "b.txt". This is the default. - "directory": Sort items by their full pathname. For example, a file named "b.txt" under the directory "/home/a" will be sorted before a file named "a.txt" under the directory "/home/zzz". Since Caja usually only displays files under one directory at any particular time, this setting will usually be equivalent to the "name" option (above), except in the Caja search tool, which can traverse files under multiple subdirectories. - "size": Sort items by their file size, or if the items are directories, by the number of items they contain. - "type": Sort items by their human-readable type description. Such type descriptions take the form of, for instance, "plain text document" or "SVG image". The type of the file is not necessarily related to the file's "extension" (see below). - "mtime": Sort items by their respective times of last modification. - "btime": Sort items by the date and time on which each file was created. Note that not all files have a recorded creation time, so this setting may not always work as expected, especially on removable media that are "formatted" with legacy filesystems such as FAT. - "atime": Sort items by the date and time on which each file was last accessed. Usually, "accessed" refers to the last time the file was read by a user or a program. Note that, for performance reasons, some filesystems do not update this timestamp every time the file is read, so this field may be inaccurate. - "emblems": Sort items by the names of the emblems (if any) associated with each item. - "trash-time": Sort items by the date and time on which the file was moved to the Trash. This setting is rarely useful, as it only applies to files currently in the Trash. - "size_on_disk": Sort by the amount of actual disk space each item consumes. This figure is usually slightly larger than the conventional size of the file, since most filesystems pad files out to an even multiple of the "block size", which on many filesystems is 4096 bytes or about 4 kilobytes. A few files may use less space on the disk than the conventional file size may indicate, due to a feature of some filesystems known as "holes". This setting will not necessarily sort directories by the number of files they contain, since the amount of disk space used by a directory is not necessarily related to the number of files in a directory; other factors that can contribute to a directory's actual size include the length of the names of each file within the directory, and, interestingly, how many files the directory used to contain. - "extension": Sort by each item's file extension (if any). The file's extension is a part of the file's name, and may not reflect the actual contents of the file, unlike the "type" setting (above).
en_GB: The default sort-order for items in all view modes. Possible values are: - "manually": In icon- and compact-view modes, lets the user place and organise items any way the user wants them to be organised, simply by dragging each item to where the user desires. In list-view mode, this setting is equivalent to "name" (see immediately below). - "name": Sort items by their name; for example, a file named "a.txt" will be sorted before a file named "b.txt". This is the default. - "directory": Sort items by their full pathname. For example, a file named "b.txt" under the directory "/home/a" will be sorted before a file named "a.txt" under the directory "/home/zzz". Since Caja usually only displays files under one directory at any particular time, this setting will usually be equivalent to the "name" option (above), except in the Caja search tool, which can traverse files under multiple subdirectories. - "size": Sort items by their file size, or if the items are directories, by the number of items they contain. - "type": Sort items by their human-readable type description. Such type descriptions take the form of, for instance, "plain text document" or "SVG image". The type of the file is not necessarily related to the file's "extension" (see below). - "mtime": Sort items by their respective times of last modification. - "btime": Sort items by the date and time on which each file was created. Note that not all files have a recorded creation time, so this setting may not always work as expected, especially on removable media that are "formatted" with legacy filesystems such as FAT. - "atime": Sort items by the date and time on which each file was last accessed. Usually, "accessed" refers to the last time the file was read by a user or a program. Note that, for performance reasons, some filesystems do not update this timestamp every time the file is read, so this field may be inaccurate. - "emblems": Sort items by the names of the emblems (if any) associated with each item. - "trash-time": Sort items by the date and time on which the file was moved to the Trash. This setting is rarely useful, as it only applies to files currently in the Trash. - "size_on_disk": Sort by the amount of actual disk space each item consumes. This figure is usually slightly larger than the conventional size of the file, since most filesystems pad files out to an even multiple of the "block size", which on many filesystems is 4096 bytes or about 4 kilobytes. A few files may use less space on the disk than the conventional file size may indicate, due to a feature of some filesystems known as "holes". This setting will not necessarily sort directories by the number of files they contain, since the amount of disk space used by a directory is not necessarily related to the number of files in a directory; other factors that can contribute to a directory's actual size include the length of the names of each file within the directory, and, interestingly, how many files the directory used to contain. - "extension": Sort by each item's file extension (if any). The file's extension is a part of the file's name, and may not reflect the actual contents of the file, unlike the "type" setting (above).

en: If this is set to true, an icon linking to the trash will be put on the desktop.
en_GB: If this is set to true, an icon linking to the bin will be put on the desktop.

en: Desktop trash icon name
en_GB: Desktop bin icon name

en: This name can be set if you want a custom name for the trash icon on the desktop.
en_GB: This name can be set if you want a custom name for the bin icon on the desktop.

en: Whether the navigation window should be maximized.
en_GB: Whether the navigation window should be maximised.

en: If set to true, then Caja will automatically open a folder when media is automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user configurable action will be taken instead.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will automatically open a folder when media is automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user-configurable action will be taken instead.

en: Do not manage the desktop (ignore the preference set in the preferences dialog).
en_GB: Do not manage the desktop (ignore the preference set in the preferences dialogue).

en: Other Type...
en_GB: Other Type…

en: Caja is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Caja is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Caja is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Caja is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Caja; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Caja; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA

en: Caja lets you organize files and folders, both on your computer and online.
en_GB: Caja lets you organise files and folders, both on your computer and online.

en: Sa_ve Search As...
en_GB: Sa_ve Search As…

en: Visible _Columns...
en_GB: Visible _Columns…

en: Add a lively Penguin in your dock !
    Left click to change the animation,
    Middle-click to disturb him ^_^
    Tux images are taken from Pingus, some other characters are available or can be added easily.
en_GB: Add a lively Penguin in your dock!
    Left click to change the animation,
    Middle-click to annoy him ^_^
    Tux images are taken from Pingus, some other characters are available or can be added easily.

en: - Gee, Brain, what do you want to do tonight?
    - The same thing we do every night, Pinky : try to take over the Dock!
en_GB: - What will we do tonight Cortex?
    - The same thing as every other nights, Minus. Try to take over the Dock!

en: This applet keeps a trace of the clipboard and mouse selection,
    so that you can recall them quickly. It's a clone of the well-know Klipper.
    It supports clipboard and mouse selection, predefined actions, and persistent items.
    Left-click to popup the clipboard and mouse selection history,
    Drop text on the icon to create persistent items, and middle-clck to recall them.
en_GB: This applet keeps a trace of the clipboard and mouse selection,
    so that you can recall them quickly. It's a clone of the well-known Klipper.
    It supports clipboard and mouse selection, predefined actions, and persistent items.
    Left-click to popup the clipboard and mouse selection history,
    Drop text on the icon to create persistent items, and middle-click to recall them.

en: This plug-in lets extern applications interact on the dock.
    The communication between both sides is based on Dbus
en_GB: This plug-in lets external applications interact with the dock.
    The communication between both sides is based on Dbus

en: The applet '%s' has been succefully updated and automatically reloaded
en_GB: The applet '%s' has been successfully updated and automatically reloaded

en: The applet '%s' has been succefully installed and automatically launched
en_GB: The applet '%s' has been successfully installed and automatically launched

en: <b><i>Monitors disks speed and space</i></b>.
    
    This applet show your disks informations. You can activate both options at once, but they're better separated in 2 or more instances of the applet.
    Using both in the same applet can cause problems with the speed display not scaling down.
    
    <b>Disk space</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 10 partitions
      You need to configure the mount point of each monitored partition like / or /home
      Better seen in a gauge, with 30 or 60s refresh rate and really short or no transition delay.
    
    <b>Disk speed</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 5 disks
      You need to configure the name of each monitored disk with his device name like sda or sdb
      Better seen in a graph, with 2 or 3s refresh rate and no delay between transitions.
    
    Second release, a lot more need to be done :
     <u>Free space :</u>
     - Popup with detailed informations.
     - Editable labels ?
     <u>Speed :</u>
     - All disks option.
     - Pop up showing disks info to know what to add in the list.
     - Editable labels ?
     - Get real block size for disks
     <u>Global</u>
     - Find actions : left, middle click, drop and wheel.
     - Fill menu with actions.
en_GB: <b><i>Monitor disk speed and space</i></b>.
    
    This applet show your disk information. You can activate both options at once, but they're better separated in 2 or more instances of the applet.
    Using both in the same applet can cause problems with the speed display not scaling down.
    
    <b>Disk space</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 10 partitions
      You need to configure the mount point of each monitored partition like / or /home
      Better seen in a gauge, with 30 or 60s refresh rate and really short or no transition delay.
    
    <b>Disk speed</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 5 disks
      You need to configure the name of each monitored disk with his device name like sda or sdb
      Better seen in a graph, with 2 or 3s refresh rate and no delay between transitions.
    
    Second release, a lot more needs to be done :
     <u>Free space :</u>
     - Popup with detailed information.
     - Editable labels ?
     <u>Speed :</u>
     - All disk options.
     - Pop up showing disk info to know what to add in the list.
     - Editable labels ?
     - Get real block size for disks
     <u>Global</u>
     - Find actions : left, middle click, drop and wheel.
     - Fill menu with actions.

en: This applet imports folders inside the Dock
    You can have as many instances of this applet as you want, each one with a different folder.
    To add a folder in your dock:
     - activate the applet, open its configuration panel, and select a folder
     - or just drop a folder into the dock
    Middle-click on the main icon opens the folder.
en_GB: This applet imports folders inside the Dock
    You can have as many instances of this applet as you want, each one with a different folder.
    To add a folder in your dock:
     - activate the applet, open its configuration panel, and select a folder
     - or just drop a folder into the dock
    Middle-click on the main icon will open the folder.

en: Warning: could not delete this file.
    Please check file permissions.
en_GB: Warning: could not delete the file.
    Please check  file permissions.

en: You're about deleting this file
      (%s)
    from your hard-disk. Sure ?
en_GB: You're about to delete this file
      (%s)
    from your hard-disk. Are you sure?

en: Warning: could not rename %s.
    Check file permissions 
    and that the new name does not already exist.
en_GB: Warning: could not rename %s.
    Check file permissions 
    and make sure that the new name does not already exist.

en: Displays the common Applications menu and the Recently used files.
    It is compatible with any XDG compliant menu (Gnome, XFCE, KDE, ...)
    Middle-click to open a dialog to quickly launch any command (you can set up a shortkey for it, like ALT+F2)
    You can also set up a shortkey to pop up the menu (like ALT+F1)
en_GB: Displays the common Applications menu and the Recently used files.
    It is compatible with any XDG compliant menu (Gnome, XFCE, KDE, ...)
    Middle-click to open a dialogue to quickly launch any command (you can set up a shortkey for it, like ALT+F2)
    You can also set up a shortkey to pop up the menu (like ALT+F1)

en: Show/hide the quick-launch dialog
en_GB: Show/hide the quick-launch dialogue

en: This applet allows you to control the current active window:
      close, minimize, maximize, and display the application menu.To display the menu, applications have to support this feature, which is the case on Ubuntu by default.
    You can bind a shortkey to this action.
en_GB: This applet allows you to control the current active window:
      close, minimise, maximise, and display the application menu. To display the menu, applications have to support this feature (they do on Ubuntu, by default).
    You can bind a shortkey to this action.

en: Did you know that your dock can dance? :)
    If you click on this icon, the dock will dance!
    In fact, you will have a graphical equalizer into the dock
    It will analyse the signal given by PulseAudio.
en_GB: Did you know that your dock can dance? :)
    If you click on this icon, the dock will dance!
    In fact, you will have a graphical equaliser into the dock
    It will analyse the signal given by PulseAudio.

en: This plug-in can display all the available Indicators into your dock.
    Indicators provide information about something, and a menu to act on it:
      for instance, an indicator to control the printer jobs.Idle Indicators are automatically hidden.
    You can also blacklist indicators you don't want to see.
en_GB: This plug-in can display all the available Indicators in your dock.
    Indicators provide information about something, and a menu to act on it:
      for instance, an indicator to control the printer jobs. Idle Indicators are automatically hidden.
    You can also blacklist indicators you don't want to see.

en: A menu that notices you about new messages from Mail or Chat applications.
    It handles Evolution, Pidgin, Empathy, etc
    It requires the Messaging service, which is available on Ubuntu by default.
en_GB: A menu that notifies you about new messages from Mail or Chat applications.
    It handles Evolution, Pidgin, Empathy, etc
    It requires the Messaging service, which is available on Ubuntu by default.

en: This applet allows you to monitor your network connection(s).
    It can display the download/upload speeds and the wifi signal quality.
    If you have network-manager running, it can also let you choose the current wifi network.
    Left-click to pop-up some info,Scroll on the icon to switch the display between net speed and wifi.
en_GB: This applet allows you to monitor your network connection(s).
    It can display the download/upload speeds as well as the wifi signal quality.
    If you have network-manager running, it can also let you choose the current wifi network.
    Left-click to display some info,Scroll on the icon to switch the display between net speed and wifi.

en: This applet is an RSS/Atom feed reader.
    You can instanciate it as many times as you want.
    USAGE:
     - Left-click : display the complete feed lines in a dialog.
     - Middle-click : refresh the feed.
     - Scroll on the desklet : make the feed lines scroll.
     - Drag and drop a valid URL on the icon to use it,
        or copy it and use "Paste a new RSS Url" in the menu.
        or edit the Configuration Panel.
en_GB: This applet is an RSS/Atom feed reader.
    You can instantiate it as many times as you want.
    USAGE:
     - Left-click: display the complete feed lines in a dialogue.
     - Middle-click: refresh the feed.
     - Scroll on the desklet: make the feed lines scroll.
     - Drag and drop a valid URL on the icon to use it,
        or copy it and use "Paste a new RSS Url" in the menu.
        or edit the Configuration Panel.

en: No URL is defined
    You can define one by copying the URL in the clipboard,
     and selecting "Paste the URL" in the menu.
en_GB: No URL is defined
    You can define one by copying the URL in the clipboard,
     and selecting "Paste the URL"
     in the menu.

en: The default boolean operator is AND. Thus the query foo bar will be interpreted as foo AND bar. To exclude a term from the result set prepend it with a minus sign - eg foo -bar. Phrase queries can be done by double quoting the string "foo is a bar". You can truncate terms by appending a *.
en_GB: The default boolean operator is AND. Thus the query foo bar will be interpreted as foo AND bar. To exclude a term from the result set, prepend it with a minus sign: e.g. foo -bar. Phrase queries can be done by double quoting the string "foo is a bar". You can truncate terms by appending a *.

en: Grab the current window instead of the all screen
en_GB: Grab the current window instead of all the screen

en: Let empty to use the default one.
en_GB: Leave empty to use the default one.

en: This applet shows you the CPU load, RAM usage, graphic card temperature, etc.
    Middle click on the icon to get some valuable info.
    Left click on the icon to get a list of the most resources using programs.
    You can instanciate this applet several times to show different values each time.
en_GB: This applet shows you the CPU load, RAM usage, graphic card temperature, etc.
    Middle click on the icon to get some valuable info.
    Left click on the icon to get a list of the most resources using programs.
    You can instantiate this applet several times to show different values each time.

en: Setup the luminosity of your screen directly from your dock.
    Scroll up/down to increase/decrease the luminosity
    Left-click to open a dialog to setup the luminosity
    Middle-click to set it up for each color.
    You can also define a luminosity value that will be applied automatically on startup.
en_GB: Setup the luminosity of your screen directly from your dock.
    Scroll up/down to increase/decrease the luminosity
    Left-click to open a dialogue to setup the luminosity
    Middle-click to set it up for each color.
    You can also define a luminosity value that will be applied automatically on startup.

en: Time you want to be notified:
en_GB: Time that you want to be notified:

en: Search for your location :
en_GB: Search for your location:

en: This applet displays time, date and a calandar.
    2 view are available : <b>numeric</b> and <b>analogic</b>.
     Analogic view is compatible with the Cairo-Clock's themes, and you can detach the applet to be a perfect clone of Cairo-Clock.
    It displays a <b>calendar</b> on left-click, which lets you <b>manage tasks</b>.
    It also supports alarms, and allows you to setup time and date.
    Left-click to show/hide the calendar, Middle-click to stop a notification,
    Double-click on a day to edit the tasks for this day.
en_GB: This applet displays time, date and a calendar.
    2 views are available : <b>numeric</b> and <b>analogue</b>.
     Analogue view is compatible with the Cairo-Clock's themes, and you can detach the applet to be a perfect clone of Cairo-Clock.
    It displays a <b>calendar</b> on left-click, which lets you <b>manage tasks</b>.
    It also supports alarms, and allows you to setup time and date.
    Left-click to show/hide the calendar, Middle-click to stop a notification,
    Double-click on a day to edit the tasks for this day.

en: No task is sheduled for today.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.
en_GB: No task is scheduled for today.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.

en: No task is sheduled for the next 7 days.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.
en_GB: No task is scheduled for the next 7 days.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.

en: The following task has felt due:
en_GB: The following task is due:

en: 3Dplane
en_GB: 3DPlan

en: comics
en_GB: Comics

en: curly
en_GB: Curly

en: modern
en_GB: Modern

en: This directory seems not valid:
en_GB: This directory seems invalid:

en: This applet lets you share files easily:
    Drag-and-drop a file on the icon to upload it to one of the available hosting sites.
    You can upload text, image, video, files, and even the current clipboard
     and you can choose amongst many sites, like DropBox, Imageshack, pastebin, etc
    The resulting URL is automatically stored in the clipboard to be directly copied by CTRL+v.
    It can keep an history of your last uploads to retrieve them without registering on the sites.
    Press left-click to copy the latest URL into the clipboard, middle-click to copy it into the mouse selection.
    You'll need to install 'curl' and 'wget' to upload the data.
en_GB: This applet lets you share files easily:
    Drag-and-drop a file on the icon to upload it to one of the available hosting sites.
    You can upload text, image, video, files, and even the current clipboard
     and you can choose amongst many sites, like DropBox, Imageshack, pastebin, etc
    The resulting URL is automatically stored in the clipboard to be directly copied by CTRL+v.
    It can keep a history of your last uploads to retrieve them without registering on the sites.
    Press left-click to copy the latest URL into the clipboard, middle-click to copy it into the mouse selection.
    You'll need to install 'curl' and 'wget' to upload the data.

en: Use only a files hosting site
en_GB: Use only a file hosting site

en: drop indicator
en_GB: Drop Indicator

en: dustbin
en_GB: Bin

en: This applet manages the dustbin
    You can threw files and unmount disks by drag-and-dropping them on the icon.
    Middle-click on the icon will empty the dustbin.
en_GB: This applet controls the dustbin
    You can threw files and unmount disks by drag-and-dropping them on the icon.
    Middle-click on the icon will empty the dustbin.

en: You're about to delete all files in all dustbins. Sure ?
en_GB: You are about to delete all files in all dustbins. Continue?

en: The trash contains
en_GB: The Bin contains

en: Show Trash (click)
en_GB: Show Bin (click)

en:  trashe(s)
en_GB:  bin(s)

en: icon effects
en_GB: Icon Effects

en: illusion
en_GB: Illusion

en: keyboard indicator
en_GB: Keyboard Indicator

en: This applet lets you control the keyboard layout.
    	It can also display the current num and caps lock.
    	Left-click to switch to the next layout
    	Scroll up/down to select the previous/next layout
    	Right-click gives you access to the list of available layouts.
en_GB: This applet lets you control the keyboard layout.
    	It can also display the current num and caps lock status.
    	Left-click to switch to the next layout
    	Scroll up/down to select the previous/next layout
    	Right-click gives you access to the list of available layouts.

en: This applet lets you manage the current session. You can either:
    shut down, restart, hibernate, suspend, log out, lock the screen, switch to another user, or program an automatic shutdown
    It will also tell you if your system needs to be restarted.
    <b>Click</b> on the icon to pop the menu up.
    You can bind a <b>shortcut</b> to it, and also to lock the screen.
en_GB: This applet lets you manage the current session. You can either:
    shut down, restart, hibernate, suspend, log out, lock the screen, switch to another user, or program an automatic shutdown.
    It will also tell you if your system needs to be restarted.
    <b>Click</b> on the icon to pop the menu up.
    You can bind a <b>shortcut</b> to it, and also to lock the screen.

en: Show the log-out menu
en_GB: Show the logout menu

en: Your computer will still consume a small amount of energy but after some time, the computer will suspend to disk and not consume any energy.
en_GB: Your computer will still consume a small amount of energy, but after some time, the computer will suspend to disk and not consume any energy.

en: It will automatically shut-down in %ds
en_GB: It will automatically shut down in %ds

en: The password will be crypted.
en_GB: The password will be encrypted.

en: Don't forget to enable IMAP (or POP) service from settings of your mail account.
en_GB: Don't forget to enable IMAP (or POP) service in your mail account's settings, if not already done.

en: mail
en_GB: Mail

en: This applet is very useful to warn you when you get new e-mails
    It can check in any kind of mailbox (yahoo, gmail, etc)
    Left-click to launch the preferred mail application,
    Middle-click to refresh all the mailboxes.
en_GB: This applet is very useful to inform you about new e-mails
    It can check any kind of mailbox (Yahoo!, GMail, etc)
    Left-click to launch the preferred mail application,
    Middle-click to refresh all the mailboxes.

en: motion blur
en_GB: Motion Blur

en: scroll-up
en_GB: scroll up

en: scroll-down
en_GB: scroll down

en: This applet shows you the bit rate of your internet connection and some stats about it.
    Left-click on the icon to have the total amount of data transferred
    Middle-click to (de)activate the network (needs NetworManager)
en_GB: This applet shows you the bit rate of your internet connection and some stats about it.
    Left-click on the icon to have the total amount of data transferred
    Middle-click to (de)activate the network (needs Network Manager)

en: No interface found.
    Please be sure that at least one interface is available
     and that you have the right to monitor it
en_GB: No interface found.
    Please be sure that at least one interface is available
     and that you have permission to monitor it

en: PowerManager
en_GB: Power Manager

en: This applet lets you browse a folder and its sub-folders very quickly.
    You can set up a shortkey to pop up the menu.
    Midlle-click will open the main folder.
    This applet can be instanciated several times, if you want to browse different folders.
en_GB: This applet lets you browse a folder and its sub-folders very quickly.
    You can set up a shortkey to pop up the menu.
    Midlle-click will open the main folder.
    This applet supports multiple instances, so you can browse several folders.

en: %s is now unmounted
en_GB: %s successfully unmounted

en: shortcuts
en_GB: Shortcuts

en: An applet that let you access quickly to all of your shortcuts.
    It can manage disks, network points, and Nautilus bookmarks (even if you don't have Nautilus).
    Drag and drop a folder on the main icon or the sub-dock to add a bookmark.
    Middle-click on the main icon to show your home folder.
    Middle-click on a mounting point icon to (un)mount is quickly.
    The applet can also display valuable information about your disks, like free space, type, etc.
en_GB: An applet that let you quickly access all of your short-cuts.
    It can manage disks, network points, and Nautilus bookmarks (even if you don't have Nautilus).
    Drag and drop a folder on the main icon or the sub-dock to add a bookmark.
    Middle-click on the main icon to show your home folder.
    Middle-click on a mounting point icon to (un)mount it quickly.
    The applet can also display valuable information about your disks, like free space, type, etc.

en: show mouse
en_GB: Show Mouse

en: showDesktop
en_GB: Show Desktop

en: This applet adds an icon to show your desktop,
     and also : the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the desktops at once.
    It can also be used to quickly change the screen's resolution from the right-click menu.
    Left-click to show/hide the desktop,
    Middle-click to show/hide either the desktop, the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the desktops at once.
en_GB: This applet adds an icon to show your desktop,
     and also : the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the Desktops at once.
    It can also be used to quickly change the screen's resolution from the right-click menu.
    Left-click to show/hide the desktop,
    Middle-click to show/hide either the desktop, the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the desktops at once.

en: This applet is a basic image slider
     You just have to select a directory and a display effect and you're done
    Click to play/pause or to edit the current image.
    Middle-click to open the images folder.
en_GB: This applet is a basic image slider
     Simply select a directory and a display effect and you're done
    Click to play/pause or to edit the current image.
    Middle-click to open the images folder.

en: This applet allows you to build a stack of files, just like the Stacks applet of MacOS X.
    To add file into your stacks, you just have to drag and drop it on the Stacks icon and you're done.
    You can drop any file, or web URL, or even some piece of text
    You can quickly copy the path/url/text to the clipboard, or open it.
en_GB: This applet allows you to build a stack of files, just like the Stacks applet of MacOS X.
    To add files into your stacks, simply drag and drop them on the Stacks icon and you're done.
    You can drop any file or web URL or even some piece of text
    You can quickly copy the path/url/text to the clipboard, or open it.

en: This applet allows you to interact with your workspaces :
     - switch between your workspaces (scroll up/down with the mouse),
     - name them (in the config),
     - quickly add/remove a workspace (in the menu),
     - show the desktop (middle-click or in the menu),
     - list all windows on each workspace ((middle-click or in the menu)
    It has 2 modes : compact (on 1 icon) and expanded (with a sub-dock).
en_GB: This applet allows you to interact with your workspaces:
     - switch between your workspaces (scroll up/down with the mouse),
     - name them (in the configuration panel),
     - quickly add/remove a workspace (from the menu),
     - show the desktop (from the menu),
     - list all windows on each workspace (middle-click or from the menu)
    It has 2 modes : compact (on 1 icon) and expanded (with a sub-dock).

en: Add a systray to your dock.
    Left-click to show/hide the systray in a dialog (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it.)
    But the best way to use it is to detach it from the dock, and place it somewhere, above other windows.
en_GB: Add a systray to your dock.
    Left-click to show/hide the systray in a dialogue (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it.)
    But the best way to use it is to detach it from the dock, and place it somewhere, above other windows.

en: Add a terminal to your dock!
    Left-click to show/hide terminal (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it).
    You can drag'n'drop files or text and select an action.
    You can open many tabs, rename them, change their color (right-click on a tab to interact on it).
    To open a new tab: type 'Ctrl+T' or double-click next to the last tab.
    To close a tab: type 'Ctrl+W' or middle-click on it.
    To copy/paste: type 'Ctrl+Shift+C/V' or right-click on it.
en_GB: Add a terminal to your dock!
    Left-click to show/hide terminal (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it).
    You can drag'n'drop files or text and select an action.
    You can open many tabs, rename them, change their colour (right-click on a tab to interact with it)
    To open a new tab: type 'Ctrl+T' or double-click next to the last tab.
    To close a tab: type 'Ctrl+W' or middle-click on it.
    To copy/paste: type 'Ctrl+Shift+C/V' or right-click on it.

en: Control your Gnote or TomBoy's notes directly in the dock !
    Click on a note to open it, Escape to close it.
    Middle-click to instantly create a new note.
    You can search inside notes and display their content on the icons.
en_GB: Control your Gnote or TomBoy's notes directly from the dock!
    Click on a note to open it, Escape to close it.
    Middle-click to instantly create a new note.
    You can search inside notes and display their content on the icons.

en: Note name :
en_GB: Note name:

en: I couldn't get the info
     Is connexion alive ?
en_GB: Could not retrieve information
     Is your connection alive?

en: Enter the name of your location and press Enter to choose amongst results.
en_GB: Enter the name of your location and press Enter to select amongst results.

en: This applet displays weather into your dock.
    Data are provided by open-meteo.com; you have to input your coordinates in the config panel for it to work.
    It can detach itself to be a totally eye-candy 3D deskelt.
    Middle-click on the main icon to have current conditions information, left-click on a sub-icon to have forcast information.
en_GB: This applet displays weather information in your dock.
    Data is provided by open-meteo.com. You can find your location in the It can be detached to be a total eye-candy 3D desklet.
    Middle-click on the main icon to show current condition information, left-click on a sub-icon to show forecast information.

en: This applet shows you the signal strength of the first active wifi connection
    Left-click to pop-up some info,Middle-click to re-check immediately.
en_GB: This applet shows you the signal strength of the first active WiFi connection
    Left-click to pop-up some info, middle-click to re-check immediately.

en: 1st color of gradation :
en_GB: First colour of gradient:

en: 2nd color of gradation :
en_GB: Second colour of gradient:

en: Delay between animation changes :
en_GB: Delay between animation changes:

en: Depending on your WindowManager, you may be able to move this with ALT + left-click.. Negative values are counted from the right/bottom of the screen
en_GB: Depending on your WindowManager, you may be able to move this with ALT + left-click. Negative values are calculated from the right/bottom of the screen

en: Let external applications pop up dialogs in the dock?
en_GB: Let external applications pop up dialogues in the dock?

en: Let extern applications add launchers to the docks?
en_GB: Let external applications add launchers to the docks?

en: Let extern applications modify the quick-infos on icons?
en_GB: Let external applications modify the quick-infos on icons?

en: Let extern applications modify the icons' image?
en_GB: Let external applications modify the icons' image?

en: Let extern applications animate icons?
en_GB: Let external applications animate icons?

en: Color to be used by default if none is specify in the .xml
en_GB: Colour to be used by default if none is specify in the .xml

en: Border colour :
en_GB: Border colour:

en: Let empty to use the name of the folder.
en_GB: Leave empty to use the name of the folder.

en: Shortkey to show/hide the quick-launch dialog:
en_GB: Shortkey to show/hide the quick-launch dialogue:

en: The settings menu file is sometimes available in a settings.menu file but its content can also be available in the main .menu file used by the dock
en_GB: The settings menu file is sometimes available in a settings .menu file but its content can also be available in the main .menu file used by the dock

en: The applet can steal the top border of maximized windows, in which case it will display the window control buttons.
     The applet can steal the menu from the windows, in which case it will display a button to pop up the menu of the current window.
en_GB: The applet can steal the top border of maximised windows, in which case it will display the window control buttons.
    The applet can steal the menu from the windows, in which case it will display a button to pop-up the menu of the current window.

en: Image for the 'minimize' button
en_GB: Image for the 'minimise' button

en: Image for the 'maximize' button
en_GB: Image for the 'maximise' button

en: Background color to add in this case
en_GB: Background colour to add in this case

en: Animation of the icon when one of the application demands your attention :
en_GB: Animation of the icon when one of the application demands your attention:

en: in seconds. if you don't have Network-Manager.
en_GB: in seconds, if you don't have Network-Manager.

en: Dialog bubble
en_GB: Dialogue bubble

en: Icon animation + Dialog bubble
en_GB: Icon animation + Dialogue bubble

en: Let empty to use the default notification animation.
en_GB: Leave empty to use the default notification animation.

en: In seconds. Set to 0 for infinite time (need to click on dialog to close it).
en_GB: In seconds. Set to 0 for infinite time (need to click on dialogue to close it).

en: Shortkey to show/hide the search dialog
en_GB: Shortkey to show/hide the search dialogue

en: Shortkey to trigger the applet:
en_GB: Shortcut key to trigger the applet:

en: Color of the text's frame  :
en_GB: Text frame colour:

en: Propose some web search engines ?
en_GB: Propose some web search engines?

en: Image's filename :
en_GB: Image filename:

en: Notification limit of graphic card temperature:
en_GB: Lower limit of graphic card temperature:

en: Shortkey to show/hide the sound control dialog:
en_GB: Shortkey to show/hide the sound control dialogue:

en: Use files hosting site for any kind of files?
en_GB: Use file hosting site for any kind of files?

en: Custom script for text upload :
en_GB: Custom script for text upload:

en: Custom script for image upload :
en_GB: Custom script for image upload:

en: Post text as Anonymous ?
en_GB: Post text as Anonymous?

en: Inclinated Plane
en_GB: Inclined Plane

en: Ratio to apply on icons' size :
en_GB: Ratio to apply on icons' size:

en: <b>Curved view</b>
    Allow you to curve your dock !
    You can choose to display separators as a line
     or a physical hole on the plane.
en_GB: <b>Curved view</b>
    Allows you to curve your dock !
    You can choose to display separators as a line
     or a physical hole on the plane.

en: <b>Panel view</b>
    This view will display your dock like a gnome-panel or a KDE-panel.
    Icons are not zoomed on mouse over.
    Separators are rendered as spaces between the different groups of icons.
en_GB: <b>Panel view</b>
    This view will display your dock like a gnome-panel or a KDE-panel.
    Icons are not zoomed on mouse-over.
    Separators are rendered as spaces between the different groups of icons.

en: If checked, the number of mails will be shown even if there is no mail.
en_GB: If checked, the number of messages will be shown even if there is no mail.

en: Duration of the dialog:
en_GB: Duration of the dialogue:

en: Add a mail account (you've to launch the applet)
en_GB: Add a mail account (you must launch the applet)

en: By default all interfaces will be monitored.
en_GB: By default, all interfaces will be monitored.

en: Timelength
en_GB: Duration

en: Notification when battery charged ?
en_GB: Notification when battery charged?

en: Notification when low battery ?
en_GB: Notification when low battery?

en: Notification when battery charge is critical ?
en_GB: Notification when battery charged is critical?

en: Read all images properties on startup?
en_GB: Read all image properties on startup?

en: Desktops layout
en_GB: Desktop layout

en: This is a boolean parameter. Y/N ?
en_GB: This is a boolean parameter. Y/N?

en: This integer can go from 0 to 10 :
en_GB: This integer can go from 0 to 10:

en: Enter some text here :
en_GB: Enter some text here:

en: Automatically scroll to the bottom when new data are received
en_GB: Automatically scroll to the bottom when receiving new data

en: When the terminal is in a dialog. When it is in a desklet, you can just resize the desklet as usual.
en_GB: When the terminal is in a dialogue. When it is in a desklet, you can just resize the desklet as usual.

en: Display note's content with a dialog?
en_GB: Display note's content with a dialogue?

en: in seconds. Set 0 to have never-ending dialogs.
en_GB: in seconds. Set 0 to have never-ending dialogues.

en: Dialog duration:
en_GB: Dialogue duration:

en: Position of vertical scrollbar in pixel
en_GB: Position of vertical scrollbar in pixels

en: Time between two page refreshes
en_GB: Time between page refreshes

en: Configure docks appearance.
en_GB: Configure dock's appearance.

en: Dialog boxes and Menus
en_GB: Dialogue boxes and Menus

en: The new dock has been created.
    Now move some launchers or applets into it by right-clicking on the icon -> move to another dock
en_GB: The new dock has been created.
    Now move some launchers or applets to it by right-clicking on the icon -> move to another dock

en: The new dock has been created.
    You can customize it by right-clicking on it -> cairo-dock -> configure this dock.
en_GB: The new dock has been created.
    You can customise it by right-clicking on it -> cairo-dock -> configure this dock.

en: Customize the position, visibility and appearance of this main dock.
en_GB: Customise the position, visibility and appearance of this main dock.

en: Lock icons position
en_GB: Lock icon's position

en: Launch a new (Shift+clic)
en_GB: Launch new window (shift click)

en: Theme has been saved
en_GB: The Theme has been saved

en: Allow to edit the config before the dock is started and show the config panel on start.
en_GB: Allow editing of the configuration before the dock is started and show the config panel on start.

en: Force to display some output messages with colors.
en_GB: Force to display some output messages with colours.

en: Lock the dock so that any modification is impossible for users.
en_GB: Lock the dock so that any user modification is impossible.

en: Ask the dock to load additionnal modules contained in this directory (though it is unsafe for your dock to load unnofficial modules).
en_GB: Ask the dock to load additional modules contained in this directory (though it is unsafe for your dock to load unofficial modules).

en: OpenGL allows you to use the hardware acceleration, reducing the CPU load to the minimum.
    It also allows some pretty visual effects similar to Compiz.
    However, some cards and/or their drivers don't fully support it, which may prevent the dock from running correctly.
    Do you want to activate OpenGL ?
     (To not show this dialog, launch the dock from the Application menu,
      or with the -o option to force OpenGL and -c to force cairo.)
en_GB: OpenGL allows you to use hardware acceleration, reducing CPU load to a minimum.
    It also allows some pretty visual effects similar to Compiz.
    However, some cards and/or their drivers do not fully support it, which may prevent the dock from running correctly.
    Do you want to activate OpenGL?
    (To not show this dialogue, launch the dock from the Applications menu,
    or with the -o flag to force OpenGL or -c to force cairo.)

en: No plug-in were found.
    Plug-ins provide most of the functionalities (animations, applets, views, etc).
    See https://github.com/Cairo-Dock/cairo-dock-core/wiki for more information.
    There is almost no meaning in running the dock without them and it's probably due to a problem with the installation of these plug-ins.
    But if you really want to use the dock without these plug-ins, you can launch the dock with the '-f' option to no longer have this message.
en_GB: No plug-ins were found.
    Plug-ins provide most of the functionalities (animations, applets, views, etc).
    See https://github.com/Cairo-Dock/cairo-dock-core/wiki for more information.
    There is almost no meaning in running the dock without them and it's probably due to a problem with the installation of these plug-ins.
    But if you really want to use the dock without these plug-ins, you can launch the dock with the '-f' option to no longer have this message.

en: Welcome in Cairo-Dock !
    This applet is here to help you start using the dock; just click on it.
    If you have any question/request/remark, please pay us a visit at
    https://github.com/Cairo-Dock/cairo-dock-core.
    Hope you will enjoy this software !
      (you can now click on this dialog to close it)
en_GB: Welcome in Cairo-Dock !
    This applet is here to help you start using the dock; just click on it.
    If you have any question/request/remark, please pay us a visit at
    https://github.com/Cairo-Dock/cairo-dock-core.
    Hope you will enjoy this software !
      (you can now click on this dialogue to close it)

en: This applet is made to help you.
    Click on its icon to pop up useful tips about the possibilities of Cairo-Dock.
    Middle-click to open the configuration window.
    Right-click to access some troubleshooting actions.
en_GB: This applet was created to help you.
    Click on its icon to pop up useful tips about the possibilities of Cairo-Dock.
    Middle-click to open the configuration window.
    Right-click to access some troubleshooting actions.

en: Most icons in the dock have several actions: the primary action on left-click, a secondary action on middle-click, and additionnal actions on right-click (in the menu).
    Some applets let you bind a shortkey to an action, and decide which action sould be on middle-click.
en_GB: Most icons in the dock have several actions: the primary action on left-click, a secondary action on middle-click, and additional actions on right-click (in the menu).
    Some applets let you bind a short key to an action, and decide which action should be on middle-click.

en: For a launcher or an applet:
    Open the settings of the icon, and set a path to an image.
    - For an aplication icon:
    Right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "set a custom icon", and choose an image. To remove the custom image, right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "remove the custom icon".
    
    If you have installed some icons themes on your PC, you can also select one of them to be used instead of the default icon theme, in the global config window.
en_GB: For a launcher or an applet:
    Open the settings of the icon, and set a path to an image.
    - For an application icon:
    Right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "set a custom icon", and choose an image. To remove the custom image, right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "remove the custom icon".
    
    If you have installed some icons themes on your PC, you can also select one of them to be used instead of the default icon theme, in the global configuration window.

en: Minimizing / restauring a window
en_GB: Minimising / restoring a window

en: Clicking on its icon will bring the window on top.
    When the window has the focus, clicking on its icon will minimize the window.
en_GB: Clicking on its icon will bring the window on top.
    When the window has the focus, clicking on its icon will minimise the window.

en: When an application has several windows, one icon for each window will appear in the dock; they will be grouped togather into a sub-dock.
    Clicking on the main icon will display all the windows of the application side-by-side (if your Window Manager is able to do that).
en_GB: When an application has several windows, one icon for each window will appear in the dock; they will be grouped together into a sub-dock.
    Clicking on the main icon will display all the windows of the application side-by-side (if your Window Manager is able to do that).

en: The dock can hide itself to let all the screen for applications. But it can also be always visible like a panel.
    To change that, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> configure, and then select the visibility you want.
    In the case of a 2nd or 3rd dock, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> set up this dock, and then select the visibility you want.
en_GB: The dock can hide itself to free all the screen for applications. But it can also be always visible like a panel.
    To change that, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> configure, and then select the visibility you want.
    In the case of a 2nd or 3rd dock, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> set up this dock, and then select the visibility you want.

en: Desklets can be moved anywhere simply with the mouse.
    They can also be rotated by dragging the small arrows on the top and left sides.
    If you don't want to move it any more, you can lock its position by right-clicking on it -> "lock position". To unlock it, de-select this option.
en_GB: Desklets can be moved anywhere simply with the mouse.
    They can also be rotated by dragging the small arrows on the top and left sides.
    If you don't want to move it any more, you can lock its position by right-clicking on it -> "lock position". To unlock it, deselect this option.

en: Activate the Clock applet.
    Clicking on it will display a calendar.
    Double-clicking on a day will pop-up a task-editor. Here you can add/remove taks.
    When a task has been or is going to be scheduled, the applet will warn you (15mn before the event, and also 1 day before in the case of an anniversary).
en_GB: Activate the Clock applet.
    Clicking on it will display a calendar.
    Double-clicking on a day will pop-up a task-editor. Here you can add/remove tasks.
    When a task has been or is going to be scheduled, the applet will warn you (15mn before the event, and also 1 day before in the case of an anniversary or birthday).

en: Activate the Applications Menu applet.
    Middle-click on it, or right-click -> "quick-launch".
    You can bin a shortkey for this action.
    The text is automatically completed (for instance, typing "fir" will be completed into "firefox").
en_GB: Activate the Applications Menu applet.
    Middle-click on it, or right-click -> "quick-launch".
    You can bind a short key for this action.
    The text is automatically completed (for instance, typing "fir" will be completed into "firefox").

en: Activate the Composite Manager applet.
    Clicking on it will disable the Composite, which often makes games more smooth.
    Clicking again on it will enable the Composite.
en_GB: Activate the Composite Manager applet.
    Clicking on it will disable the Composite, which often makes game run smoother.
    Clicking again on it will enable the Composite.

en: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon to be running. Install it if it's not present.
    The applet can then display all the files, folders, web pages, songs, videos and documents you have accessed recently, so that you can access them quickly.
en_GB: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon running. Install it if it's not present.
    The applet can then display all the files, folders, web pages, songs, videos and documents you have accessed recently, so that you can access them quickly.

en: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon to be running. Install it if it's not present.
    Now when you right-click on a launcher, all the recent files that can be opened with this launcher will appear in its menu.
en_GB: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon running. Install it if it's not present.
    Now when you right-click on a launcher, all the recent files that can be opened with this launcher will appear in its menu.

en: Some applets can have several instances running at the same time: Clock, Stack, Weather, ...
    Right click on the applet's icon -> "launch another instance".
    You can configure each instance independantely. This allows you, for example, to have the current time for different countries in your dock or the weather in different cities.
en_GB: Some applets can have several instances running at the same time: Clock, Stack, Weather, ...
    Right click on the applet's icon -> "launch another instance".
    You can configure each instance independently. This allows you, for example, to have the current time for different countries in your dock or the weather in different cities.

en: Controling the sound volume
en_GB: Controlling the sound volume

en: Controling the screen brightness
en_GB: Controlling the screen brightness

en: You need to turn on compositing. For instance, you can run Compiz or xcompmgr. 
    If you're using XFCE or KDE, you can just enable compositing in the window manager options.
    If you're using Gnome, you can enable it in Metacity in this way :
     Open dconf-editor, edit the key 'org.gnome.metacity.compositing-manager' and set it to 'true'.
en_GB: You need to turn on compositing. For instance, you can run Compiz or xcompmgr. 
    If you're using XFCE or KDE, you can just enable compositing in the window manager options.
    If you're using Gnome, you can enable it in Metacity in this way:
     Open dconf-editor, edit the key 'org.gnome.metacity.compositing-manager' and set it to 'true'.

en: Hint : Up to version 2.1.1-2, wget was used.
en_GB: Hint: Up to version 2.1.1-2, wget was used.

en: Be sure that you are connected to the Net.
     If your connection is very slow, you can increase the connection timeout in the "System" module.
     If you're under a proxy, you'll have to configure "curl" to use it; search on the web how to do it (basically, you have to set up the "http_proxy" environment variable).
en_GB: Make sure that you are connected to the Net.
     If your connection is very slow, you can increase the connection timeout in the "System" module.
     If you're behind a proxy, you will need to configure "curl" to use it; search on the web how to do it (basically, you have to set up the "http_proxy" environment variable).

en: More applets available online!
en_GB: More applets are available online!

en: Hide the dock whenever it overlaps any window
en_GB: Hide the dock whenever it overlaps any windows

en: None       : Don't show opened windows in the dock.
    Minimalistic: Mix applications with its launcher, show other windows only if they are minimized (like in MacOSX).
    Integrated  : Mix applications with its launcher, show all others windows and group windows togather in sub-dock (default).
    Separated   : Separate the taskbar from the launchers and only show windows that are on the current desktop.
en_GB: None : Don't show opened windows in the dock.
    Minimalistic: Mix applications with its launcher, show other windows only if they are minimised (like in MacOSX).
    Integrated : Mix applications with its launcher, show all others windows and group windows together in sub-dock (default).
    Separated : Separate the taskbar from the launchers and only show windows that are on the current desktop.

en: Choose a theme of icons :
en_GB: Choose a theme of icons:

en: Choose the default view for main docks :
en_GB: Choose the default view for main docks:

en: Choose the default view for sub-docks :
en_GB: Choose the default view for sub-docks:

en: Size of the zone :
en_GB: Size of the zone:

en: Image to display on the zone :
en_GB: Image to display in the zone:

en: TaskBar
en_GB: Taskbar

en: Minimise the window when its icon is clicked, if it was already the active window ?
en_GB: Minimise the window when its icon is clicked if it was already the active window

en: Present windows preview on click when several windows are grouped togather
en_GB: Present windows preview on click when several windows are grouped together

en: Maximum time in seconds that you allow the connection to the server to take. This only limits the connection phase,  once the dock has connected this option is of no more use.
en_GB: Maximum time in seconds that you allow to establish connection to the server. This only limits the connection phase,  once the dock has connected this option becomes obsolete.

en: Use this option if you experience problems to connect.
en_GB: Use this option if you have problems connecting.

en: Are you behind a proxy ?
en_GB: Are you behind a proxy?

en: Proxy name :
en_GB: Proxy name:

en: Let empty if you don't need to log-in to the proxy with a user/password.
en_GB: Leave empty if you don't need to log-in to the proxy with a user/password.

en: Image's transparency :
en_GB: Image's transparency:

en: Angle of the gradation :
en_GB: Angle of the gradation:

en: Default background color when the dock is hidden
en_GB: Default background colour when the dock is hidden

en: Ratio for the size of the sub-docks' icons :
en_GB: Ratio for the size of the sub-docks' icons:

en: Size of buttons in the info-bubbles (width x height) :
en_GB: Size of buttons in the info-bubbles (width x height):

en: Name of an image to use for the yes/ok button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the yes/ok button:

en: Name of an image to use for the no/cancel button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the no/cancel button:

en: Size of the icon displayed next to the text :
en_GB: Size of the icon displayed next to the text:

en: This can be customized for each desklet separately.
    Choose 'Custom decoration' to define your own decorations below
en_GB: This can be customised for each desklet separately.
    Choose 'Custom decoration' to define your own decorations below

en: Choose a default decoration for all desklets :
en_GB: Choose a default decoration for all desklets:

en: Background image :
en_GB: Background image:

en: Background transparency :
en_GB: Background transparency:

en: Left offset :
en_GB: Left offset:

en: Top offset :
en_GB: Top offset:

en: Right offset :
en_GB: Right offset:

en: Bottom offset :
en_GB: Bottom offset:

en: Foreground image :
en_GB: Foreground image:

en: Foreground tansparency :
en_GB: Foreground tansparency:

en: Buttons size :
en_GB: Buttons size:

en: Name of an image to use for the 'rotate' button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the 'rotate' button:

en: Name of an image to use for the 'reattach' button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the 'reattach' button:

en: Name of an image to use for the 'depth rotate' button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the 'depth rotate' button:

en: Choose an icon theme :
en_GB: Choose an icon theme:

en: Image filename to use as a background for icons :
en_GB: Image filename to use as a background for icons:

en: Space between icons :
en_GB: Space between icons:

en: Maximum zoom of the icons :
en_GB: Maximum zoom of the icons:

en: Width of the space in which the zoom will be effective :
en_GB: Width of the space in which the zoom will be effective:

en: Colour of flat separators :
en_GB: Colour of flat separators:

en: It is their transparency when the dock is at rest; they will "materialize" progressively as the dock grows up. The closer to 0, the more transparent they will be.
en_GB: Their transparency when the dock is at rest; they will "materialise" progressively as the dock grows up. The closer to 0, the more transparent they will be.

en: Icons' transparency at rest :
en_GB: Icons' transparency at rest:

en: Linewidth of the string, in pixels (0 to not use string) :
en_GB: Linewidth of the string, in pixels (0 to not use string):

en: Display an indicator on application icons too ?
en_GB: Display an indicator on application icons too?

en: Vertical offset :
en_GB: Vertical offset:

en: Indicator size ratio :
en_GB: Indicator size ratio:

en: Start color
en_GB: Start colour

en: End color
en_GB: End colour

en: Neighbouring labels visibility:
en_GB: Visibility of neighbouring labels:

en: Margin around the text (in pixels) :
en_GB: Margin around the text (in pixels):

en: Choose the view for this dock :/
en_GB: Choose the view for this dock:/

en: Image filename to use as a background :
en_GB: Image filename to use as a background:

en: ...or drag and drop a theme package here :
en_GB: ...or drag and drop a theme package here:

en: Select a color:
en_GB: Select a colour:

en: Change Byobu's colors
en_GB: Change Byobu's colours

en: Visualize D-Bus activity
en_GB: Visualise D-Bus activity

en: See statistics summarizing the log
en_GB: See statistics summarising the log

en: Relax with this soothing greyscale welcome page
en_GB: Relax with this soothing grey scale welcome page

en: Geolocalization
en_GB: Geolocalisation

en: Add a shortcut to the Trash directory on the desktop.
en_GB: Add a shortcut to the Rubbish Bin directory on the desktop.

en: Center new windows on screen
en_GB: Centre new windows on screen

en: Center newly launched windows on the current screen.
en_GB: Centre newly launched windows on the current screen.

en: When set, this panel will hide from view to maximize screen estate
en_GB: When set, this panel will hide from view to maximise screen estate

en: Stylize regions
en_GB: Stylise regions

en: Unfavorite
en_GB: Unfavourite

en: Maximize brightness
en_GB: Maximise brightness

en: Only show favorited
en_GB: Only show favourited

en: Change desktop appearance and behavior
en_GB: Change desktop appearance and behaviour

en: Manage your trash from the Budgie panel
en_GB: Manage your rubbish from the Budgie panel

[ctx: print job]
note: Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled)
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

note: TRANSLATORS: This is part of the translation 'Ensure fprintd has been enabled using your pam authorization module'
en: your pam authorization module
en_GB: your pam authorisation module

[ctx: Password hint]
en: A password without your user name would be stronger.
en_GB: A password without your username would be stronger.

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Connected & Authorized
en_GB: Connected & Authorised

en: Budgie Control Center
en_GB: Budgie Control Centre

en: You can use a color profile on different computers, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.
en_GB: You can use a colour profile on different computers, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.

en: Airplane Mode is on
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode is on

en: Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on.
en_GB: Bluetooth is disabled when aeroplane mode is on.

en: Hardware Airplane Mode is on
en_GB: Hardware Aeroplane Mode is on

en: Turn off the Airplane mode switch to enable Bluetooth.
en_GB: Turn off the Aeroplane mode switch to enable Bluetooth.

en: View and Customize Shortcuts
en_GB: View and Customise Shortcuts

en: AM / PM
en_GB: AM/PM

en: Use of the microphone allows applications to record and listen to audio. Disabling the microphone may cause some applications to not function properly.
en_GB: Use of the microphone allows applications to record and listen to sounds. Disabling the microphone may cause some applications to function incorrectly.

en: Create button behavior (left, middle and right) using the chosen action.
en_GB: Create button behaviour (left, middle and right) using the chosen action.

en: Trash & Temporary Files
en_GB: Wastebasket & Temporary Files

en: Automatically Delete _Trash Content
en_GB: Automatically Empty _Wastebasket

en: Automatically Delete _Period
en_GB: Automatically Empty _Wastebasket

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Search panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Multitasking;Multitask;Productivity;Customize;Desktop;
en_GB: Multitasking;Multitask;Productivity;Customise;Desktop;

en: Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 and 2 for SHA256
en_GB: Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 or 2 for SHA256

en: Contains the path to the directory where brasero should store temporary files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for glib will be used.
en_GB: Contains the path to the directory where Brasero should store temporary files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for GLib will be used.

en: Whether to use the "-immed" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to true) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "-immed" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to True) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Whether to use the "-use-the-force-luke=dao" flag with growisofs. Set to false, brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "-use-the-force-luke=dao" flag with growisofs. Set to False, Brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Used in conjunction with the "-immed" flag with cdrecord.
en_GB: Used in conjunction with the "-immed" flag with cdrecord

en: Whether to use the "--driver generic-mmc-raw" flag with cdrdao. Set to True, brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "--driver generic-mmc-raw" flag with cdrdao. Set to True, Brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Audio CD successfully burned
en_GB: Audio CD successfully burnt

en: Image successfully burned to DVD
en_GB: Image successfully burnt to DVD

en: Image successfully burned to CD
en_GB: Image successfully burnt to CD

en: Data DVD successfully burned
en_GB: Data DVD successfully burnt

en: Data CD successfully burned
en_GB: Data CD successfully burnt

en: No track information (artist, title, ...) will be written to the disc.
en_GB: No track information (artist, title, etc.) will be written to the disc.

note: Translators: %s is the name of the image
en: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burned.
en_GB: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burnt.

en: The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (size over 2 GiB).
    This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images.
en_GB: The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (over 2 GiB).
    This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images.

en: If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognize the file type properly.
en_GB: If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognise the file type properly.

en: Finalizing
en_GB: Finalising

en: _Text Color
en_GB: _Text Colour

en: libburn library could not be initialized
en_GB: libburn library could not be initialised

en: libisofs could not be initialized.
en_GB: libisofs could not be initialised.

en: Normalizing tracks
en_GB: Normalising tracks

en: Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA

en: Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.
    This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only be played by specific digital players.
    Note: if you agree, normalization will not be applied to these tracks.
en_GB: Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.
    This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only be played by specific digital players.
    Note: if you agree, normalisation will not be applied to these tracks.

en: Open the check disc dialog
en_GB: Open the check disc dialogue

en: Discard the current modified project ?
en_GB: Discard the current modified project?

note: Translators: %s is the name of the image
en: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burned
en_GB: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burnt

en: The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.
    You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which cannot be properly recognized and therefore needs the overburn option.
    Note: This option might cause failure.
en_GB: The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.
    You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which cannot be properly recognised and therefore needs the overburn option.
    Note: This option might cause failure.

en: Load the last project that was not burned and not saved
en_GB: Load the last project that was not burnt and not saved

en: <application>Brasero</application> is an application for burning CD-R/Ws and DVD-R/Ws, designed to be easy to use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.
en_GB: <application>Brasero</application> is an application for burning CD-R/Ws and DVD-R/Ws, designed to be easy-to-use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.

en: Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as ogg, flac and mp3)
en_GB: Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as OGG, FLAC and MP3)

en: Create video DVD or SVCD
en_GB: Create video DVDs or SVCDs

en: Select the files you want by double-clicking on them or by selecting them and clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button at the top left of the toolbar.
en_GB: Select the files you want by double-clicking on them or by selecting them and clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button at the top-left of the toolbar.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-audio-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-audio-project-options"/>).

en: After you have added a track, you can insert a 2 seconds pause after it. To insert a pause, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: After you have added a track, you can insert a two-second pause after it. To insert a pause, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>

en: Select the track you want to divide and click on <guibutton>Split</guibutton> in the toolbar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Track...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Split Track</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: Select the track you want to divide and click on <guibutton>Split</guibutton> in the toolbar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Track...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Split Track</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the properties dialog for the burning device. See <xref linkend="brasero-burning-device-properties"/> for more information.
en_GB: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the properties dialogue for the burning device. See <xref linkend="brasero-burning-device-properties"/> for more information.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-data-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-data-project-options"/>).

en: This project lets you take video files (files with extension like <filename class="extension">.mpg</filename>, <filename class="extension">.mpeg</filename> or <filename class="extension">.avi</filename> to name a few) and burn them to disc to create video <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <acronym>SVCD</acronym>s or <acronym>VCD</acronym>s that you can watch with normal DVD/CD players.
en_GB: This project lets you take video files (files with extensions like <filename class="extension">.mpg</filename>, <filename class="extension">.mpeg</filename> or <filename class="extension">.avi</filename> to name a few) and burn them to disc to create video <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <acronym>SVCD</acronym>s or <acronym>VCD</acronym>s that you can watch with normal DVD/CD players.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-video-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-video-project-options"/>).

en: <guilabel>NTSC</guilabel>: format mainly used in Americans, Canadians and Japanese televisions.
en_GB: <guilabel>NTSC</guilabel>: format mainly used in American, Canadian and Japanese televisions.

en: One of the main difference between a <acronym>SVCD</acronym> and a <acronym>VCD</acronym> is that the former uses the <acronym>MPEG-2</acronym> video codec while the latter <acronym>MPEG-1</acronym>. For more information, see the Wikipedia pages for <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SVCD">SVCD</ulink> and <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_CD">VCD</ulink>.
en_GB: One of the main differences between a <acronym>SVCD</acronym> and a <acronym>VCD</acronym> is that the former uses the <acronym>MPEG-2</acronym> video codec while the latter <acronym>MPEG-1</acronym>. For more information, see the Wikipedia pages for <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SVCD">SVCD</ulink> and <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_CD">VCD</ulink>.

en: The <guilabel>CD/DVD copy options</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-disc-copy-options"/> for more information).
en_GB: The <guilabel>CD/DVD copy options</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-disc-copy-options"/> for more information).

en: The <guilabel>Image burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-burn-image-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Image burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-burn-image-options"/>).

en: Click on the button to open the <guilabel>Select Image File</guilabel> dialog and select the image file to burn. From the drop-down list at the bottom, you can select the type of the image to burn. If unsure, select <guilabel>Let brasero choose (safest)</guilabel>.
en_GB: Click on the button to open the <guilabel>Select Image File</guilabel> dialogue and select the image file to burn. From the drop-down list at the bottom, you can select the type of the image to burn. If unsure, select <guilabel>Let Brasero choose (safest)</guilabel>.

en: Select this option to prevent the <emphasis>buffer underrun</emphasis> effect (or <emphasis>buffer underflow</emphasis>). This is when the computer is not fast enough delivering data to the burning device at the selected burning speed.
en_GB: Select this option to prevent the <emphasis>buffer underrun</emphasis> (or <emphasis>buffer underflow</emphasis>) effect. This is when the computer is not fast enough delivering data to the burning device for the selected burning speed.

en: Select this option to simulate the burning process; no real burn is performed. If this operation is successful, brasero will actually burn the disc after pausing for 10 seconds. During this pause it will show a dialog in which you can cancel the actual burning. This is useful for testing, if you are having problems burning discs.
en_GB: Select this option to simulate the burning process; no real burn is performed. If this operation is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will actually burn the disc after pausing for 10 seconds. During this pause it will show a dialogue in which you can cancel the actual burning. This is useful for testing, if you are having problems burning discs.

en: If you start the burning process without a CD or DVD in the burning device, <application>Brasero</application> will create a image file on the hard disk that you can lately burn.
en_GB: If you start the burning process without a CD or DVD in the burning device, <application>Brasero</application> will create a image file on the hard disk that you can later burn.

en: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the <guilabel>Disc image file properties</guilabel> dialog. In the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box, type the name of the image file, from the <guilabel>Image type</guilabel> drop-down list select the type of image to use.
en_GB: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the <guilabel>Disc image file properties</guilabel> dialogue. In the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box, type the name of the image file, from the <guilabel>Image type</guilabel> drop-down list select the type of image to use.

en: Erasing or blanking a CD or DVD means to delete all the data that the CD or the DVD contains. <application>Brasero</application> is able to erase the following CD and DVD formats: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: Erasing or blanking a CD or DVD mean deleting all the data that the CD or the DVD contains. <application>Brasero</application> is able to erase the following CD and DVD formats: <placeholder-1/>

en: In general, <application>Brasero</application> can support all of the media formats supported by your own CD/DVD recorder.
en_GB: In general, <application>Brasero</application> can support all of the media formats supported by your CD/DVD recorder.

en: From the menu bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Erase...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Disc blanking</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: From the menu bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Erase...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Disc blanking</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: Click on the <guilabel>None</guilabel> button under the previously mentioned option and select an MD5 file, usually ending with the <filename>.md5</filename> extension.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>None</guilabel> button under the previously-mentioned option and select an MD5 file, usually ending with the <filename>.md5</filename> extension.

en: If the integrity check is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will notify you with a <guilabel>File integrity check success</guilabel> dialog; otherwise, the <guilabel>File integrity check error</guilabel> dialog will be displayed.
en_GB: If the integrity check is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will notify you with a <guilabel>File integrity check success</guilabel> dialogue; otherwise, the <guilabel>File integrity check error</guilabel> dialogue will be displayed.

en: The cover editor lets you select the font, the alignment and the colors for all the texts and the background properties of front and the back cover.
en_GB: The cover editor lets you select the font, the alignment and the colours for all the text and the background properties of the front and the back cover.

en: To set the properties of the covers, right-click on one of the covers and choose <guimenuitem>Set background properties</guimenuitem> to open the <guilabel>Background Properties</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: To set the properties of the covers, right-click on one of the covers and choose <guimenuitem>Set background properties</guimenuitem> to open the <guilabel>Background Properties</guilabel> dialogue.

en: It is possible to fill the background with an image or with a color or gradient.
en_GB: It is possible to fill the background with an image, or with a solid colour or gradient.

en: From <guilabel>Image path</guilabel> select the image from you hard disk.
en_GB: From <guilabel>Image path</guilabel> select the image from your hard disk.

en: From the <guilabel>Color</guilabel> drop-down list select the kind of fill you want to use for the background.
en_GB: From the <guilabel>Colour</guilabel> drop-down list select the kind of fill you want to use for the background.

en: Use the button on the right to open the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog to select the color.
en_GB: Use the button on the right to open the <guilabel>Pick a Colour</guilabel> dialogue to select the colour.

en: If you select a gradient, there will be two buttons for the color chooser. The one on the left is the starting point of the gradient, the one on the right the end point.
en_GB: If you select a gradient, there will be two buttons for the colour chooser. The one on the left is the starting point of the gradient, the one on the right the end point.

en: To fill the background with a color or gradient: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>
en_GB: To fill the background with a colour or gradient: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>

en: Content #
en_GB: Content

en: _Adapter
en_GB: _Adaptor

en: S_ort By
en_GB: S_ort by

en: Configure selected plugin's preferences
en_GB: Configure selected plug-in's preferences

en: Bluetooth needs to be turned on for the adapter manager to work
en_GB: Bluetooth needs to be turned on for the adaptor manager to work

en: Authorization request for:
en_GB: Authorisation request for:

en: Disconnection Failed:
en_GB: Disconnection failed:

en: Plugin <b>"%(0)s"</b> depends on <b>%(1)s</b>. Unloading <b>%(1)s</b> will also unload <b>"%(0)s"</b>.
    Proceed?
en_GB: Plug-in <b>"%(0)s"</b> depends on <b>%(1)s</b>. Unloading <b>%(1)s</b> will also unload <b>"%(0)s"</b>.
    Proceed?

en: Plugin <b>%(0)s</b> conflicts with <b>%(1)s</b>. Loading <b>%(1)s</b> will unload <b>%(0)s</b>.
    Proceed?
en_GB: Plug-in <b>%(0)s</b> conflicts with <b>%(1)s</b>. Loading <b>%(1)s</b> will unload <b>%(0)s</b>.
    Proceed?

en: Adapter selection
en_GB: Adaptor selection

en: Digitizer Tablet
en_GB: Digitiser Tablet

en: Color Light Sensor
en_GB: Colour Light Sensor

en: Vehicle Tire Pressure Sensor
en_GB: Vehicle Tyre Pressure Sensor

en: Generic Motorized Device
en_GB: Generic Motorised Device

en: Motorized Gate
en_GB: Motorised Gate

en: Multi-Color LED Array
en_GB: Multi-Colour LED Array

en: Generic Motorized Vehicle
en_GB: Generic Motorised Vehicle

en: Bluray Player
en_GB: Blu-ray Player

en: Adapter for this connection is not available
en_GB: Adaptor for this connection is not available

en: Please make sure that directory "<b>%s</b>" exists or configure it with blueman-services. Until then the default "%s" will be used
en_GB: Please make sure that directory ‘<b>%s</b>’ exists or configure it with blueman-services. Until then the default ‘%s’ will be used

en: Toggle the manager on clicking the system tray icon
en_GB: Toggle the manager by clicking the system tray icon

en: Adap_ters
en_GB: Adap_tors

en: Provides a menu item for making the default adapter temporarily visible when it is set to hidden by default
en_GB: Provides a menu item for making the default adaptor temporarily visible when it is set to hidden by default

en: Make the default adapter temporarily visible
en_GB: Make the default adaptor temporarily visible

en: Provides a menu for the applet and an API for other plugins to manipulate it
en_GB: Provides a menu for the applet and an API for other plug-ins to manipulate it

en: <span size="small">The following arguments will be passed:
    Address, Name, service name, uuid16s, rfcomm node
    For example:
    AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF, Phone, DUN service, 0x1103, /dev/rfcomm0
    uuid16s are returned as a comma separated list
    
    Upon device disconnection the script will be sent a HUP signal</span>
en_GB: <span size="small">The following arguments will be passed:
    Address, Name, service name, uuid16s, rfcomm node
    For example:
    AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF, Phone, DUN service, 0x1103, /dev/rfcomm0
    uuid16s are returned as a comma-separated list
    
    Upon device disconnection, the script will be sent a HUP signal</span>

en: Turn off all adapters
en_GB: Turn off all adaptors

en: Turn on all adapters
en_GB: Turn on all adaptors

en: IP address overlaps with subnet of interface %s, which has the following configuration  %s/%s
    This may cause incorrect network behavior
en_GB: IP address overlaps with subnet of interface %s, which has the following configuration  %s/%s
    This may cause incorrect network behaviour

en: Not currently supported with this setup
en_GB: Not currently supported with this set-up

en: Applet's transfer service plugin is disabled
en_GB: Applet's transfer service plug-in is disabled

en: Connect an external Bluetooth adapter
en_GB: Connect an external Bluetooth adaptor

[ctx: Button to trust a bluetooth remote device and authorize it to connect]
en: Trust and Authorize
en_GB: Trust and Authorise

[ctx: Button to authorize a bluetooth remote device to connect]
en: Authorize Only
en_GB: Authorise Only

en: Page Color and Background...
en_GB: Page Colour and Background...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_urlCachingEnabled)
en: Enable URL caching in the "Add Link" dialog
en_GB: Enable URL caching in the "Add Link" dialogue

en: Custom color set to use
en_GB: Custom colour set to use

en: 01 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 01 - Theme Colour Set

en: 02 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 02 - Theme Colour Set

en: 03 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 03 - Theme Colour Set

en: 04 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 04 - Theme Colour Set

en: 05 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 05 - Theme Colour Set

en: 06 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 06 - Theme Colour Set

en: 07 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 07 - Theme Colour Set

en: 08 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 08 - Theme Colour Set

en: 09 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 09 - Theme Colour Set

en: 10 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 10 - Theme Colour Set

en: 11 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 11 - Theme Colour Set

en: 12 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 12 - Theme Colour Set

en: 13 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 13 - Theme Colour Set

en: 14 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 14 - Theme Colour Set

en: 15 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 15 - Theme Colour Set

en: 16 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 16 - Theme Colour Set

en: 17 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 17 - Theme Colour Set

en: 18 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 18 - Theme Colour Set

en: 19 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 19 - Theme Colour Set

en: 20 - Theme Color Set
en_GB: 20 - Theme Colour Set

en: Custom Color Set
en_GB: Custom Colour Set

en: Copy of the colors associated with the group's color set
en_GB: Copy of the colours associated with the group's colour set

en: Color set is user-defined instead of a fixed theme color set
en_GB: Colour set is user-defined instead of a fixed theme colour set

en: Kernels can be optimized based on scene content. Optimized kernels are requested at the start of a render. If optimized kernels are not available, rendering will proceed using generic kernels until the optimized set is available in the cache. This can result in additional CPU usage for a brief time (tens of seconds)
en_GB: Kernels can be optimised based on scene content. Optimised kernels are requested at the start of a render. If optimised kernels are not available, rendering will proceed using generic kernels until the optimised set is available in the cache. This can result in additional CPU usage for a brief time (tens of seconds)

en: Optimize only intersection kernels. Faster rendering, negligible extra background CPU usage
en_GB: Optimise only intersection kernels. Faster rendering, negligible extra background CPU usage

en: Optimize all kernels. Fastest rendering, may result in extra background CPU usage
en_GB: Optimise all kernels. Fastest rendering, may result in extra background CPU usage

en: Warn Msgid Not Capitalized
en_GB: Warn Msgid Not Capitalised

en: Warn about messages not starting by a capitalized letter (with a few allowed exceptions!)
en_GB: Warn about messages not starting by a capitalised letter (with a few allowed exceptions!)

en: The strip values are combined with accumulated results by appropriately using addition, multiplication, or quaternion math, based on channel type
en_GB: The strip values are combined with accumulated results by appropriately using addition, multiplication, or quaternion maths, based on channel type

en: Emphasize position of keyframes on Motion Paths
en_GB: Emphasise position of keyframes on Motion Paths

en: RGBA color with 32-bit floating-point values
en_GB: RGBA colour with 32-bit floating-point values

en: Byte Color
en_GB: Byte Colour

en: RGBA color with 8-bit positive integer values
en_GB: RGBA colour with 8-bit positive integer values

en: Byte Color Attribute
en_GB: Byte Colour Attribute

en: Geometry attribute that stores RGBA colors as positive integer values using 8-bits per channel
en_GB: Geometry attribute that stores RGBA colours as positive integer values using 8-bits per channel

en: Float Color Attribute
en_GB: Float Colour Attribute

en: Geometry attribute that stores RGBA colors as floating-point values using 32-bits per channel
en_GB: Geometry attribute that stores RGBA colours as floating-point values using 32-bits per channel

en: Active Color
en_GB: Active Colour

en: Active color attribute for display and editing
en_GB: Active colour attribute for display and editing

en: Active Color Index
en_GB: Active Colour Index

en: Active color attribute index
en_GB: Active colour attribute index

en: Active Color Attribute
en_GB: Active Colour Attribute

en: The name of the active color attribute for display and editing
en_GB: The name of the active colour attribute for display and editing

en: Default Color Attribute
en_GB: Default Colour Attribute

en: The name of the default color attribute used as a fallback for rendering
en_GB: The name of the default colour attribute used as a fallback for rendering

en: Active Render Color Index
en_GB: Active Render Colour Index

en: The index of the color attribute used as a fallback for rendering
en_GB: The index of the colour attribute used as a fallback for rendering

en: Bake to the active color attribute on meshes
en_GB: Bake to the active colour attribute on meshes

en: Color the pass
en_GB: Colour the pass

en: Blendfile import context has been initialized and filled with a list of items to import, no data has been linked or appended yet
en_GB: Blendfile import context has been initialised and filled with a list of items to import, no data has been linked or appended yet

en: Move to center of neighbors and match their velocity
en_GB: Move to centre of neighbours and match their velocity

en: How fast velocity's direction is randomized
en_GB: How fast velocity's direction is randomised

en: Bones assigned to this bone collection. In armature edit mode this will always return an empty list of bones, as the bone collection memberships are only synchronized when exiting edit mode.
en_GB: Bones assigned to this bone collection. In armature edit mode this will always return an empty list of bones, as the bone collection memberships are only synchronised when exiting edit mode.

en: Color Set ID
en_GB: Colour Set ID

en: Color set specifying bone colors for this group
en_GB: Colour set specifying bone colours for this group

en: Theme color or custom color of a bone
en_GB: Theme colour or custom colour of a bone

en: The custom bone colors, used when palette is 'CUSTOM'
en_GB: The custom bone colours, used when palette is 'CUSTOM'

en: Use Custom Color
en_GB: Use Custom Colour

en: A color palette is user-defined, instead of using a theme-defined one
en_GB: A colour palette is user-defined, instead of using a theme-defined one

en: Color palette to use
en_GB: Colour palette to use

en: Has Color
en_GB: Has Colour

en: Has Secondary Color
en_GB: Has Secondary Colour

en: Vertex Color
en_GB: Vertex Colour

en: Use always Vertex Color mode
en_GB: Use always Vertex Colour mode

en: Threshold to consider color transparent for filling
en_GB: Threshold to consider colour transparent for filling

en: Gradient from the center of Dot and Box strokes (set to 1 for a solid stroke)
en_GB: Gradient from the centre of Dot and Box strokes (set to 1 for a solid stroke)

en: Color strength for new strokes (affect alpha factor of color)
en_GB: Colour strength for new strokes (affect alpha factor of colour)

en: Do not display fill color while drawing the stroke
en_GB: Do not display fill colour while drawing the stroke

en: The brush affects the color strength of the point
en_GB: The brush affects the colour strength of the point

en: Use Stabilizer
en_GB: Use Stabiliser

en: Use tablet pressure for color strength
en_GB: Use tablet pressure for colour strength

en: Vertex Color Factor
en_GB: Vertex Colour Factor

en: Factor used to mix vertex color to get final color
en_GB: Factor used to mix vertex colour to get final colour

en: Defines how vertex color affect to the strokes
en_GB: Defines how vertex colour affect to the strokes

en: Vertex Color affects to Stroke only
en_GB: Vertex Colour affects to Stroke only

en: Vertex Color affects to Fill only
en_GB: Vertex Colour affects to Fill only

en: Vertex Color affects to Stroke and Fill
en_GB: Vertex Colour affects to Stroke and Fill

en: Byte Color Attribute Value
en_GB: Byte Colour Attribute Value

en: Color value in geometry attribute
en_GB: Colour value in geometry attribute

en: RGBA color in scene linear color space
en_GB: RGBA colour in scene linear colour space

en: RGBA color in sRGB color space
en_GB: RGBA colour in sRGB colour space

en: Image opacity to blend the image against the background color
en_GB: Image opacity to blend the image against the background colour

en: Color management specific to display device
en_GB: Colour management specific to display device

en: Input color space settings
en_GB: Input colour space settings

en: Treat image as non-color data without color management, like normal or displacement maps
en_GB: Treat image as non-colour data without colour management, like normal or displacement maps

en: Input Color Space
en_GB: Input Colour Space

en: Color space in the image file, to convert to and from when saving and loading the image
en_GB: Colour space in the image file, to convert to and from when saving and loading the image

en: Non-Color
en_GB: Non-Colour

en: Generic data that is not color, will not apply any color transform (e.g. normal maps)
en_GB: Generic data that is not colour, will not apply any colour transform (e.g. normal maps)

en: Do not perform any color transform on load, treat colors as in scene linear space already
en_GB: Do not perform any colour transform on load, treat colours as in scene linear space already

en: Color space that the sequencer operates in
en_GB: Colour space that the sequencer operates in

en: Color management settings used for displaying images on the display
en_GB: Colour management settings used for displaying images on the display

en: Color curve mapping applied before display transform
en_GB: Colour curve mapping applied before display transform

en: Enable high dynamic range display in rendered viewport, uncapping display brightness. This requires a monitor with HDR support and a view transform designed for HDR. 'Filmic' and 'AgX' do not generate HDR colors.
en_GB: Enable high dynamic range display in rendered viewport, uncapping display brightness. This requires a monitor with HDR support and a view transform designed for HDR. 'Filmic' and 'AgX' do not generate HDR colours.

en: Do not perform any color transform on display, use old non-color managed technique for display
en_GB: Do not perform any colour transform on display, use old non-colour managed technique for display

en: Color temperature of the scene's white point
en_GB: Colour temperature of the scene's white point

en: Color tint of the scene's white point (the default of 10 matches daylight)
en_GB: Colour tint of the scene's white point (the default of 10 matches daylight)

en: The color which gets mapped to white (automatically converted to/from temperature and tint)
en_GB: The colour which gets mapped to white (automatically converted to/from temperature and tint)

en: Color Mapping
en_GB: Colour Mapping

en: Color mapping settings
en_GB: Colour mapping settings

en: Blend color to mix with texture output color
en_GB: Blend colour to mix with texture output colour

en: Mode used to mix with texture output color
en_GB: Mode used to mix with texture output colour

en: Color Ramp
en_GB: Colour Ramp

en: Adjust the saturation of colors in the texture
en_GB: Adjust the saturation of colours in the texture

en: Use Color Ramp
en_GB: Use Colour Ramp

en: Toggle color ramp operations
en_GB: Toggle colour ramp operations

en: Color ramp mapping a scalar value to a color
en_GB: Colour ramp mapping a scalar value to a colour

en: Set color mode to use for interpolation
en_GB: Set colour mode to use for interpolation

en: Color Interpolation
en_GB: Colour Interpolation

en: Set color interpolation
en_GB: Set colour interpolation

en: Set interpolation between color stops
en_GB: Set interpolation between colour stops

en: Color Ramp Element
en_GB: Colour Ramp Element

en: Element defining a color at a position in the color ramp
en_GB: Element defining a colour at a position in the colour ramp

en: Set alpha of selected color stop
en_GB: Set alpha of selected colour stop

en: Set color of selected color stop
en_GB: Set colour of selected colour stop

en: Set position of selected color stop
en_GB: Set position of selected colour stop

en: Color Ramp Elements
en_GB: Colour Ramp Elements

en: Collection of Color Ramp Elements
en_GB: Collection of Colour Ramp Elements

en: Curve mapping to map color, vector and scalar values to other values using a user defined curve
en_GB: Curve mapping to map colour, vector and scalar values to other values using a user defined curve

en: For RGB curves, the color that black is mapped to
en_GB: For RGB curves, the colour that black is mapped to

en: For RGB curves, the color that white is mapped to
en_GB: For RGB curves, the colour that white is mapped to

en: Random id for this instance, typically for randomized shading
en_GB: Random id for this instance, typically for randomised shading

en: Center Action Safe Margins
en_GB: Centre Action Safe Margins

en: Center Title Safe Margins
en_GB: Centre Title Safe Margins

en: Paint Color
en_GB: Paint Colour

en: Color of the paint
en_GB: Colour of the paint

en: Paint Color Ramp
en_GB: Paint Colour Ramp

en: Color ramp used to define proximity falloff
en_GB: Colour ramp used to define proximity falloff

en: Object Center
en_GB: Object Centre

[ctx: Brush]
en: Color Ramp
en_GB: Colour Ramp

en: Only read color ramp alpha
en_GB: Only read colour ramp alpha

en: Multiply brush influence by velocity color ramp alpha
en_GB: Multiply brush influence by velocity colour ramp alpha

en: Replace brush color by velocity color ramp
en_GB: Replace brush colour by velocity colour ramp

en: Velocity Color Ramp
en_GB: Velocity Colour Ramp

en: Color ramp used to define brush velocity effect
en_GB: Colour ramp used to define brush velocity effect

en: Color Dry
en_GB: Colour Dry

en: The wetness level when colors start to shift to the background
en_GB: The wetness level when colours start to shift to the background

en: Color Spread
en_GB: Colour Spread

en: How fast colors get mixed within wet paint
en_GB: How fast colours get mixed within wet paint

en: Initial color of the surface
en_GB: Initial colour of the surface

en: Multiply color by alpha (recommended for Blender input)
en_GB: Multiply colour by alpha (recommended for Blender input)

en: Color of the F-Curve in the Graph Editor
en_GB: Colour of the F-Curve in the Graph Editor

en: Method used to determine color of F-Curve in Graph Editor
en_GB: Method used to determine colour of F-Curve in Graph Editor

en: Cycle through the rainbow, trying to give each curve a unique color
en_GB: Cycle through the rainbow, trying to give each curve a unique colour

en: Use axis colors for transform and color properties, and auto-rainbow for the rest
en_GB: Use axis colours for transform and colour properties, and auto-rainbow for the rest

en: Use axis colors for XYZ parts of transform, and yellow for the 'W' channel
en_GB: Use axis colours for XYZ parts of transform, and yellow for the 'W' channel

en: Use custom hand-picked color for F-Curve
en_GB: Use custom hand-picked colour for F-Curve

en: Generate a curve using a factorized or expanded polynomial
en_GB: Generate a curve using a factorised or expanded polynomial

en: Generate a curve using standard math functions such as sin and cos
en_GB: Generate a curve using standard maths functions such as sin and cos

en: Value that envelope's influence is centered around / based on
en_GB: Value that envelope's influence is centred around / based on

en: Normalized Sine
en_GB: Normalised Sine

en: Factorized Polynomial
en_GB: Factorised Polynomial

en: Field originates from the object center
en_GB: Field originates from the object centre

en: Radial field toward the center of object
en_GB: Radial field toward the centre of object

en: Float Color Attribute Value
en_GB: Float Colour Attribute Value

en: Margin added around fluid to minimize boundary interference
en_GB: Margin added around fluid to minimise boundary interference

en: Maximal velocity per cell (greater CFL numbers will minimize the number of simulation steps and the computation time.)
en_GB: Maximal velocity per cell (greater CFL numbers will minimise the number of simulation steps and the computation time.)

en: Value under which voxels are considered empty space to optimize rendering
en_GB: Value under which voxels are considered empty space to optimise rendering

en: Color Grid
en_GB: Colour Grid

en: Smoke color grid
en_GB: Smoke colour grid

en: Simulation field to color map
en_GB: Simulation field to colour map

en: Multiplier for scaling the selected field to color map
en_GB: Multiplier for scaling the selected field to colour map

en: Smoke Color
en_GB: Smoke Colour

en: Color of smoke emitted from burning fuel
en_GB: Colour of smoke emitted from burning fuel

en: Color Gridlines
en_GB: Colour Gridlines

en: Simulation field to color map onto gridlines
en_GB: Simulation field to colour map onto gridlines

en: Highlight the voxels with values of the color mapped field within the range
en_GB: Highlight the voxels with values of the colour mapped field within the range

en: Color used to highlight the range
en_GB: Colour used to highlight the range

en: Visualize vector fields
en_GB: Visualise vector fields

en: Render a simulation field while mapping its voxels values to the colors of a ramp or using a predefined color code
en_GB: Render a simulation field while mapping its voxels values to the colours of a ramp or using a predefined colour code

en: Color of smoke
en_GB: Colour of smoke

en: Generated coordinates centered to flow object
en_GB: Generated coordinates centred to flow object

en: Color of the corresponding socket type in the node editor
en_GB: Colour of the corresponding socket type in the node editor

en: After Color
en_GB: After Colour

en: Base color for ghosts after the active frame
en_GB: Base colour for ghosts after the active frame

en: Before Color
en_GB: Before Colour

en: Base color for ghosts before the active frame
en_GB: Base colour for ghosts before the active frame

en: Custom Onion Skin Colors
en_GB: Custom Onion Skin Colours

en: Use custom colors for onion skinning instead of the theme
en_GB: Use custom colours for onion skinning instead of the theme

en: Color for all strokes in this layer
en_GB: Colour for all strokes in this layer

en: Color Attributes
en_GB: Colour Attributes

en: Geometry color attributes
en_GB: Geometry colour attributes

en: Channel Color
en_GB: Channel Colour

en: Color of the channel in the dope sheet
en_GB: Colour of the channel in the dope sheet

en: Tint Color
en_GB: Tint Colour

en: Color for tinting stroke colors
en_GB: Colour for tinting stroke colours

en: Factor of tinting color
en_GB: Factor of tinting colour

en: Reset color tag
en_GB: Reset colour tag

en: Color tag 1
en_GB: Colour tag 1

en: Color tag 2
en_GB: Colour tag 2

en: Color tag 3
en_GB: Colour tag 3

en: Color tag 4
en_GB: Colour tag 4

en: Color tag 5
en_GB: Colour tag 5

en: Color tag 6
en_GB: Colour tag 6

en: Color tag 7
en_GB: Colour tag 7

en: Color tag 8
en_GB: Colour tag 8

en: Statistical view of the levels of color in an image
en_GB: Statistical view of the levels of colour in an image

en: Finalize Script
en_GB: Finalise Script

en: Ratio between the brush radius and the radius that is going to be used to sample the area center
en_GB: Ratio between the brush radius and the radius that is going to be used to sample the area centre

en: Applies the deformation in a localized area limited by the brush radius
en_GB: Applies the deformation in a localised area limited by the brush radius

en: Apply brush influence in a Sphere, outwards from the center
en_GB: Apply brush influence in a Sphere, outwards from the centre

[ctx: GPencil]
en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

en: Stabilize Normal
en_GB: Stabilise Normal

en: Stabilize the orientation of the brush plane.
en_GB: Stabilise the orientation of the brush plane.

en: Stabilize Plane
en_GB: Stabilise Plane

en: Stabilize the center of the brush plane.
en_GB: Stabilise the centre of the brush plane.

en: Projection onto a virtual cylinder from its center, similar as a rotating panoramic camera
en_GB: Projection onto a virtual cylinder from its centre, similar as a rotating panoramic camera

en: Display center composition guide inside the camera view
en_GB: Display centre composition guide inside the camera view

en: Center Diagonal
en_GB: Centre Diagonal

en: Display diagonal center composition guide inside the camera view
en_GB: Display diagonal centre composition guide inside the camera view

en: Show Center-Cut Safe Areas
en_GB: Show Centre-Cut Safe Areas

en: Text horizontal alignment from the object or text box center
en_GB: Text horizontal alignment from the object or text box centre

en: Center text
en_GB: Centre text

en: Text vertical alignment from the object center
en_GB: Text vertical alignment from the object centre

en: Silhouettes and border edges are centered along stroke geometry
en_GB: Silhouettes and border edges are centred along stroke geometry

en: Display transparent cone in 3D view to visualize which objects are contained in it
en_GB: Display transparent cone in 3D view to visualise which objects are contained in it

en: Ratio of front-facing surface hits under which a grid sample will reuse neighbors grid sample lighting
en_GB: Ratio of front-facing surface hits under which a grid sample will reuse neighbours grid sample lighting

en: Randomize rotation around the chosen orientation axis
en_GB: Randomise rotation around the chosen orientation axis

en: Randomize particle orientation
en_GB: Randomise particle orientation

en: An area is maximized, filling this screen
en_GB: An area is maximised, filling this screen

en: 10-bit color channels
en_GB: 10-bit colour channels

en: 12-bit color channels
en_GB: 12-bit colour channels

en: 16-bit color channels
en_GB: 16-bit colour channels

en: Stroke Center
en_GB: Stroke Centre

en: Random Center
en_GB: Random Centre

en: Randomness of the center
en_GB: Randomness of the centre

en: Batch Change Math Operation
en_GB: Batch Change Maths Operation

en: Merge Selected Nodes using Math
en_GB: Merge Selected Nodes using Maths

en: Polygon Center
en_GB: Polygon Centre

en: Center of this face
en_GB: Centre of this face

en: Mesh Visualize Statistics
en_GB: Mesh Visualise Statistics

en: Type of data to visualize/check
en_GB: Type of data to visualise/check

en: Normalized quaternion rotation
en_GB: Normalised quaternion rotation

en: Randomize the faces or edges during build
en_GB: Randomise the faces or edges during build

en: Control object: if available, its location determines the center of the effect
en_GB: Control object: if available, its location determines the centre of the effect

en: Only deform vertices within this distance from the center of the effect (leave as 0 for infinite.)
en_GB: Only deform vertices within this distance from the centre of the effect (leave as 0 for infinite.)

en: Copy from nearest face (using center points)
en_GB: Copy from nearest face (using centre points)

en: Only Neighbor Geometry
en_GB: Only Neighbour Geometry

en: Hook Center
en_GB: Hook Centre

en: Ignore points on the stroke that deviate from their neighbors by more than this angle when determining the extrapolation shape
en_GB: Ignore points on the stroke that deviate from their neighbours by more than this angle when determining the extrapolation shape

en: Object used as center
en_GB: Object used as centre

en: Fade center
en_GB: Fade centre

en: Randomize every number of frames
en_GB: Randomise every number of frames

en: Randomize on keyframes only
en_GB: Randomise on keyframes only

en: Randomize stroke offset
en_GB: Randomise stroke offset

en: Center of the hook, used for falloff and display
en_GB: Centre of the hook, used for falloff and display

en: Improve and stabilize the enhanced shape
en_GB: Improve and stabilise the enhanced shape

en: Mirror the texture coordinate around each tile center
en_GB: Mirror the texture coordinate around each tile centre

en: Offset from object's center
en_GB: Offset from object's centre

en: Use same direction for all normals, from origin to target's center (Directional mode only)
en_GB: Use same direction for all normals, from origin to target's centre (Directional mode only)

en: Randomize position along path
en_GB: Randomise position along path

en: Randomize rotation around path
en_GB: Randomise rotation around path

en: Custom data layer name for the randomized value
en_GB: Custom data layer name for the randomised value

en: Offset the thickness from the center
en_GB: Offset the thickness from the centre

en: UV Center
en_GB: UV Centre

en: Center point for rotate/scale
en_GB: Centre point for rotate/scale

en: Normalize Weights
en_GB: Normalise Weights

en: Normalize the resulting weights (otherwise they are only clamped within 0.0 to 1.0 range)
en_GB: Normalise the resulting weights (otherwise they are only clamped within 0.0 to 1.0 range)

en: Object which defines the wave center
en_GB: Object which defines the wave centre

en: Optical center of lens
en_GB: Optical centre of lens

en: Optical center of lens in pixels
en_GB: Optical centre of lens in pixels

en: Marker position at frame in normalized coordinates
en_GB: Marker position at frame in normalised coordinates

en: Pattern area bounding box in normalized coordinates
en_GB: Pattern area bounding box in normalised coordinates

en: Array of coordinates which represents pattern's corners in normalized coordinates relative to marker position
en_GB: Array of coordinates which represents pattern's corners in normalised coordinates relative to marker position

en: Right-bottom corner of search area in normalized coordinates relative to marker position
en_GB: Right-bottom corner of search area in normalised coordinates relative to marker position

en: Left-bottom corner of search area in normalized coordinates relative to marker position
en_GB: Left-bottom corner of search area in normalised coordinates relative to marker position

en: Array of coordinates which represents UI rectangle corners in frame normalized coordinates
en_GB: Array of coordinates which represents UI rectangle corners in frame normalised coordinates

en: Normalize light intensities while tracking (slower)
en_GB: Normalise light intensities while tracking (slower)

en: No interpolation, use nearest neighbor pixel
en_GB: No interpolation, use nearest neighbour pixel

en: Stabilize Rotation
en_GB: Stabilise Rotation

en: Stabilize detected rotation around center of frame
en_GB: Stabilise detected rotation around centre of frame

en: Stabilize Scale
en_GB: Stabilise Scale

en: Compensate any scale changes relative to center of rotation
en_GB: Compensate any scale changes relative to centre of rotation

en: How much to eliminate spurious edges to avoid artifacts (the larger value makes less active; the value 2.0, for example, means discard a detected edge if there is a neighboring edge that has 2.0 times bigger contrast than the current one). (Deprecated: Use Contrast Limit input instead.)
en_GB: How much to eliminate spurious edges to avoid artifacts (the larger value makes less active; the value 2.0, for example, means discard a detected edge if there is a neighbouring edge that has 2.0 times bigger contrast than the current one)

en: Tolerance below which colors will be considered as exact matches. (Deprecated: Use Minimum input instead.)
en_GB: Tolerance below which colours will be considered as exact matches

en: Tolerance for a color to be considered a keying color. (Deprecated: Use Maximum input instead.)
en_GB: Tolerance for a colour to be considered a keying colour. (Deprecated, use Maximum input instead.)

en: Color Key
en_GB: Colour Key

en: Create matte using a given color, for green or blue screen footage
en_GB: Create matte using a given colour, for green or blue screen footage

en: Hue tolerance for colors to be considered a keying color. (Deprecated: Use Hue input instead.)
en_GB: Hue tolerance for colours to be considered a keying colour. (Deprecated: Use Hue input instead.)

en: Saturation tolerance for the color. (Deprecated: Use Saturation input instead.)
en_GB: Saturation tolerance for the colour. (Deprecated: Use Saturation input instead.)

en: Value tolerance for the color. (Deprecated: Use Value input instead.)
en_GB: Value tolerance for the colour. (Deprecated: Use Value input instead.)

en: Color Spill
en_GB: Colour Spill

en: Remove colors from a blue or green screen, by reducing one RGB channel compared to the others
en_GB: Remove colours from a blue or green screen, by reducing one RGB channel compared to the others

en: Threshold for detecting pixels to despeckle. (Deprecated: Use Color Threshold input instead.)
en_GB: Threshold for detecting pixels to despeckle. (Deprecated: Use Colour Threshold input instead.)

en: Threshold for the number of neighbor pixels that must match. (Deprecated: Use Neighbor Threshold instead.)
en_GB: Threshold for the number of neighbour pixels must match. (Deprecated: Use Neighbour Threshold instead.)

en: Color distances below this additional threshold are partially keyed. (Deprecated: Use Falloff input instead.)
en_GB: Colour distances below this additional threshold are partially keyed. (Deprecated: Use Falloff input instead.)

en: Color distances below this threshold are keyed. (Deprecated: Use Tolerance input instead.)
en_GB: Colour distances below this threshold are keyed. (Deprecated: Use Tolerance input instead.)

en: Invert Color
en_GB: Invert Colour

en: Perform both chroma keying (to remove the backdrop) and despill (to correct color cast from the backdrop)
en_GB: Perform both chroma keying (to remove the backdrop) and despill (to correct colour cast from the backdrop)

en: Balance between non-key colors used to detect amount of key color to be removed. (Deprecated: Use Despill Balance input instead.)
en_GB: Balance between non-key colours used to detect amount of key colour to be removed

en: Factor of despilling screen color from image. (Deprecated: Use Despill Strength input instead.)
en_GB: Factor of despilling screen colour from image. (Deprecated: Use Despill Strength input instead.)

en: Apply smoothing filter that preserves edges, for stylized and painterly effects
en_GB: Apply smoothing filter that preserves edges, for stylised and painterly effects

en: Perform math operations
en_GB: Perform maths operations

en: Stabilize 2D
en_GB: Stabilise 2D

en: Stabilize footage using 2D stabilization motion tracking settings
en_GB: Stabilise footage using 2D stabilisation motion tracking settings

en: Visualize data from inside a node graph, in the image editor or as a backdrop
en_GB: Visualise data from inside a node graph, in the image editor or as a backdrop

en: Bit Math
en_GB: Bit Maths

en: Boolean Math
en_GB: Boolean Maths

en: Integer Math
en_GB: Integer Maths

en: Mix attribute values of neighboring elements
en_GB: Mix attribute values of neighbouring elements

en: Edge Neighbors
en_GB: Edge Neighbours

en: Face Neighbors
en_GB: Face Neighbours

en: Vertex Neighbors
en_GB: Vertex Neighbours

en: Realize Instances
en_GB: Realise Instances

en: Delete an attribute with a specified name from a geometry. Typically used to optimize performance
en_GB: Delete an attribute with a specified name from a geometry. Typically used to optimise performance

en: How to interpolate the values between neighboring voxels
en_GB: How to interpolate the values between neighbouring voxels

en: Scale individual faces or neighboring face islands
en_GB: Scale individual faces or neighbouring face islands

en: Scale individual edges or neighboring edge islands
en_GB: Scale individual edges or neighbouring edge islands

en: Align text to the center
en_GB: Align text to the centre

en: Reflection and transmission shaders optimized for hair rendering
en_GB: Reflection and transmission shaders optimised for hair rendering

en: Normalize outputs to 0.0 to 1.0 range
en_GB: Normalise outputs to 0.0 to 1.0 range

en: Smoothed version of F1. Weighted sum of neighbor voronoi cells.
en_GB: Smoothed version of F1. Weighted sum of neighbour voronoi cells.

en: Normalize output Distance to 0.0 to 1.0 range
en_GB: Normalise output Distance to 0.0 to 1.0 range

en: Vector Math
en_GB: Vector Maths

en: Perform vector math operation
en_GB: Perform vector maths operation

en: Reflect A around the normal B. B doesn't need to be normalized.
en_GB: Reflect A around the normal B. B doesn't need to be normalised.

[ctx: NodeTree]
en: Normalize
en_GB: Normalise

en: Normalize A
en_GB: Normalise A

en: Rotate a vector around a pivot point (center)
en_GB: Rotate a vector around a pivot point (centre)

en: Print a message when the terminal initializes
en_GB: Print a message when the terminal initialises

en: Normalize weights of all target bones
en_GB: Normalise weights of all target bones

[ctx: Operator]
en: Normalize Weights
en_GB: Normalise Weights

en: Randomize objects location, rotation, and scale
en_GB: Randomise objects location, rotation, and scale

[ctx: Operator]
en: Randomize Transform
en_GB: Randomise Transform

en: Randomize the UV island's location, rotation, and scale
en_GB: Randomise the UV island's location, rotation, and scale

[ctx: Operator]
en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

en: Stabilize Stroke
en_GB: Stabilise Stroke

[ctx: Operator]
en: Symmetrize
en_GB: Symmetrise

en: Cursor location in normalized clip coordinates
en_GB: Cursor location in normalised clip coordinates

[ctx: Operator]
en: Center Current Frame
en_GB: Centre Current Frame

en: Scroll view so current frame would be centered
en_GB: Scroll view so current frame would be centred

en: Mouse location in normalized coordinates, 0.0 to 1.0 is within the image bounds
en_GB: Mouse location in normalised coordinates, 0.0 to 1.0 is within the image bounds

[ctx: Operator]
en: Center View to Cursor
en_GB: Centre View to Cursor

en: Center the view so that the cursor is in the middle of the view
en_GB: Centre the view so that the cursor is in the middle of the view

en: Cursor location in normalized (0.0 to 1.0) coordinates
en_GB: Cursor location in normalised (0.0 to 1.0) coordinates

en: Randomizes existing selection or create new random selection
en_GB: Randomises existing selection or create new random selection

en: Center in global view space
en_GB: Centre in global view space

en: Prioritize Active Color
en_GB: Prioritise Active Colour

en: Export at Collection Center
en_GB: Export at Collection Centre

en: Export at Collection center of mass of root objects of the collection
en_GB: Export at Collection centre of mass of root objects of the collection

en: Use normalized attributes for positions
en_GB: Use normalised attributes for positions

en: Randomize the order of geometry elements (e.g. vertices or edges) after some operations where there are no guarantees about the order. This avoids accidentally depending on something that may change in the future
en_GB: Randomise the order of geometry elements (e.g. vertices or edges) after some operations where there are no guarantees about the order. This avoids accidentally depending on something that may change in the future

en: Stabilizer Stroke Factor
en_GB: Stabiliser Stroke Factor

en: Stabilizer Stroke Radius
en_GB: Stabiliser Stroke Radius

en: Shift selected keys to the value of the neighboring keys as a block
en_GB: Shift selected keys to the value of the neighbouring keys as a block

[ctx: Operator]
en: Blend to Neighbor
en_GB: Blend to Neighbour

en: Blend selected keyframes to their left or right neighbor
en_GB: Blend selected keyframes to their left or right neighbour

[ctx: Operator]
en: Equalize Handles
en_GB: Equalise Handles

en: Equalize selected keyframes' left handles
en_GB: Equalise selected keyframes' left handles

en: Equalize selected keyframes' right handles
en_GB: Equalise selected keyframes' right handles

en: Equalize both of a keyframe's handles
en_GB: Equalise both of a keyframe's handles

en: Blend selected keys to the slope of neighboring ones
en_GB: Blend selected keys to the slope of neighbouring ones

en: Exaggerate or minimize the value of the selected keys
en_GB: Exaggerate or minimise the value of the selected keys

[ctx: Operator]
en: Scale from Neighbor
en_GB: Scale from Neighbour

en: Increase or decrease the value of selected keys in relationship to the neighboring one
en_GB: Increase or decrease the value of selected keys in relationship to the neighbouring one

en: Only the positive differences of the envelope amplitudes are summarized to produce the output
en_GB: Only the positive differences of the envelope amplitudes are summarised to produce the output

en: The amplitudes of the envelope are summarized (or, when Accumulate is enabled, both positive and negative differences are accumulated)
en_GB: The amplitudes of the envelope are summarised (or, when Accumulate is enabled, both positive and negative differences are accumulated)

en: Snap cursor to center of selected points
en_GB: Snap cursor to centre of selected points

en: Prefers to connect the color that occurs least frequently in the local neighborhood of the current position
en_GB: Prefers to connect the colour that occurs least frequently in the local neighbourhood of the current position

en: Prefers to connect the color that occurs most frequently in the local neighborhood of the current position
en_GB: Prefers to connect the colour that occurs most frequently in the local neighbourhood of the current position

[ctx: Operator]
en: Normalize Vertex Group
en_GB: Normalise Vertex Group

en: Normalize weights of the active vertex group
en_GB: Normalise weights of the active vertex group

[ctx: Operator]
en: Normalize All Vertex Groups
en_GB: Normalise All Vertex Groups

en: Normalize the weights of all vertex groups, so that for each vertex, the sum of all weights is 1.0
en_GB: Normalise the weights of all vertex groups, so that for each vertex, the sum of all weights is 1.0

[ctx: Operator]
en: Cursor To Center View
en_GB: Cursor To Centre View

en: Set 2D Cursor To Center View location
en_GB: Set 2D Cursor To Centre View location

[ctx: Operator]
en: View Center
en_GB: View Centre

en: Zoom in the image (centered around 2D cursor)
en_GB: Zoom in the image (centred around 2D cursor)

en: Zoom out the image (centered around 2D cursor)
en_GB: Zoom out the image (centred around 2D cursor)

en: Location of vertex in normalized space
en_GB: Location of vertex in normalised space

en: How much to prioritize regular grids of quads as well as quads that touch existing quads
en_GB: How much to prioritise regular grids of quads as well as quads that touch existing quads

en: Split selected edges so that each neighbor face gets its own copy
en_GB: Split selected edges so that each neighbour face gets its own copy

en: At Center
en_GB: At Centre

en: Spherize Strength
en_GB: Spherise Strength

en: Ratio of spherized normal to original normal
en_GB: Ratio of spherised normal to original normal

en: Batch change blend type and math operation
en_GB: Batch change blend type and maths operation

en: Math Node
en_GB: Maths Node

en: Merge using Math nodes
en_GB: Merge using Maths nodes

en: All possible blend types, boolean operations and math operations
en_GB: All possible blend types, boolean operations and maths operations

en: Normalize all weights of all vertex groups, so that for each vertex, the sum of all weights is 1.0
en_GB: Normalise all weights of all vertex groups, so that for each vertex, the sum of all weights is 1.0

en: Normalize active vertex's weights
en_GB: Normalise active vertex's weights

en: Normalize the colors, increasing the contrast
en_GB: Normalise the colours, increasing the contrast

en: When entering numbers while transforming, default to advanced mode for full math expression evaluation
en_GB: When entering numbers while transforming, default to advanced mode for full maths expression evaluation

en: Use Math Nodes
en_GB: Use Maths Nodes

[ctx: Operator]
en: Invert Image Colors
en_GB: Invert Image Colours

[ctx: Operator]
en: Normalize All
en_GB: Normalise All

en: 100 Meters
en_GB: 100 Metres

en: 10 Meters
en_GB: 10 Metres

en: 10 Centimeters
en_GB: 10 Centimetres

en: ({}, {}, {}, {}) (Color)
en_GB: ({}, {}, {}, {}) (Colour)

en: Normalize weights of active vertex (if affected groups are unlocked)
en_GB: Normalise weights of active vertex (if affected groups are unlocked)

en: Blocklists will need update to work.
en_GB: Blocklists will need to be updated to work effectively.

en: Delete the torrents (just the metadata but not the files described)
en_GB: Delete the torrents (just the meta-data but not the files described)

en: Delete the web cache, which reduces time to display revisited pages. This also clears favorited GIFs.
en_GB: Delete the web cache, which reduces time to display revisited pages. This also clears favourited GIFs.

en: This function deletes all BleachBit settings and then quits the application. Use this to hide your use of BleachBit or to reset its settings. The next time you start BleachBit, the settings will initialize to default values.
en_GB: This function deletes all BleachBit settings and then quits the application. Use this to hide your use of BleachBit or to reset its settings. The next time you start BleachBit, the settings will initialise to default values.

en: All languages will be deleted except those checked.
en_GB: All languages will be deleted except those ticked.

en: GNU General Public License version 3 or later.
    See https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence version 3 or later.
    See https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt

note: TRANSLATORS: The variable is a device like /dev/sda2
en: Reinitializing the swap device %s.
en_GB: Reinitialising the swap device %s.

[ctx: column_label]
en: Delete
en_GB: Permanently Delete

en: A quick and easy way to make freeform notes or jot down simple lists. Store as many notes as you like and share them by email.
en_GB: A quick and easy way to make freeform notes or jot down simple lists. Store as many notes as you like and share them by e-mail.

en: New notes color.
en_GB: New notes colour.

en: The color name set here will be used as the color when creating new notes.
en_GB: The colour name set here will be used as the colour when creating new notes.

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Move note to trash
en_GB: Move note to wastebasket

en: Note color
en_GB: Note colour

en: View Trash
en_GB: View Wastebasket

en: Email this Note
en_GB: E-mail this Note

en: Disk Usage Analyzer can scan specific folders, storage devices and online accounts. It provides both a tree and a graphical representation showing the size of each folder, making it easy to identify where disk space is wasted.
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser can scan specific folders, storage devices and online accounts. It provides both a tree and a graphical representation showing the size of each folder, making it easy to identify where disk space is wasted.

en: Window Maximized
en_GB: Window Maximised

en: Whether or not the window is maximized
en_GB: Whether or not the window is maximised

en: _About Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: _About Disk Usage Analyser

en: Recursively analyze mount points
en_GB: Recursively analyse mount points

en: Could not analyze volume
en_GB: Could not analyse volume

en: Failed to trash file
en_GB: Failed to delete file

en: Aluminum
en_GB: Aluminium

en: Cesium
en_GB: Caesium

en: Change Atom Color
en_GB: Change Atom Colour

en: Align Molecules
    
    Left Mouse: 	Select up to two atoms.
    	The first atom is centered at the origin.
    	The second atom is aligned to the selected axis.
    Right Mouse: 	Reset alignment.
    Double-Click: 	Center the atom at the origin.
en_GB: Align Molecules
    
    Left Mouse: 	Select up to two atoms.
    	The first atom is centred at the origin.
    	The second atom is aligned to the selected axis.
    Right Mouse: 	Reset alignment.
    Double-Click: 	Centre the atom at the origin.

en: Center the atom at the origin.
en_GB: Centre the atom at the origin.

en: By Custom Color…
en_GB: By Custom Colour…

[ctx: colormap]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

en: Apply color schemes to atoms and residues.
en_GB: Apply colour schemes to atoms and residues.

en: Color Atoms
en_GB: Colour Atoms

en: Color Residues
en_GB: Colour Residues

en: Select Colormap
en_GB: Select Colourmap

en: ApplyColors
en_GB: ApplyColours

en: Display of biomolecule ribbons / cartoons.
en_GB: Display of biomolecule ribbons/cartoons.

en: Add Center of Mass
en_GB: Add Centre of Mass

en: Add centroids and center-of-mass.
en_GB: Add centroids and centre-of-mass.

en: Edit Color Opacity Map…
en_GB: Edit Colour Opacity Map…

en: ColorOpacityMap
en_GB: ColourOpacityMap

en: Edit color opacity maps, primarily for volume rendering.
en_GB: Edit colour opacity maps, primarily for volume rendering.

en: Select the python interpreter to run external scripts.
    Avogadro must be restarted for any changes to take effect.
en_GB: Select the Python interpreter to run external scripts.
    Avogadro must be restarted for any changes to take effect.

en: Color axes:
en_GB: Colour axes:

en: Line color:
en_GB: Line colour:

en: No atoms provided for optimization
en_GB: No atoms provided for optimisation

en: Forcefield optimization
en_GB: Force field optimization

en: Forcefield minimization, including scripts
en_GB: Force field minimization, including scripts

en: InsertDNA
en_GB: Insert DNA

en: InsertFragment
en_GB: Insert Fragment

en: Distance from center:
en_GB: Distance from centre:

en: Display labels on ball and stick style.
en_GB: Display labels on ball-and-stick style.

en: Render atoms as licorice / sticks.
en_GB: Render atoms as licorice/sticks.

en: An error occurred while retrieving the list of supported forcefields. (using '%1').
en_GB: An error occurred while retrieving the list of supported force fields. (using '%1').

[ctx: pi helix]
en: π Helix
en_GB: π-Helix

[ctx: alpha helix]
en: α Helix
en_GB: α-Helix

[ctx: beta sheet]
en: β Sheet
en_GB: β-Sheet

[ctx: beta bridge]
en: β Bridge
en_GB: β-Bridge

en: Tables for displaying and editng atom, bond, angle and torsion properties.
en_GB: Tables for displaying and editng atom, bond, angle, and torsion properties.

en: Select Calculated Spectra Color
en_GB: Select Calculated Spectra Colour

en: Select Imported Spectra Color
en_GB: Select Imported Spectra Colour

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/coordinateeditor/coordinateeditordialog.ui:46 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, distanceUnit)
en: Angstrom
en_GB: Ångstrom

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/lammpsinput/lammpsinputdialog.ui:854 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, dimensionCombo)
en: 2d
en_GB: 2D

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/lammpsinput/lammpsinputdialog.ui:859 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, dimensionCombo)
en: 3d
en_GB: 3D

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/manipulator/manipulatewidget.ui:127 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, rotateComboBox)
en: Center of Molecule
en_GB: Centre of Molecule

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/openbabel/conformersearchdialog.ui:68 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, optimizationStepsLabel)
en: Optimization per conformer:
en_GB: Optimisation per conformer:

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/openmminput/openmminputdialog.ui:91 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_forceField)
en: Forcefield:
en_GB: Force Field:

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/openmminput/openmminputdialog.ui:465 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_generationTemp)
en: Generation Temp:
en_GB: Generation Temp.:

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/plotxrd/xrdoptionsdialog.ui:97 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, spin_wavelength)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The wavelength of the x-ray in Angstroms. </p><p>Default: 1.50560 Å</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The wavelength of the x-ray in Ångstroms. </p><p>Default: 1.50560 Å</p></body></html>

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/selectiontool/selectiontoolwidget.ui:21 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Apply Color
en_GB: Apply Colour

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/spectra/spectradialog.ui:20 i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, SpectraDialog)
en: Spectra Visualization
en_GB: Spectra Visualisation

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/spectra/spectradialog.ui:249 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_colorImported) i18n: file: qtplugins/spectra/spectradialog.ui:301 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_colorForeground) i18n: file: qtplugins/spectra/spectradialog.ui:330 i18n:
en: Set Color...
en_GB: Set Colour...

note: #-#-#-#-#  111 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: qtplugins/surfaces/surfacedialog.ui:95 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Color by:
en_GB: Colour by:

note: i18n: file: qtplugins/yaehmop/banddialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cb_plotFermi)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The Fermi level should be known before checking this box. You can discover the Fermi level by performing a density of states calculation and displaying the data (it will be at the top of the data). In addition, if a density of states calculation is performed, the Fermi level here will automatically be set to what was detected during the density of states calculation.</p><p>If this box is checked, be sure the correct Fermi level is set in the spinbox on the right.</p><p>Default: off</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Fermi level should be known before checking this box. You can discover the Fermi level by performing a density-of-states calculation and displaying the data (it will be at the top of the data). In addition, if a density-of-states calculation is performed, the Fermi level here will automatically be set to what was detected during the density-of-states calculation.</p><p>If this box is checked, be sure the correct Fermi level is set in the spinbox on the right.</p><p>Default: off</p></body></html>

en: Color...
en_GB: Colour...

en: Can't open supplied file %1
en_GB: Can’t open supplied file %1

en: Install Plugin Script
en_GB: Install plug-in script

en: Reading File
en_GB: Reading file

en: Opening file '%1'
    with '%2'
en_GB: Opening file ‘%1’
    with ‘%2’

en: Error while reading file '%1':
    %2
en_GB: Error while reading file ‘%1’:
    %2

[ctx: %1 = file name, %2 = error message]
en: Error while saving '%1':
    %2
en_GB: Error while saving ‘%1’:
    %2

en: Error: Failed to initialize OpenGL context
en_GB: Error: Failed to initialise OpenGL context

en: Saving File in Progress…
en_GB: Saving file in progress…

[ctx: %1 = file name, %2 = format]
en: Saving file “%1”
    with “%2”
en_GB: Saving file ‘%1’
    with ‘%2’

en: Error while loading the “%1” file format.
en_GB: Error while loading the ‘%1’ file format.

en: Avogadro cannot open “%1”.
en_GB: Avogadro cannot open ‘%1’.

note: i18n: file: aboutdialog.ui:238 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, licenseLabel)
en: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:10pt; font-weight:600;">License: </span><a href="https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause"><span style=" font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">BSD 3-Clause</span></a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:10pt; font-weight:600;">Licence: </span><a href="https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause"><span style=" font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">BSD 3-Clause</span></a></p></body></html>

en: Playlist URL (Youtube)
en_GB: Playlist URL (YouTube)

en: Close Maximized Player
en_GB: Close Maximised Player

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_id3_tag) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_id3_tag)
en: If checked and if cddb support is available, an id3 tag will be appended
en_GB: If ticked and if cddb support is available, an id3 tag will be appended

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (flac_compression_level), group (Flac)
en: Flac compression level
en_GB: FLAC compression level

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ec_enable_check)
en: If you uncheck this option, the KIO worker will not try to use error correction which can be useful for reading damaged CDs. However, this feature can be problematic in some cases, so you can switch it off here.
en_GB: If you untick this option, the KIO worker will not try to use error correction which can be useful for reading damaged CDs. However, this feature can be problematic in some cases, so you can switch it off here.

en: Can't find path "%1".
en_GB: Cannot find path "%1".

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, kpushbutton_cdno)
en: CD #
en_GB: CD No.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, checkBox_timestamps) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, checkBox_add_mcn_and_isrc)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Write Media Catalog Number (MCN) and International Standard Recording Codes (ISRC, ISO 3901) of the tracks into the cue sheet (if your drive have the capability).</p><p>Depending in your drive it could take a few seconds at the end of your ripping process to fetch those numbers and codes.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Write Media Catalogue Number (MCN) and International Standard Recording Codes (ISRC, ISO 3901) of the tracks into the cue sheet (if your drive have the capability).</p><p>Depending in your drive it could take a few seconds at the end of your ripping process to fetch those numbers and codes.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, checkBox_2digitstracknum)
en: This setting overrides any parameterized variable settings in the scheme
en_GB: This setting overrides any parameterised variable settings in the scheme

en: Do you really want to capitalize all artists and titles?
en_GB: Do you really want to capitalise all artists and titles?

en: Capitalize artists and titles
en_GB: Capitalise artists and titles

en: Error occured while reading sector %1 (track time pos %2): %3
en_GB: Error occurred while reading sector %1 (track time pos %2): %3

en: An error occured while ripping track %1 at position %2. See log.
en_GB: An error occurred while ripping track %1 at position %2. See log.

en: An error occured while ripping at position %1. See log.
en_GB: An error occurred while ripping at position %1. See log.

en: Ripping was canceled due to an error.
en_GB: Ripping was cancelled due to an error.

en: User canceled extracting.
en_GB: User cancelled extracting.

en: User canceled encoding.
en_GB: User cancelled encoding.

en: <table><tr><th>Placeholder</th><th>Specific parameter</th><th>Description</th></tr><tr><td>$size</td><td><tt>iec,precision</tt></td><td>Prints the overall size of all extracted (encoded) music files (incl. the cover image file). With <tt>iec</tt> calculate (k)ibi, (m)ebi or (g)ibi. The additional parameter <tt>precision</tt> can define the number of decimal places.</td></tr><tr><td>$length</td><td></td><td>Prints the relevant overall length of all extracted tracks. The format is min:sec.</td></tr><tr><td>$nooftracks</td><td></td><td>Prints the total number of extracted tracks.</td></tr><tr><td>$discid</td><td>base</td><td>Prints the CDDB discid in hexadecimal format.</td></tr><tr><td><tt>$mcn</tt></td><td></td><td>The Media Catalog Number (MCN) of the CD (only available if supported by your device).</td></tr><tr><td>$now</td><td><tt>format,locale</tt></td><td>Prints the current date and/or time. The parameter format specifies the output. Please consult official qt documentation (<tt>https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qtime.html#toString</tt>, <tt>https://doc.qt.io/qt-6/qdate.html#toString</tt>) for the supported specifiers within the format string. With the additional key <tt>locale</tt> you can specify a language setting. By default your system locales are used. The locale has the format <tt>language_TERRITORY</tt>, e.g. <tt>en_EN</tt>. <tt>language</tt> is a lowercase, two-letter, ISO 639 language code and <tt>TERRITORY</tt> an uppercase, two-letter, ISO 3166 territory code.</td></tr><tr><td>$br</td><td></td><td>Prints a linebreak.</td></tr></table>
en_GB: <table><tr><th>Placeholder</th><th>Specific parameter</th><th>Description</th></tr><tr><td>$size</td><td><tt>iec,precision</tt></td><td>Prints the overall size of all extracted (encoded) music files (incl. the cover image file). With <tt>iec</tt> calculate (k)ibi, (m)ebi or (g)ibi. The additional parameter <tt>precision</tt> can define the number of decimal places.</td></tr><tr><td>$length</td><td></td><td>Prints the relevant overall length of all extracted tracks. The format is min:sec.</td></tr><tr><td>$nooftracks</td><td></td><td>Prints the total number of extracted tracks.</td></tr><tr><td>$discid</td><td>base</td><td>Prints the CDDB discid in hexadecimal format.</td></tr><tr><td><tt>$mcn</tt></td><td></td><td>The Media Catalogue Number (MCN) of the CD (only available if supported by your device).</td></tr><tr><td>$now</td><td><tt>format,locale</tt></td><td>Prints the current date and/or time. The parameter format specifies the output. Please consult official qt documentation (<tt>https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qtime.html#toString</tt>, <tt>https://doc.qt.io/qt-6/qdate.html#toString</tt>) for the supported specifiers within the format string. With the additional key <tt>locale</tt> you can specify a language setting. By default your system locales are used. The locale has the format <tt>language_TERRITORY</tt>, e.g. <tt>en_EN</tt>. <tt>language</tt> is a lowercase, two-letter, ISO 639 language code and <tt>TERRITORY</tt> an uppercase, two-letter, ISO 3166 territory code.</td></tr><tr><td>$br</td><td></td><td>Prints a linebreak.</td></tr></table>

en: Ampache Browser for Audacious
    http://ampache-browser.org/
    
    Copyright (C) Róbert Čerňanský and John Lindgren
    License: GNU GPLv3
en_GB: Ampache Browser for Audacious
    http://ampache-browser.org/
    
    Copyright (C) Róbert Čerňanský and John Lindgren
    Licence: GNU GPLv3

en: Triggers OSD when the song title changes (for internet streams).
en_GB: Triggers OSD when the song title changes (for Internet streams).

en: Color %i:
en_GB: Colour %i:

en: Composite manager not detected;
    unless you know that you have one running, please activate a composite manager otherwise the OSD won't work properly
en_GB: Composite manager not detected;
    unless you know that you have one running, please activate a composite manager otherwise the OSD will not work properly

en: Spectrum Analyzer
en_GB: Spectrum Analyser

en: Failed to initialize cdio subsystem.
en_GB: Failed to initialise cdio subsystem.

en: Failed to finish initializing opened CD drive.
en_GB: Failed to finish initialising opened CD drive.

en: Center volume:
en_GB: Centre volume:

en: <b>Crystalizer</b>
en_GB: <b>Crystaliser</b>

en: Crystalizer
en_GB: Crystaliser

en: Do you want to move %s to the trash?
en_GB: Do you want to move %s to the rubbish bin?

en: Do you want to move %d files to the trash?
en_GB: Do you want to move %d files to the rubbish bin?

en: Move to trash instead of deleting immediately
en_GB: Move to Rubbish Bin instead of deleting immediately

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: OpenGL Spectrum Analyzer for Audacious
    Copyright 2013 Christophe Budé, John Lindgren, and Carlo Bramini
    
    Based on the XMMS plugin:
    Copyright 1998-2000 Peter Alm, Mikael Alm, Olle Hallnas, Thomas Nilsson, and 4Front Technologies
    
    License: GPLv2+
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum Analyzer for Audacious
    Copyright 2013 Christophe Budé, John Lindgren, and Carlo Bramini
    
    Based on the XMMS plugin:
    Copyright 1998-2000 Peter Alm, Mikael Alm, Olle Hallnas, Thomas Nilsson, and 4Front Technologies
    
    Licence: GPLv2+

en: OpenGL Spectrum Analyzer
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum Analyser

en: _Equalizer ...
en_GB: _Equaliser ...

en: Show Info Bar Vis_ualization
en_GB: Show Info Bar Vis_ualisation

en: _Visualizations ...
en_GB: _Visualisations ...

en: Fetch lyrics from internet:
en_GB: Fetch lyrics from Internet:

en: Desktop Notifications Plugin for Audacious
    Copyright (C) 2010 Maximilian Bogner
    Copyright (C) 2011-2013 John Lindgren and Jean-Alexandre Anglès d'Auriac
    
    This plugin is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This plugin is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: Desktop Notifications Plugin for Audacious
    Copyright (C) 2010 Maximilian Bogner
    Copyright (C) 2011-2013 John Lindgren and Jean-Alexandre Anglès d'Auriac
    
    This plugin is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This plugin is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licences/>.

en: Audacious PulseAudio Output Plugin
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Audacious PulseAudio Output Plugin
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: OpenGL Spectrum Analyzer for Audacious
    Copyright 2013 Christophe Budé, John Lindgren, and Carlo Bramini
    Copyright 2014, 2020 Ariadne Conill
    
    Based on the XMMS plugin:
    Copyright 1998-2000 Peter Alm, Mikael Alm, Olle Hallnas, Thomas Nilsson, and 4Front Technologies
    
    License: GPLv2+
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum Analyser for Audacious
    Copyright 2013 Christophe Budé, John Lindgren, and Carlo Bramini
    Copyright 2014, 2020 Ariadne Conill
    
    Based on the XMMS plugin:
    Copyright 1998-2000 Peter Alm, Mikael Alm, Olle Hallnas, Thomas Nilsson, and 4Front Technologies
    
    Licence: GPLv2+

en: Audacious Equalizer
en_GB: Audacious Equaliser

en: Balance: center
en_GB: Balance: centre

en: Roll Up Equalizer
en_GB: Roll Up Equaliser

en: Randomize List
en_GB: Randomise List

en: Analyzer
en_GB: Analyser

en: Voiceprint Coloring:
en_GB: Voiceprint Colouring:

en: <b>Analyzer</b>
en_GB: <b>Analyser</b>

en: Based on the xmms_sndfile plugin:
    Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Erik de Castro Lopo
    
    Adapted for Audacious by Tony Vroon <chainsaw@gentoo.org>
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Based on the xmms_sndfile plugin:
    Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Erik de Castro Lopo
    
    Adapted for Audacious by Tony Vroon <chainsaw@gentoo.org>
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Equalizer Presets
en_GB: Equaliser Presets

en: Close _dialog on open
en_GB: Close _dialogue on open

en: Close _dialog on add
en_GB: Close _dialogue on add

en: After applying equalization
en_GB: After applying equalisation

en: Output plugin:
en_GB: Output plug-in:

en: Show popup information
en_GB: Show pop-up information

en: Popup delay (tenths of a second):
en_GB: Pop-up delay (tenths of a second):

en: Atril is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Atril is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Atril is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Atril is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Atril; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Atril; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA

en: Inverted _Colors
en_GB: Inverted _Colours

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: How to customize the author, color, style or icon of an annotation.
en_GB: How to customise the author, colour, style or icon of an annotation.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Customize annotations
en_GB: Customise annotations

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui>Annotation Properties</gui> window, you can change the author, color, style and icon of your note.
en_GB: In the <gui>Annotation Properties</gui> window, you can change the author, colour, style and icon of your note.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: How to create and customize annotations.
en_GB: How to create and customise annotations.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text.
en_GB: Inverting the colours can make it easier to read some text.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Invert colors on a page
en_GB: Invert colours on a page

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you try to open a document of a format that Atril does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click <gui>Close</gui> to return to<app>Atril</app> window.
en_GB: If you try to open a document of a format that Atril does not recognise, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click <gui>Close</gui> to return to<app>Atril</app> window.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>. In the <gui>Open Document</gui> dialog, choose the file which you wish to open, and click <gui>Open</gui>. The file will open in a new window.
en_GB: Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>. In the <gui>Open Document</gui> dialogue, choose the file which you wish to open, and click <gui>Open</gui>. The file will open in a new window.

note: (itstool) path: td/p
en: Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
en_GB: Rotate the pages 90 degrees anti-clockwise.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Adding the line <em>\synctex=1</em> in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronization with SyncTeX.
en_GB: Adding the line <em>\synctex=1</em> in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronisation with SyncTeX.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronization between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.
en_GB: SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronisation between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Localize <app>Atril.</app>
en_GB: Localise <app>Atril.</app>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_IndicateUnowned)
en: If checked, unowned properties on the board display an estate card to indicate the property is for sale.
en_GB: If ticked, unowned properties on the board display an estate card to indicate the property is for sale.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HighlightUnowned)
en: If checked, unowned properties on the board are highlighted to indicate the property is for sale.
en_GB: If ticked, unowned properties on the board are highlighted to indicate the property is for sale.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_DarkenMortgaged)
en: If checked, mortgaged properties on the board will be colored darker than of the default color.
en_GB: If ticked, mortgaged properties on the board will be coloured darker than of the default colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateToken)
en: If checked, tokens will move across the board instead of jumping directly to their new location.
en_GB: If ticked, tokens will move across the board instead of jumping directly to their new location.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_QuartzEffects)
en: If checked, the colored headers of street estates on the board will have a Quartz effect similar to the Quartz KWin style.
en_GB: If ticked, the coloured headers of street estates on the board will have a Quartz effect similar to the Quartz KWin style.

en: Personalization
en_GB: Personalisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ChatTimeStamps)
en: If checked, Atlantik will add timestamps in front of chat messages.
en_GB: If ticked, Atlantik will add timestamps in front of chat messages.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ConnectOnStart)
en: If checked, Atlantik connects to a meta server on start-up to request a list of Internet servers.
en_GB: If ticked, Atlantik connects to a meta server on start-up to request a list of Internet servers.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideDevelopmentServers)
en: Some of the Internet servers might be running development versions of the server software.
    If checked, Atlantik will not display these servers.
en_GB: Some of the Internet servers might be running development versions of the server software.
    If ticked, Atlantik will not display these servers.

en: enable Unicode normalization
en_GB: enable Unicode normalisation

en: Unicode normalization required for current lang
en_GB: Unicode normalisation required for current lang

note: TRANSLATORS: the values after the ':' are literal values and should not be translated.
en: Unicode normalization form: none, nfd, nfc, comp
en_GB: Unicode normalisation form: none, nfd, nfc, comp

en: avoid lossy conversions when normalization
en_GB: avoid lossy conversions when normalisation

en: Sorry "create/merge personal" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "create/merge personal" is currently not implemented.

en: Sorry "create/merge repl" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "create/merge repl" is currently not implemented.

en:     perform Unicode normalization
en_GB:     perform Unicode normalisation

note: TRANSLATORS: "none", "internal" and "strict" are literal values and should not be translated.
en:   <norm-form>      normalization form to use, either none, internal, or strict
en_GB:   <norm-form>      normalisation form to use, either none, internal, or strict

en: Localized Title:
en_GB: Localised Title:

en: Localized Phrase:
en_GB: Localised Phrase:

en: Localized Unit:
en_GB: Localised Unit:

en: No trainings found
en_GB: No training found

en: Show a dialog for specifying the options for the operation (extract/add)
en_GB: Show a dialogue for specifying the options for the operation (extract/add)

en: Use the batch interface instead of the usual dialog. This option is implied if more than one url is specified.
en_GB: Use the batch interface instead of the usual dialogue. This option is implied if more than one URL is specified.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ExtractionDialog)
en: Extraction Dialog
en_GB: Extraction Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_extractToSubfolder)
en: Whether to check by default the extraction into subfolder checkbox in the Extraction Dialog, when the archive has more than one top-level entry.
en_GB: Whether to check by default the extraction into subfolder tick box in the Extraction Dialogue, when the archive has more than one top-level entry.

en: Don't ask again.
en_GB: Do not ask again.

en: Click to open an extraction dialog, where you can choose how to extract all the files in the archive
en_GB: Click to open an extraction dialogue, where you can choose how to extract all the files in the archive

en: Click to open an extraction dialog, where you can choose to extract either all files or just the selected ones
en_GB: Click to open an extraction dialogue, where you can choose to extract either all files or just the selected ones

[ctx: @info]
en: The archive <filename>%1</filename> does not exist anymore, therefore it cannot be copied to the specified location.
en_GB: The archive <filename>%1</filename> does not exist any more, therefore it cannot be copied to the specified location.

en: The archive reader could not be initialized.
en_GB: The archive reader could not be initialised.

en: The archive writer could not be initialized.
en_GB: The archive writer could not be initialised.

en: Epub reader
en_GB: EPub reader

en: Epub file to open
en_GB: EPub file to open

en: Failed to initialize audio backend
en_GB: Failed to initialise audio backend

en: Failed to deinitialize audio backend
en_GB: Failed to deinitialise audio backend

en: Failed to reinitialize audio backend
en_GB: Failed to reinitialise audio backend

en: You have requested an operation that requires audio analysis.
    
    You currently have "auto-analyse-audio" disabled, which means that transient data must be generated every time it is required.
    
    If you are doing work that will require transient data on a regular basis, you should probably enable "auto-analyse-audio" in Preferences > Audio > Regions, then quit %1 and restart.
    
    This dialog will not display again.  But you may notice a slight delay in this and future transient-detection operations.
en_GB: You have requested an operation that requires audio analysis.
    
    You currently have "auto-analyse-audio" disabled, which means that transient data must be generated every time it is required.
    
    If you are doing work that will require transient data on a regular basis, you should probably enable "auto-analyse-audio" in Preferences > Audio > Regions, then quit %1 and restart.
    
    This dialogue will not display again.  But you may notice a slight delay in this and future transient-detection operations.

en: control protocol name "%1" could not be initialized
en_GB: control protocol name "%1" could not be initialised

en: %1:%2 new capture file not initialized correctly
en_GB: %1:%2 new capture file not initialised correctly

en: normalize loudness
en_GB: normalise loudness

en: normalize peak
en_GB: normalise peak

en: normalize
en_GB: normalise

en: Re-analyze data
en_GB: Re-analyse data

en: Video Export Dialog
en_GB: Video Export Dialogue

en: Quantize...
en_GB: Quantise...

en: Center Playhead
en_GB: Centre Playhead

en: Center Edit Point
en_GB: Centre Edit Point

en: Zoom Focus Center
en_GB: Zoom Focus Centre

en: Quantize
en_GB: Quantise

en: Normalize...
en_GB: Normalise...

en: Group Tab Color
en_GB: Group Tab Colour

en: Press OK to continue with this split operation
    or ask the Ferret dialog to tune the analysis
en_GB: Press OK to continue with this split operation
    or ask the Ferret dialogue to tune the analysis

en: Export initialization failed: %1
en_GB: Export initialisation failed: %1

en: Normalizing '%3' (timespan %1 of %2)
en_GB: Normalising '%3' (timespan %1 of %2)

en: Analyze Exported Audio
en_GB: Analyse Exported Audio

en: Normalize:
en_GB: Normalise:

en: Normalize to EBU-R128 LUFS target loudness without exceeding the given true-peak limit. EBU-R128 normalization is only available for mono and stereo targets, true-peak works for any channel layout.
en_GB: Normalise to EBU-R128 LUFS target loudness without exceeding the given true-peak limit. EBU-R128 normalisation is only available for mono and stereo targets, true-peak works for any channel layout.

en: could not initialize %1.
en_GB: could not initialise %1.

en: Whole
en_GB: Semibreve

en: Eighth
en_GB: Quaver

en: Sixteenth
en_GB: Semiquaver

en: Thirty-second
en_GB: Demisemiquaver

en: Sixty-fourth
en_GB: Hemidemisemiquaver

en: Meter Colors
en_GB: Meter Colours

en: Channel Colors
en_GB: Channel Colours

en: Track Color
en_GB: Track Colour

en: While recording instruments or vocals, you probably want to listen to the
    signal as well as record it. This is called "monitoring". There are
    different ways to do this depending on the equipment you have and the
    configuration of that equipment. The two most common are presented here.
    Please choose whichever one is right for your setup.
    
    <i>(You can change this preference at any time, via the Preferences dialog)</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>
en_GB: While recording instruments or vocals, you probably want to listen to the
    signal as well as record it. This is called "monitoring". There are
    different ways to do this depending on the equipment you have and the
    configuration of that equipment. The two most common are presented here.
    Please choose whichever one is right for your setup.
    
    <i>(You can change this preference at any time, via the Preferences dialogue)</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>

en: <i>You can change this preference at any time via the Preferences dialog.
    You can also add or remove the monitor section to/from any session.</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>
en_GB: <i>You can change this preference at any time via the Preferences dialogue.
    You can also add or remove the monitor section to/from any session.</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>

en: Normalize regions
en_GB: Normalise regions

en: Normalize region
en_GB: Normalise region

en: Normalize to:
en_GB: Normalise to:

en: Normalize each region using its own peak value
en_GB: Normalise each region using its own peak value

en: Normalize each region using the peak value of all regions
en_GB: Normalise each region using the peak value of all regions

en: Show Video Server Startup Dialog
en_GB: Show Video Server Startup Dialogue

en: <b>When enabled</b> an information window with details is displayed before the video-export dialog.
en_GB: <b>When enabled</b> an information window with details is displayed before the video-export dialogue.

en: If enabled, popup a dialog when a new marker is created to allow its name to be set as it is created.
    
    You can always rename markers by right-clicking on them
en_GB: If enabled, pop up a dialogue when a new marker is created to allow its name to be set as it is created.
    
    You can always rename markers by right-clicking on them

en: Configure meter-marks and color-knee point for dBFS scale DPM, set reference level for IEC1/Nordic, IEC2 PPM and VU meter.
en_GB: Configure meter-marks and colour-knee point for dBFS scale DPM, set reference level for IEC1/Nordic, IEC2 PPM and VU meter.

en: Waveforms color gradient depth
en_GB: Waveforms colour gradient depth

en: All floating windows are dialogs
en_GB: All floating windows are dialogues

en: SoundFileBox: Could not tokenize string:
en_GB: SoundFileBox: Could not tokenise string:

en: SoundFileBrowser: Could not tokenize string:
en_GB: SoundFileBrowser: Could not tokenise string:

en: Set note length to a whole note
en_GB: Set note length to a semibreve

en: Set note length to a half note
en_GB: Set note length to a minim

en: Set note length to a quarter note
en_GB: Set note length to a crotchet

en: Set note length to a eighth note
en_GB: Set note length to a quaver

en: Set note length to a sixteenth note
en_GB: Set note length to a semiquaver

en: Set note length to a thirty-second note
en_GB: Set note length to a demisemiquaver

en: Set note length to a sixty-fourth note
en_GB: Set note length to a hemidemisemiquaver

en: Set Note Length to Whole
en_GB: Set Note Length to semibreve

en: Set Note Length to 1/2
en_GB: Set Note Length to minim

en: Set Note Length to 1/3
en_GB: Set Note Length to minim triplet

en: Set Note Length to 1/4
en_GB: Set Note Length to crotchet

en: Set Note Length to 1/8
en_GB: Set Note Length to quaver

en: Set Note Length to 1/16
en_GB: Set Note Length to semiquaver

en: Set Note Length to 1/32
en_GB: Set Note Length to demisemiquaver

en: Set Note Length to 1/64
en_GB: Set Note Length to hemidemisemiquaver

en: one-hundred-twenty-eighth
en_GB: semihemidemisemiquaver

en: whole
en_GB: semibreve

en: quarter
en_GB: crotchet

en: eighth
en_GB: quaver

en: sixteenth
en_GB: semiquaver

en: thirty-second
en_GB: demisemiquaver

en: sixty-fourth
en_GB: hemidemisemiquaver

en: Minimize time distortion
en_GB: Minimise time distortion

en: Loading color file %1
en_GB: Loading colour file %1

en: cannot read color file "%1"
en_GB: cannot read colour file "%1"

en: color file "%1" not loaded successfully.
en_GB: colour file "%1" not loaded successfully.

en: Color file for %1 not found along %2
en_GB: Colour file for %1 not found along %2

en: Color file %1 not saved
en_GB: Colour file %1 not saved

en: Color %1 not found
en_GB: Colour %1 not found

en: Don't show this dialog again. (Reset in Edit->Preferences).
en_GB: Don't show this dialogue again. (Reset in Edit->Preferences).

en: Normalize Audio
en_GB: Normalise Audio

en: Codec Optimizations:
en_GB: Codec Optimisations:

en: Normalizing audio
en_GB: Normalising audio

en: Do Not Show This Dialog Again (Reset in Edit > Preferences > Video).
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue again (Reset in Edit > Preferences > Video).

en: %1 does not include commercial licenses for encoding audio/video. Visit mpegla.com for information about licensing various audio/video codecs.
    
    Video encoding is a non-trivial task with many details.
    
    Please see the manual at %2/video-timeline/operations/#export.
    
    Open Manual in Browser?
en_GB: %1 does not include commercial licences for encoding audio/video. Visit mpegla.com for information about licensing various audio/video codecs.
    
    Video encoding is a non-trivial task with many details.
    
    Please see the manual at %2/video-timeline/operations/#export.
    
    Open Manual in Browser?

en: AppStream is a metadata specification which permits software components to provide information about themselves to automated systems and end-users before the software is actually installed. The AppStream project provides facilities to easily access and transform this metadata, as well as a few additional services for building feature-rich software centers and similar applications that make use of software metadata.
en_GB: AppStream is a metadata specification which permits software components to provide information about themselves to automated systems and end-users before the software is actually installed. The AppStream project provides facilities to easily access and transform this metadata, as well as a few additional services for building feature-rich software centres and similar applications that make use of software metadata.

en: The <em>appstreamcli</em> command-line tool allows to read, write, and transform AppStream XML or YAML metadata as well as to validate it for compliance with the specification. It also provides easy access to the system metadata pool, for example to query for software that provides a specific Mediatype handler or for installing software by its component identifier.
en_GB: The <em>appstreamcli</em> command-line tool allows reading, writing, and transforming AppStream XML or YAML metadata as well as validating it for compliance with the specification. It also provides easy access to the system metadata pool, for example to query for software that provides a specific Mediatype handler or for installing software by its component identifier.

[ctx: Category of Education]
en: Math
en_GB: Maths

[ctx: Category of Addons]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

[ctx: Category of Science]
en: Math
en_GB: Maths

note: TRANSLATORS: Name of the "gnome:dark" visual environment style.
en: GNOME (Dark)
en_GB: GNOME (Dark Mode)

note: TRANSLATORS: Info in appstreamcli status about OS data origin
en: Software catalog data
en_GB: Software catalogue data

en: tv remotes
en_GB: TV remotes

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: Affero General Public License v1.0 only
en_GB: Affero General Public Licence v1.0 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: Affero General Public License v1.0 or later
en_GB: Affero General Public Licence v1.0 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Affero General Public License v3.0 only
en_GB: GNU Affero General Public Licence v3.0 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Affero General Public License v3.0 or later
en_GB: GNU Affero General Public Licence v3.0 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.1 only - invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.1 only - invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.1 or later - invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.1 or later - invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.1 only - no invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.1 only - no invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.1 or later - no invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.1 or later - no invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.1 only
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.1 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.1 or later
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.1 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.2 only - invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.2 only - invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.2 or later - invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.2 or later - invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.2 only - no invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.2 only - no invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.2 or later - no invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.2 or later - no invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.2 only
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.2 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.2 or later
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.2 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.3 only - invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.3 only - invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.3 or later - invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.3 or later - invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.3 only - no invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.3 only - no invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.3 or later - no invariants
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.3 or later - no invariants

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.3 only
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.3 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Free Documentation License v1.3 or later
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence v1.3 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU General Public License v1.0 only
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence v1.0 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU General Public License v1.0 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence v1.0 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU General Public License v2.0 only
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence v2.0 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU General Public License v2.0 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence v2.0 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU General Public License v3.0 only
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence v3.0 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU General Public License v3.0 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence v3.0 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Library General Public License v2 only
en_GB: GNU Library General Public Licence v2 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Library General Public License v2 or later
en_GB: GNU Library General Public Licence v2 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Lesser General Public License v2.1 only
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence v2.1 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Lesser General Public License v2.1 or later
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence v2.1 or later

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Lesser General Public License v3.0 only
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence v3.0 only

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate the license name itself.
en: GNU Lesser General Public License v3.0 or later
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence v3.0 or later

en: A <description/> tag must not be localized in metainfo files (upstream metadata). Localize the individual paragraphs instead.
en_GB: A <description/> tag must not be localised in metainfo files (upstream metadata). Localise the individual paragraphs instead.

en: This element (paragraph, list, etc.) of a <description/> tag must not be localized individually in catalog metadata. Localize the whole <description/> tag instead. The AppStream metadata catalog generator (e.g. `appstream-generator`) will already do the right thing when compiling the data.
en_GB: This element (paragraph, list, etc.) of a <description/> tag must not be localized individually in catalogue metadata. Localize the whole <description/> tag instead. The AppStream metadata catalogue generator (e.g. `appstream-generator`) will already do the right thing when compiling the data.

en: AppStream descriptions support only a limited set of tags to format text: Paragraphs (<p/>) and lists (<ul/>, <ol/>). This description markup contains an invalid XML tag that would not be rendered correctly in applications supporting the metainfo specification.
en_GB: AppStream descriptions support only a limited set of tags to format text: Paragraphs (<p/>) and lists (<ul/>, <ol/>). This description mark-up contains an invalid XML tag that would not be rendered correctly in applications supporting the metainfo specification.

en: The first `description/p` paragraph of this component might be too short (< 80 characters). Please consider starting with a longer paragraph to improve how the description looks like in software centers and to provide more detailed information on this component immediately in the first paragraph.
en_GB: The first `description/p` paragraph of this component might be too short (< 80 characters). Please consider starting with a longer paragraph to improve how the description looks like in software centres and to provide more detailed information on this component immediately in the first paragraph.

en: The description line does not start with a capitalized word, project name or number.
en_GB: The description line does not start with a capitalised word, project name or number.

en: The SPDX license expression is invalid and could not be parsed.
en_GB: The SPDX licence expression is invalid and could not be parsed.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag/property names (in backticks).
en: The `environment` property is set to an unrecognized graphical environment/style combination.
en_GB: The `environment` property is set to an unrecognised graphical environment/style combination.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag/property names (in backticks).
en: A screenshot must have at least one untranslated image of type `source`, which could not be found. Instead, a tag with an `en` locale (`xml:lang=en`) was found, which is likely intended to be the translatable image. Please remove the XML localization attribute in this case.
en_GB: A screenshot must have at least one untranslated image of type `source`, which could not be found. Instead, a tag with an `en` locale (`xml:lang=en`) was found, which is likely intended to be the translatable image. Please remove the XML localisation attribute in this case.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: The selected video codec is not supported by AppStream and software centers may not be able to play the video. Only the AV1 and VP9 codecs are currently supported, using `av1` and `vp9` as values for the `codec` property.
en_GB: The selected video codec is not supported by AppStream and software centres may not be able to play the video. Only the AV1 and VP9 codecs are currently supported, using `av1` and `vp9` as values for the `codec` property.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: The selected video container format is not supported by AppStream and software centers may not be able to play the video. Only the WebM and Matroska video containers are currently supported, using `webm` and `mkv` as values for the `container` property.
en_GB: The selected video container format is not supported by AppStream and software centres may not be able to play the video. Only the WebM and Matroska video containers are currently supported, using `webm` and `mkv` as values for the `container` property.

en: The set component type is not a recognized, valid AppStream component type.
en_GB: The set component type is not a recognised, valid AppStream component type.

en: The summary text does not start with a capitalized word, project name or number.
en_GB: The summary text does not start with a capitalised word, project name or number.

en: This tag is a GNOME-specific extension to AppStream and not part of the official specification. Do not expect it to work in all implementations and in all software centers.
en_GB: This tag is a GNOME-specific extension to AppStream and not part of the official specification. Do not expect it to work in all implementations and in all software centres.

en: The component is missing an untranslated long description, but has a translated one for the English locale. You need to provide a locale-less description in English as translation template.
en_GB: The component is missing an untranslated long description, but has a translated one for the English locale. You need to provide a locale-less description in English as a translation template.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: This `web-application` component is missing categorizations. A `categories` block is likely missing.
en_GB: This `web-application` component is missing categorisations. A `categories` block is likely missing.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: This `localization` component is missing an `extends` tag, to specify the components it adds localization to.
en_GB: This `localization` component is missing an `extends` tag, to specify the components it adds localisation to.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: This `localization` component does not define any languages this localization is for.
en_GB: This `localization` component does not define any languages this localisation is for.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: Invalid tag found in catalog metadata. Only `component` tags are permitted.
en_GB: Invalid tag found in catalogue metadata. Only `component` tags are permitted.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: The metainfo file uses an ancient version of the AppStream specification, which can not be validated. Please migrate it to version 0.6 (or higher). Modern files use the `component` root tag and include many other differences, so check for changes carefully when modernizing the data.
en_GB: The metainfo file uses an ancient version of the AppStream specification, which can not be validated. Please migrate it to version 0.6 (or higher). Modern files use the `component` root tag and include many other differences, so check for changes carefully when modernising the data.

en: The type of this color is not valid.
en_GB: The type of this colour is not valid.

en: The value of this color scheme preference is not valid.
en_GB: The value of this colour scheme preference is not valid.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: The name of the color scheme property is wrong. It should be `scheme_preference`.
en_GB: The name of the colour scheme property is wrong. It should be `scheme_preference`.

en: This color is not a valid HTML color code.
en_GB: This colour is not a valid HTML colour code.

en: A color for this type/scheme combination was already set. Colors must be unique per type/scheme.
en_GB: A colour for this type/scheme combination was already set. Colours must be unique per type/scheme.

note: TRANSLATORS: The user tried to override a validator issue tag that we don't know
en: The issue tag '%s' is not recognized.
en_GB: The issue tag '%s' is not recognised.

note: TRANSLATORS: An invalid XML element was found, "Found" refers to the tag name found, "Allowed" to the permitted name. TRANSLATORS: An invalid XML element was found, "Found" refers to the tag name found, "Allowed" to the permitted names.
en: Found: %s - Allowed: %s
en_GB: Found: %s – Allowed: %s

note: TRANSLATORS: ascli flag description for: --no-color TRANSLATORS: ascompose flag description for: --no-color
en: Don't show colored output.
en_GB: Don't show coloured output.

note: TRANSLATORS: ascompose flag description for: --data-dir, `catalog metadata` is an AppStream term
en: Override the catalog metadata output directory.
en_GB: Override the catalogue metadata output directory.

note: TRANSLATORS: ascli flag description for: --explain (used by the "validate" command)
en: Print detailed explanation for found issues.
en_GB: Print detailed output about found components.

note: TRANSLATORS: ascli install currently only supports two values for --bundle-type.
en: No valid bundle kind was specified. Only `package` and `flatpak` are currently recognized.
en_GB: No valid bundle kind was specified. Only `package` and `flatpak` are currently recognised.

en: Synchronization file
en_GB: Synchronisation file

en: File to syncronize the profile XML
en_GB: File to synchronise the profile XML

en: An email address or a link to a web page where the user can report bug. It is optional.
en_GB: An e-mail address or a link to a web page where the user can report bug. It is optional.

en: Package name, it can contains only alphanumerics and underscore characters.It is generated from the project name if not provided.
en_GB: Package name, it can contains only alphanumerics and underscore characters. It is generated from the project name if not provided.

en: Keep relative target path for installing it. By example if you have a program subdir/app installed in bin directory it will be installed in bin/subdir/app not in bin/app.
en_GB: Keep relative target path for installing it. For example if you have a program subdir/app installed in bin directory it will be installed in bin/subdir/app not in bin/app.

en: Section where are installed the man pages. Valid section names are the digits ‘0’ through ‘9’, and the letters ‘l’ and ‘n’.
en_GB: Section where are installed the man pages. Valid section names are the digits ‘0’ to ‘9’, and the letters ‘l’ and ‘n’.

en: Command canceled by user
en_GB: Command cancelled by user

en: Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
en_GB: Lesser General Public Licence (LGPL)

en: Berkeley Software Distribution License (BSD)
en_GB: Berkeley Software Distribution Licence (BSD)

en: Initializer Arguments:
en_GB: Initialiser Arguments:

en: Author Email Address:
en_GB: Author E-mail Address:

note: Display label short-cut
en: Syncronize your local copy with the CVS tree
en_GB: Syncronise your local copy with the CVS tree

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Are you sure you want to debug a program not using the Debug configuration?</span>
    
    When optimizations are enabled, the debugger cannot always identify the source code corresponding to the instructions, so some commands can perform in a strange way, especially steps.
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Are you sure you want to debug a program not using the Debug configuration?</span>
    
    When optimisations are enabled, the debugger cannot always identify the source code corresponding to the instructions, so some commands can perform in a strange way, especially steps.

en: Get Stack trace
en_GB: Get Stack Trace

en: _Auto-Complete
en_GB: _Autocomplete

en: Auto-complete the current word
en_GB: Autocomplete the current word

en: No recently used resource found with URI "%s"
en_GB: No recently-used resource found with URI '%s'

en: Add License Information:
en_GB: Add Licence Information:

en: BSD Public License
en_GB: BSD Public Licence

en: Unable to find: %s.
    Unable to initialize debugger.
    Make sure Anjuta is installed correctly.
en_GB: Unable to find: %s.
    Unable to initialise debugger.
    Make sure Anjuta is installed correctly.

en: Error whilst signaling the process.
en_GB: Error whilst signalling the process.

note: Translators: pretty printer file is a script containing functions allowing gdb * to display variable content in a simpler way, typically removing * implementation details. * The register function is an additional function in the script. It defines * which function is used for each type of variables.
en: The register function hasn't been found automatically in the following pretty printer files:
    %s
    You need to fill yourself the register function columns before enabling the rows. Most of the time the register function name contains the word "register".
en_GB: The register function hasn't been found automatically in the following pretty printer files:
    %s
    You need to fill the register function columns in yourself before enabling the rows. Most of the time the register function name contains the word "register".

en: Add signed off by line
en_GB: Add signed-off-by line

en: Push...
en_GB: Push…

en: Pull...
en_GB: Pull…

en: Line up parentheses
en_GB: Line up brackets

en: Use spaces for parenthesis indentation
en_GB: Use spaces for bracket indentation

en: Parenthesis indentation
en_GB: Bracket indentation

en: Error: cant bind port
en_GB: Error: cannot bind port

en: Gir repository's directory:
en_GB: Directory of Gir repository:

en: Gjs repository's directory:
en_GB: Directory of Gjs repository:

en: Either python path is wrong or python-rope (http://rope.sf.net) libraries
    aren't installed. Both are required for autocompletion in python files.
    Please install them and check the python path in the preferences.
en_GB: Either the Python path is wrong or the python-rope (http://rope.sf.net) libraries
    aren't installed. Both are required for autocompletion in Python files.
    Please install them and check the Python path in the preferences.

en: Message colors
en_GB: Message colours

en: Copy All Messages
en_GB: Copy All Message

en: Initializing Project…
en_GB: Initialising Project…

en: Some important programs or development packages required to build this project are missing. Please make sure they are installed properly before generating the project.
en_GB: Some important programs or development packages required to build this project are missing. Please make sure they are properly installed before generating the project.

en: Project name must not contain spaces, because it will be the name of the project build target (executable, library etc.)
en_GB: Project name must not contain spaces, because it will be the name of the project build target (executable, library, etc.)

en: Comma separated, other plugins that this plugin depends on. It could be either primary interface name or plugin location (library:class)
en_GB: Comma-separated, other plugins that this plugin depends on. It could be either primary interface name or plugin location (library:class)

en: Create Gtk Builder interface file
en_GB: Create GtkBuilder interface file

en: Create a template Gtk Builder interface file
en_GB: Create a template GtkBuilder interface file

en: Plugin has menus or/and toolbars
en_GB: Plugin has menus and/or toolbars

en: Add internationalization:
en_GB: Add internationalisation:

en: Adds support for internationalization so that your project can have translations in different languages
en_GB: Adds support for internationalisation so that your project can have translations in different languages

en: Python webproject using Django Web Framework
en_GB: Python web project using Django Web Framework

en: Generic gcj compiled java
en_GB: Generic gcj compiled Java

en: A generic natively compiled java project using the GNU Java Compiler (gcj)
en_GB: A generic natively compiled Java project using the GNU Java Compiler (gcj)

en: Uuid is a globally-unique identifier for your extension.
    This should be in the format of an email address (foo.bar@extensions.example.com), but
    need not be an actual email address, though it's a good idea to base the uuid on your
    email address.
en_GB: Uuid is a globally-unique identifier for your extension.
    This should be in the format of an e-mail address (foo.bar@extensions.example.com), but
    need not be an actual e-mail address, though it's a good idea to base the uuid on your
    e-mail address.

en: Full features Gtk+ Application with file handling
en_GB: Full featured Gtk+ Application with file handling

en: gtk-doc is used to compile API documentations for GObject based classes
en_GB: gtk-doc is used to compile API documentation for GObject-based classes

en: Generic java (automake)
en_GB: Generic Java (automake)

en: A generic java project using automake project management
en_GB: A generic Java project using automake project management

en: A shared or a static library project
en_GB: A shared or static library project

en: Select code license
en_GB: Select code licence

en: No license
en_GB: No licence

en: Project directory, output file etc.
en_GB: Project directory, output file, etc.

en: Generic python (automake)
en_GB: Generic Python (automake)

en: A generic python project using automake project management
en_GB: A generic Python project using automake project management

en: Wx Widgets
en_GB: wxWidgets

en: A generic wx Widgets project
en_GB: A generic wxWidgets project

en: Insert a snippet using the trigger-key
en_GB: Insert a snippet using the trigger key

note: Translator: In a similar matter, it also appears in Edit->Snippets. It's another method for inserting snippets. In this case, you call Auto complete insert, start typing in the editor a string, the database is searched for that string and the most relevant snippets are returned in a pop-up like the 
en: _Auto complete insert
en_GB: _Autocomplete insert

en: Insert a snippet using auto-completion
en_GB: Insert a snippet using autocompletion

en: _Import snippets …
en_GB: _Import snippets…

en: _Export snippets …
en_GB: _Export snippets…

en: Keywords are used for better searching of the snippets. They should be relevant to the snippet content. Type them separated by a single space.
en_GB: Keywords are used for better searching of the snippets. They should be relevant to the snippet content. Type them separated by spaces.

en: Could not save file because filename not yet specified
en_GB: Could not save file because filename has not yet been specified

en: GtkSourceView editor
en_GB: GtkSourceView Editor

note: Display label short-cut
en: Syncronize your local copy with the Subversion tree
en_GB: Syncronise your local copy with the Subversion tree

note: Translators: Checkbox if a dialog should be shown after some operation finishes, so translate as "to pop up a dialog"
en: Popup dialog
en_GB: Popup dialogue

en: Shut down Anjuta properly, releasing all resources (for debugging)
en_GB: Shut down Anjuta, properly releasing all resources (for debugging)

en: Websites will have their color schemes set to dark. Requires app restart to take effect.
en_GB: Websites will have their colour schemes set to dark. Requires app restart to take effect.

[ctx: QCoreApplication|]
en: Function type '%1' not recognized
en_GB: Function type '%1' not recognised

[ctx: QCoreApplication|]
en: Function '%1' not recognized
en_GB: Function '%1' not recognised

en: 
    Press [Enter] to reboot your system.
en_GB: 
    Press <return> to reboot your system.

en: %s is now successfully installed and ready for you to use!
    Go ahead and quit the application to start using it!
en_GB: %s is now successfully installed and ready for you to use!
    Go ahead and reboot to start using it!

en: %s is now successfully installed and ready for you to use!
    Go ahead and reboot your system to start using it!
en_GB: %s is now successfully installed and ready for you to use!
    Go ahead and reboot to start using it!

en: Are you sure you want to delete all of the data on {}?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete all of the data on %s?

en: Btrfs partition "{}" is defined multiple times.
en_GB: Btrfs partition "%s" is defined multiple times.

en: Btrfs volume "{}" specified with --useexisting does not exist.
en_GB: Btrfs volume "%s" specified with --useexisting does not exist.

en: Add NTP server
en_GB: Add NTP Server

[ctx: GUI|Custom Partitioning|Confirm Delete Dialog]
en: Do _not show this dialog for other selected file systems.
en_GB: Do _not show this dialogue for other selected file systems.

en: Host names can only contain the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', '-', or '.', parts between periods must contain something and cannot start or end with '-'.
en_GB: Host names can only contain the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', '-', or '.', parts between dots must contain something and cannot start or end with '-'.

en: LOCALIZATION
en_GB: LOCALISATION

en: Local host name must not end with period '.'.
en_GB: Local host name must not end with dot '.'.

en: More customization options are available
    after creating the mount point below.
en_GB: More customisation options are available
    after creating the mount point below.

en: Please use the live desktop environment's tools for customizing your network configuration.  You can set the host name here.
en_GB: Please use the live desktop environment's tools for customising your network configuration.  You can set the host name here.

en: Red Hat Insights aims to increase your IT efficiency and speed across hybrid infrastructures by identifying and prioritizing risks, managing vulnerabilities, and compliance, and analyzing costs. For more information, visit the Red Hat Insights information page.
en_GB: Red Hat Insights aims to increase your IT efficiency and speed across hybrid infrastructures by identifying and prioritising risks, managing vulnerabilities, and compliance, and analysing costs. For more information, visit the Red Hat Insights information page.

en: Registered with organization {}
en_GB: Registered with organisation {}

en: Specialized & Network Disks
en_GB: Specialised & Network Disks

en: Synchronizing writes to disk
en_GB: Synchronising writes to disk

en: Systemd-boot cannot be utilized with the current type of payload. Choose an installation media that supports package installation.
en_GB: Systemd-boot cannot be utilised with the current type of payload. Choose an installation media that supports package installation.

en: The following error occurred discovering iSCSI targets.  Please double check your authorization information and try again.
en_GB: The following error occurred discovering iSCSI targets.  Please double check your authorisation information and try again.

en: The selected disk {} is not recognized.
en_GB: The selected disk {} is not recognised.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General Options)
en: Which tracks or albums to favor in Random Mode
en_GB: Which tracks or albums to favour in Random Mode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will overwrite existing files.
en_GB: Whether organise files will overwrite existing files.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will overwrite any existing destination.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will overwrite any existing destination.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will move The in artist names to the end.
en_GB: Whether Organise files will move 'The' in artist names to the end.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will move The in artist names to the end as in "Beatles, The".
en_GB: If set, Organize files will move 'The' in artist names to the end as in "Beatles, The".

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.
en_GB: Whether organise files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will use cover art as folder icons.
en_GB: Whether organise files will use cover art as folder icons.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will use cover art as folder icons.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will use cover art as folder icons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Collection folder path destination for Organize files.
en_GB: Collection folder path destination for Organise files.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: The path of the collection folder destination for Organize files.
en_GB: The path of the collection folder destination for Organise files.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will rename files in a manner compatible with vfat filesystems.
en_GB: Whether organise files will rename files in a manner compatible with vfat filesystems.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace characters that are not compatible with vfat filesystems (such as ':', '*' and '?').
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace characters that are not compatible with vfat filesystems (such as ':', '*' and '?').

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will rename files such that they only contain 7-bit ASCII characters.
en_GB: Whether organise files will rename files such that they only contain 7-bit ASCII characters.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace characters that are not compatible with the 7-bit ASCII character set.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace characters that are not compatible with the 7-bit ASCII character set.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will use a custom file naming scheme.
en_GB: Whether organise files will use a custom file naming scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will rename files according to a custom format string.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will rename files according to a custom format string.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Format string for Organize files, if a custom naming scheme is used.
en_GB: Format string for Organise files, if a custom naming scheme is used.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If the custom filename scheme is enabled, then Organize files will rename files according to this format string.
en_GB: If the custom filename scheme is enabled, then Organise files will rename files according to this format string.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Organize files will replace substrings matching this regular expression.
en_GB: Organise files will replace substrings matching this regular expression.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Organize files will replace matching substrings with this string.
en_GB: Organise files will replace matching substrings with this string.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: Equalizer mode - 0 = off, 1 to n = preset no
en_GB: Equaliser mode - 0 = off, 1 to n = preset no

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Playback)
en: When enabled, an equalizer plugin filters the audio stream.
en_GB: When enabled, an equaliser plugin filters the audio stream.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: 11 Equalizer gains including pre-amp, range -100..100, 0 is normal.
en_GB: 11 Equaliser gains including pre-amp, range -100..100, 0 is normal.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: List with user equalizer preset names
en_GB: List with user equaliser preset names

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Whether to use custom colors for the OSD
en_GB: Whether to use custom colours for the OSD

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: You can use custom colors for the OSD if you set this true.
en_GB: You can use custom colours for the OSD if you set this true.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Font color for OSD
en_GB: Font colour for OSD

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: The color of the OSD text. The color is specified in RGB, a comma-separated list containing three integers between 0 and 255.
en_GB: The colour of the OSD text. The colour is specified in RGB, a comma-separated list containing three integers between 0 and 255.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: The relative position of the OSD. Possible choices are Left, Middle, Right and Center.
en_GB: The relative position of the OSD. Possible choices are Left, Middle, Right and Centre.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OsdHideOnFullscreen)
en: Don't show when a fullscreen application is active
en_GB: Do not show when a fullscreen application is active

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (MediaDevice)
en: Whether Amarok statistics should be synchronized with play count/ratings on device and whether tracks played should be submitted to Last.fm.
en_GB: Whether Amarok statistics should be synchronised with play count/ratings on device and whether tracks played should be submitted to Last.fm.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (MySQL)
en: Keeps a running count to know when run a CHECK.
en_GB: Keeps a running count to know when to run a CHECK.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (PlaylistGenerator)
en: A value between 0 and 10 that controls whether the Automated Playlist Generator tries to optimize for speed (0) or accuracy (10).
en_GB: A value between 0 and 10 that controls whether the Automated Playlist Generator tries to optimise for speed (0) or accuracy (10).

en: Disable colorization for debug output.
en_GB: Disable colourisation for debug output.

[ctx: Select if should use a path as collection folder]
en: Don't use
en_GB: Do not use

en: Move Tracks to Trash
en_GB: Move Tracks to Wastebin

[ctx: Organize Files]
en: Organize Files
en_GB: Organise Files

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Confirm Move to Trash
en_GB: Confirm Move to Wastebin

en: Are you sure you want to move this item to trash? | Are you sure you want to move these %1 items to trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move this item to the wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: Generator Optimization
en_GB: Generator Optimisation

en: With a dynamic playlist, Amarok becomes your own personal dj, automatically selecting tracks for you, based on a number of parameters that you select.
en_GB: With a dynamic playlist, Amarok becomes your own personal DJ, automatically selecting tracks for you, based on a number of parameters that you select.

en: Create, edit, organize and load playlists. Amarok automatically adds any playlists found when scanning your collection, and any playlists that you save are also shown here.
en_GB: Create, edit, organise and load playlists. Amarok automatically adds any playlists found when scanning your collection, and any playlists that you save are also shown here.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseServer) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseServer)
en: Check to enable the use of an external database. By default there is already an embedded MySQL database running.
en_GB: Tick to enable the use of an external database. By default there is already an embedded MySQL database running.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel)
en: Selected labels won't be touched by statistics synchronization
en_GB: Selected labels will not be touched by statistics synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowTrayIcon) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowTrayIcon)
en: Check to enable the Amarok system tray icon.
en_GB: Tick to enable the Amarok system tray icon.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoGetCoverArt) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoGetCoverArt)
en: Check to enable the automatic retrieval of cover art from the Internet.
en_GB: Tick to enable the automatic retrieval of cover art from the Internet.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateAppletCollapse) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateAppletCollapse)
en: Check to enable animations when context applets collapse.
en_GB: Tick to enable animations when context applets collapse.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoScrollPlaylist)
en: Check to make the playlist scroll so the current track is always visible.
en_GB: Tick to make the playlist scroll so the current track is always visible.

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Ratings
en_GB: Synchronise Ratings

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize First Played Times
en_GB: Synchronise First Played Times

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Last Played Times
en_GB: Synchronise Last Played Times

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Playcounts
en_GB: Synchronise Playcounts

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: %1 is field name such as Play Count (this string is only used as a fallback)]
en: Synchronize %1
en_GB: Synchronise %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_statSyncingGroup)
en: Statistics Synchronization
en_GB: Statistics Synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_syncedCollectionsLabel)
en: <b>Check collections to keep them synchronized.</b> This includes scrobbling of tracks played on iPods if you have Last.fm plugin configured
en_GB: <b>Tick collections to keep them synchronised.</b> This includes scrobbling of tracks played on iPods if you have Last.fm plugin configured

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_synchronizeButton)
en: Synchronize…
en_GB: Synchronise…

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdEnabled) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdEnabled)
en: Check to enable the On-Screen-Display. The OSD briefly displays track data when a new track is played.
en_GB: Tick to enable the On-Screen-Display. The OSD briefly displays track data when a new track is played.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors)
en: Check to enable custom colors for the On-Screen-Display.
en_GB: Tick to enable custom colours for the On-Screen-Display.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors)
en: Use &custom colors
en_GB: Use &custom colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_OsdTextColor)
en: The color of the OSD text.
en_GB: The colour of the OSD text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_OsdTextColor)
en: Click to select the color of the OSD text.
en_GB: Click to select the colour of the OSD text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OsdUseTranslucency)
en: If checked, enables translucency if supported by your desktop system.
en_GB: If ticked, enables translucency if supported by your desktop system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_KNotifyEnabled)
en: Check to use the system notification.
en_GB: Tick to use the system notification.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResumePlayback) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResumePlayback)
en: If checked, Amarok will<br>resume playback from where you left it the previous session -- just like a tape-player.
en_GB: If ticked, Amarok will<br>resume playback from where you left it the previous session -- just like a tape-player.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Color for assigned labels:
en_GB: Colour for assigned labels:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Color for labels background:
en_GB: Colour for labels background:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, resetColorsPushButton)
en: Sets the label colors according to the current color scheme.
en_GB: Sets the label colours according to the current colour scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, resetColorsPushButton)
en: Reset colors
en_GB: Reset colours

en: Lyrics config
en_GB: Lyrics configuration

en: FLAC is a lossless compressed audio format free of any patents or license fees. It maintains perfect CD audio quality while reducing file size by about 50%. Because the filesize is much larger than Ogg Vorbis or MP3 it is not recommended if you want to transfer your music to a mobile player.
en_GB: FLAC is a lossless compressed audio format free of any patents or licence fees. It maintains perfect CD audio quality while reducing file size by about 50%. Because the filesize is much larger than Ogg Vorbis or MP3 it is not recommended if you want to transfer your music to a mobile player.

en: Updating Amarok database schema. Please don't terminate Amarok now as it may result in database corruption.
en_GB: Updating Amarok database schema. Please do not terminate Amarok now as it may result in database corruption.

[ctx: iPod was successfully initialized]
en: Initialization successful.
en_GB: Initialisation successful.

en: One track was not copied because it wouldn't be playable - its  %2 format is unsupported.<br> | %1 tracks were not copied because they wouldn't be playable - they are in unsupported formats (%2).<br>
en_GB[0]: One track was not copied because it would not be playable - its  %2 format is unsupported.<br>
en_GB[1]: %1 tracks were not copied because they would not be playable - they are in unsupported formats (%2).<br>

[ctx: iPod model that is not (yet) recognized]
en: Unrecognized model
en_GB: Unrecognised model

en: iPod model was not recognized.
en_GB: iPod model was not recognised.

en: <b>%1</b><br><br>Above problem prevents Amarok from using your iPod. You can try to re-create critical iPod folders and files (including iTunes database) using the <b>%2</b> button below.<br><br> Initializing iPod <b>destroys iPod track and photo database</b>, however it should not delete any tracks. The tracks will become orphaned.
en_GB: <b>%1</b><br><br>Above problem prevents Amarok from using your iPod. You can try to re-create critical iPod folders and files (including iTunes database) using the <b>%2</b> button below.<br><br> Initialising iPod <b>destroys iPod track and photo database</b>, however it should not delete any tracks. The tracks will become orphaned.

en: Cannot initialize iPod due to an unreported error.
en_GB: Cannot initialise iPod due to an unreported error.

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to move this track to the trash? It will be removed from %2. | Do you really want to move these %1 tracks to the trash? They will be removed from %2.
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this track to the wastebin? It will be removed from %2.
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 tracks to the wastebin? They will be removed from %2.

[ctx: Select if empty folders should be removed]
en: Don't remove
en_GB: Do not remove

en: Moving to trash: %1
en_GB: Moving to wastebin: %1

en: When Amarok was last closed, this track was at %1, but Amarok cannot find this track on the filesystem or in any of your collections anymore. You may try plugging in the device this track might be on.
en_GB: When Amarok was last closed, this track was at %1, but Amarok cannot find this track on the filesystem or in any of your collections any more. You may try plugging in the device this track might be on.

en: Url is not a local file
en_GB: URL is not a local file

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoFetchCheck) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoFetchCheck)
en: When checked, Amarok will automatically scan the podcast for updates
en_GB: When ticked, Amarok will automatically scan the podcast for updates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_purgeCheck) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_purgeCheck)
en: If checked, Amarok will throw away old podcast episodes
en_GB: If ticked, Amarok will throw away old podcast episodes

en: Toggle the "keep" downloaded file status of this podcast episode. Downloaded files with this status wouldn't be deleted even if we apply a purge.
en_GB: Toggle the "keep" downloaded file status of this podcast episode. Downloaded files with this status would not be deleted even if we apply a purge.

en: Organize tracks
en_GB: Organise tracks

en: Transcode and organize tracks
en_GB: Transcode and organise tracks

en: Organizing one track | Organizing %1 tracks
en_GB[0]: Organising one track
en_GB[1]: Organising %1 tracks

en: Transcoding and organizing one track | Transcoding and organizing %1 tracks
en_GB[0]: Transcoding and organising one track
en_GB[1]: Transcoding and organising %1 tracks

[ctx: Track field name]
en: Unique Id
en_GB: Unique ID

en: The bitrate is a measure of the quantity of data used to represent a second of the audio track.<br>The encoder used by Amarok operates better with a constant bitrate.<br>VBR is experimental and likely to get even worse results than the CBR.<br>For this reason, the bitrate measure in this slider is a pretty accurate estimate of the bitrate of the encoded track.<br>The encoder is transparent at 128kbps for most samples tested with artifacts only appearing in extreme cases.
en_GB: The bitrate is a measure of the quantity of data used to represent a second of the audio track.<br>The encoder used by Amarok operates better with a constant bitrate.<br>VBR is experimental and likely to get even worse results than the CBR.<br>For this reason, the bitrate measure in this slider is a pretty accurate estimate of the bitrate of the encoded track.<br>The encoder is transparent at 128kbps for most samples tested with artefacts only appearing in extreme cases.

en: Canceled fetching cover for '%1'.
en_GB: Cancelled fetching cover for '%1'.

en: Configure Equalizer
en_GB: Configure Equaliser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, eqPresets)
en: List of available equalizer presets.
en_GB: List of available equaliser presets.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, pushButton_saveAndClose)
en: Update tags for checked tracks and exit
en_GB: Update tags for ticked tracks and exit

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, OrganizeCollectionDialogBase)
en: Organize Files
en_GB: Organise Files

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, overwriteCheck)
en: If checked, overwrite files of the same name without asking.
en_GB: If ticked, overwrite files of the same name without asking.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, overwriteCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Check this to overwrite files of the same name automatically. <span style=" font-style:italic;">(Warning: Overwriting is not undoable)</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Tick this to overwrite files of the same name automatically. <span style=" font-style:italic;">(Warning: Overwriting is not undoable)</span></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, spaceCheck)
en: If checked, convert spaces to underscores.
en_GB: If ticked, convert spaces to underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spaceCheck)
en: If checked all spaces will be replaced with underscores in the file names. If not, spaces will be left as they are.
en_GB: If ticked all spaces will be replaced with underscores in the file names. If not, spaces will be left as they are.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreTheCheck)
en: If checked, append ', The' to the artists' names starting with 'The'.
en_GB: If ticked, append ', The' to the artists' names starting with 'The'.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreTheCheck)
en: If checked all artists starting with "The" will have it moved to the end. Example, "The Beatles" would become "Beatles, The"
en_GB: If ticked all artists starting with "The" will have it moved to the end. Example, "The Beatles" would become "Beatles, The"

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, vfatCheck)
en: If checked, replace characters that are incompatible with MS-DOS/VFAT file systems with underscores. Incompatible characters include |?*<":>+[] and unicode control characters. 
    
    Most people can leave this option enabled as it ensures copying to media devices will function correctly.
en_GB: If ticked, replace characters that are incompatible with MS-DOS/VFAT file systems with underscores. Incompatible characters include |?*<":>+[] and unicode control characters. 
    
    Most people can leave this option enabled as it ensures copying to media devices will function correctly.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, asciiCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If checked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Do not check this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If ticked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Do not tick this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option unticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, asciiCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If checked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Do not check this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option <span style=" font-style:italic;">unchecked.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If ticked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Do not tick this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option <span style=" font-style:italic;">unticked.</span></p></body></html>

en: Tag Guesser, Labels, Spectrum Analyzer
en_GB: Tag Guesser, Labels, Spectrum Analyser

en: Bug triaging and sanitizing
en_GB: Bug triaging and sanitising

en: Analyzers, patches, shoutcast
en_GB: Analysers, patches, shoutcast

en: Analyzers, Context Browser and systray eye-candy
en_GB: Analysers, Context Browser and systray eye-candy

en: Dialog to filter the collection titles
en_GB: Dialogue to filter the collection titles

en: Synchronize Statistics...
en_GB: Synchronise Statistics...

en: Favor
en_GB: Favour

en: Example 4: like my favorite radio station
en_GB: Example 4: like my favourite radio station

[ctx: Confirm if script file should be removed]
en: Don't remove
en_GB: Do not remove

en: Trying to synchronize statuses with gpodder.net
en_GB: Trying to synchronise statuses with gpodder.net

en: Trying to synchronize subscriptions with gpodder.net
en_GB: Trying to synchronise subscriptions with gpodder.net

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseFancyRatingTags)
en: Use Last.fm tags like <b>7 of 10 stars</b> to represent your Amarok ratings during statistics synchronization
en_GB: Use Last.fm tags like <b>7 of 10 stars</b> to represent your Amarok ratings during statistics synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnnounceCorrections)
en: <html>When scrobbling tracks to Last.fm, it autocorrects common errors in track tags like artist, album and title. Check this to be notified when this happens and what the autocorrection was</html>
en_GB: <html>When scrobbling tracks to Last.fm, it autocorrects common errors in track tags like artist, album and title. Tick this to be notified when this happens and what the autocorrection was</html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FilterByLabel)
en: <html>Check if you want certain tracks neither to be scrobbled nor to be updated to Last.fm now playing</html>
en_GB: <html>Tick if you want certain tracks neither to be scrobbled nor to be updated to Last.fm now playing</html>

en: Last.fm account connection was not successful. Please make sure you have authorized Amarok to connect to your Last.fm account on the Last.fm web page that was opened and try again.
en_GB: Last.fm account connection was not successful. Please make sure you have authorised Amarok to connect to your Last.fm account on the Last.fm web page that was opened and try again.

en: %1's Neighbor Radio
en_GB: %1's Neighbour Radio

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: If you check this box, Amarok will periodically check for Magnatune database updates and download them automatically.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Amarok will periodically check for Magnatune database updates and download them automatically.

en: Loading your Magnatune.com favorites page...
en_GB: Loading your Magnatune.com favourites page...

en: Amarok's MP3tunes Harmony Daemon
en_GB: Amarok's MP3tunes Harmony Dæmon

en: The identifier the daemon should use.
en_GB: The identifier the dæmon should use.

en: Neither playable nor downloadable url specified.
en_GB: Neither playable nor downloadable URL specified.

[ctx: %1 is collection name]
en: %1 has an ability to synchronize track meta-data such as play count or rating with other collections. Do you want to keep %1 synchronized?
    
    You can always change the decision in Amarok configuration.
en_GB: %1 has an ability to synchronise track meta-data such as play count or rating with other collections. Do you want to keep %1 synchronised?
    
    You can always change the decision in Amarok configuration.

[ctx: Select if collection should be synchronized]
en: Keep synchronized
en_GB: Keep synchronised

[ctx: Select if collection should be synchronized]
en: Don't keep synchronized
en_GB: Do not keep synchronised

en: You only seem to have the Local Collection. Statistics synchronization only makes sense if there is more than one collection.
en_GB: You only seem to have the Local Collection. Statistics synchronisation only makes sense if there is more than one collection.

en: Can match tracks by: %1
    Can synchronize: %2
en_GB: Can match tracks by: %1
    Can synchronise: %2

en: Synchronize Statistics
en_GB: Synchronise Statistics

en: Matching Tracks for Statistics Synchronization
en_GB: Matching Tracks for Statistics Synchronisation

en: Synchronizing Track Statistics
en_GB: Synchronising Track Statistics

[ctx: %2 is a list of collection names]
en: Synchronization of %2 done. <b>One</b> track was updated. | Synchronization of %2 done. <b>%1</b> tracks were updated.
en_GB[0]: Synchronisation of %2 done. <b>One</b> track was updated.
en_GB[1]: Synchronisation of %2 done. <b>%1</b> tracks were updated.

en: Configure Synchronization...
en_GB: Configure Synchronisation...

[ctx: %1 is field name such as Rating]
en: No selected collection supports writing %1 - it doesn't make sense to synchronize it.
en_GB: No selected collection supports writing %1 - it doesn't make sense to synchronise it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, providersBox)
en: Select Collections to Synchronize
en_GB: Select Collections to Synchronise

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, fieldsBox)
en: Select Fields to Synchronize
en_GB: Select Fields to Synchronise

en: Configure Synchronization Target
en_GB: Configure Synchronisation Target

en: Add Synchronization Target
en_GB: Add Synchronisation Target

en: <span style="color:red; font-weight:bold;">Important:</span> before synchronizing tracks with a file-based target always make sure that the database file is not currently in use!
en_GB: <span style="color:red; font-weight:bold;">Important:</span> before synchronising tracks with a file-based target always make sure that the database file is not currently in use!

en: There are no tracks unique to one of the sources participating in the synchronization
en_GB: There are no tracks unique to one of the sources participating in the synchronisation

en: There are no tracks excluded from synchronization
en_GB: There are no tracks excluded from synchronisation

en: Reset All Labels to Undecided (Don't Synchronize Them)
en_GB: Reset All Labels to Undecided (Do not Synchronise Them)

en: Tracks that have been excluded from synchronization due to ambiguity
en_GB: Tracks that have been excluded from synchronisation due to ambiguity

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, encoderNotFoundLabel)
en: <b>Note:</b> No encoder is available. If you want to transcode tracks please install <i>ffmpeg</i> or <i>libav</i> package (with <i>ffmpeg</i> wrapper) with appropriate encoders. Otherwise you may check <i>Remember this choice for the next time</i> option in order to skip this dialog for future transfers.
en_GB: <b>Note:</b> No encoder is available. If you want to transcode tracks please install <i>ffmpeg</i> or <i>libav</i> package (with <i>ffmpeg</i> wrapper) with appropriate encoders. Otherwise you may tick <i>Remember this choice for the next time</i> option in order to skip this dialogue for future transfers.

en: You can encrypt the diary to preserve your privacy. It has editing abilities, including text formatting and printing and shows you a lists of events which happened (on your computer) for each day (such as tasks and appointments from Evolution).
en_GB: You can encrypt the diary to preserve your privacy. It has editing abilities, including text formatting and printing and shows you a list of events which happened (on your computer) for each day (such as tasks and appointments from Evolution).

note: Translators: Use two popular URIs from your locale, preferably one on the Internet and one local file.
en: e.g. “http://google.com/” or “file:///home/me/Photos/photo.jpg”.
en_GB: e.g. “http://google.co.uk/” or “file:///home/me/Photos/photo.jpg”.

en: Almanah is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Almanah is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Almanah is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Almanah is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Almanah.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Almanah.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: Couldn't load the CSS resources. The interface might not be styled correctly: %s
en_GB: Couldn’t load the CSS resources. The interface might not be styled correctly: %s

en: Error deserializing imported entry into buffer: %s
en_GB: Error deserialising imported entry into buffer: %s

en: Error deserializing existing entry into buffer; overwriting with imported entry: %s
en_GB: Error deserialising existing entry into buffer; overwriting with imported entry: %s

en: Spelling checker could not be initialized
en_GB: Spelling checker could not be initialised

en: Search canceled.
en_GB: Search cancelled.

en: Error deserializing entry into buffer while searching.
en_GB: Error deserialising entry into buffer while searching.

en: Can't create a new GIOChannel for the encrypted database: %s
en_GB: Can’t create a new GIOChannel for the encrypted database: %s

en: No favorite entries available
en_GB: No favourite entries available

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Remove from Favorites
en_GB: Remove from Favourites

en: Feed readers provide a convenient way to browse different kinds of content, including news, blogs, and other content from online sites. Instead of checking all your favorite web sites manually for updates, Akregator collects the content for you.
en_GB: Feed readers provide a convenient way to browse different kinds of content, including news, blogs, and other content from online sites. Instead of checking all your favourite web sites manually for updates, Akregator collects the content for you.

[ctx: Delete articles older than:]
en: %v day | %v days
en_GB[0]:  day
en_GB[1]: %v days

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Article List Colors
en_GB: Article List Colours

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Check Phishing Url
en_GB: Check Phishing URL

en: The url %1 is not valid.
en_GB: The URL %1 is not valid.

en: Synchronize All
en_GB: Synchronise All

en: Synchronize Collection Tree
en_GB: Synchronise Collection Tree

en: Synchronize Tags
en_GB: Synchronise Tags

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_9)
en: Mimetypes:
en_GB: Mime-types:

en: Content MimeTypes
en_GB: Content Mime-types

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, parentIdLabelBuddy)
en: Parent Tag Id:
en_GB: Parent Tag ID:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open collection dialog
en_GB: Open collection dialogue

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Optimizing table %1...
en_GB: Optimising table %1...

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Error: failed to optimize table %1
en_GB: Error: failed to optimise table %1

en: Importing of filters from "%1" was canceled.
en_GB: Importing of filters from "%1" was cancelled.

en: Ldap created
en_GB: LDAP created

[ctx: @info:placeholder]
en: Add organization's name
en_GB: Add organisation's name

en: Checking for RECURRING-ID incidences with nonexistent master incidence...
en_GB: Checking for RECURRING-ID incidences with non-existent master incidence...

en: Comma-separated list of collection ids to scan
en_GB: Comma-separated list of collection IDs to scan

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideDeclinedInvitations), group (Group Scheduling)
en: Check this box to hide declined invitations in event views.
en_GB: Tick this box to hide declined invitations in event views.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Reminders)
en: Only show reminders for events I organize or attend
en_GB: Only show reminders for events I organise or attend

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Reminders)
en: Check this to only receive reminders for events that you are the organizer of or that you are attending.
en_GB: Check this to only receive reminders for events that you are the organiser of or that you are attending.

en: solitaire;cards;klondike;spider;freecell;patience;
en_GB: solitaire;cards;canfield;spider;freecell;patience;

note: %s is replaced with the name of the game in gnome-games.
en: %s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version %d of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: %s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version %d of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: %s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: %s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

note: #-#-#-#-#  50 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. If there is an established standard name for this game in your locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #-#-#-#-#  49 (gnome-games ais
en: Canfield
en_GB: Demon

en: _Don't report
en_GB: _Don’t report

en: Install new card themes from the distribution packages repositories
en_GB: Install new card themes from the package repositories of the distribution

en: Whether or not to play event sounds
en_GB: Whether to play event sounds

en: Aisleriot cannot find the last game you played.
en_GB: AisleRiot cannot find the last game you played.

en: This usually occurs when you run an older version of Aisleriot which does not have the game you last played. The default game, Klondike, is being started instead.
en_GB: This usually occurs when you run an older version of Aisleriot which does not have the game you last played. The default game, Canfield, is being started instead.

en: Unknown color
en_GB: Unknown colour

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: Just because a crosswalk looks like a hopscotch board doesn't mean it is one
en_GB: Just because a zebra crossing looks like a hopscotch board doesn't mean it is one

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: I could sure use a backrub right about now...
en_GB: I could really use a backrub right about now…

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: Monitors won't give you Vitamin D -- but sunlight will...
en_GB: Monitors won’t give you Vitamin D — but sunlight will…

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: If you're ever lost and alone in the woods, hug a tree
en_GB: If you’re ever lost and alone in the woods, hug a tree

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: Never blow in a dog's ear
en_GB: Never blow in a dog’s ear

en: I'm not sure
en_GB: I’m not sure

en: Alternating colors
en_GB: Alternating colours

en: If a card can be moved to the foundation(s), you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move.
en_GB: If a card can be moved to the foundations, you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move.

en: Double clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game.
en_GB: Double-clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game.

en: In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of time. Watch for the <guilabel>Redeals Left</guilabel> message at the bottom of the window.
en_GB: In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of times. Watch for the <guilabel>Redeals Left</guilabel> message at the bottom of the window.

en: Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Klondike can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game - the menu will be inactive during the game.
en_GB: Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Canfield can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game — the menu will be inactive during the game.

en: Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment, there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons.
en_GB: Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment; there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Groups of cards in sequence and same color can be moved as a unit.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Groups of cards in sequence and same colour can be moved as a unit.

en: Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down, and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Klondike only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Canfield only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles, and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it.
en_GB: There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it.

en: Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens, and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this --
en_GB: Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this --

en: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved.
en_GB: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analog clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analog watch/clock, this is the pattern:
en_GB: Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analogue clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analogue watch/clock, this is the pattern:

en: Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double click on the appropriate receptor pile.
en_GB: Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double-click on the appropriate receptor pile.

en: Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points, and Kings as thirteen points.
en_GB: Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points and Kings as thirteen points.

en: Each Ace through King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points.
en_GB: Each Ace to King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points.

en: One pile, the center pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or color.
en_GB: One pile, the centre pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or colour.

en: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat...
en_GB: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat…

en: The Tableau is built down by alternate color. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating color can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King.
en_GB: The Tableau is built down by alternate colour. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating colour can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double-clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible.

en: Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens, and Kings are worth 11, 12, and 13 respectively.
en_GB: Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens and Kings are worth 11, 12 and 13 respectively.

en: Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together.
en_GB: Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled, and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed.
en_GB: If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed.

en: Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Check this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unchecked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing.
en_GB: Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Tick this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unticked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colors. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colours. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below.

en: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations.
en_GB: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double-clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations.

en: To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colors. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite color.
en_GB: To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colours. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite colour.

en: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau.
en_GB: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste.

en: Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of <placeholder-1/>. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card.
en_GB: Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of <placeholder-1/>. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card.

en: Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build.
en_GB: Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards.

en: Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven, and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly.
en_GB: Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly.

en: Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile, and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three, and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter.
en_GB: Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter.

en: Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes, and fours for piles one, two, three, and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged.
en_GB: Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes and fours for piles one, two, three and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second, and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up.
en_GB: Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards.

en: Left slot in the center row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal.
en_GB: Left slot in the centre row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal.

en: Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner.
en_GB: Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double-clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: Double clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game.

en: Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional - depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way.
en_GB: Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional — depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way.

en: Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank.
en_GB: Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock.
en_GB: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock.

en: Center pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count.
en_GB: Centre pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count.

en: Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the center pile, 7 or greater to corner piles.
en_GB: Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the centre pile, 7 or greater to corner piles.

en: Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Center pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count.
en_GB: Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Centre pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count.

en: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces.
en_GB: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces.

en: Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards, and as few as none.
en_GB: Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards and as few as none.

en: All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait, and from the waste.
en_GB: All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait and from the waste.

en: Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns, and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win.
en_GB: Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win.

en: Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12, and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column.
en_GB: Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12 and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column.

en: Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Klondike only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Klondike. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Canfield only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Canfield. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points.
en_GB: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points.

en: Four piles at top in the center. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start.
en_GB: Four piles at top in the centre. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start.

en: Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7, and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit.
en_GB: Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7 and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit.

en: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1).
en_GB: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1).

en: Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Allow temporary spots use: If checked the temporary spots may be reused.
en_GB: Allow temporary spots use: If ticked the temporary spots may be reused.

en: Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12.
en_GB: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12.

en: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12.
en_GB: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12.

en: Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16, and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste.
en_GB: Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16 and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite color.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite colour.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite color. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite colour. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate color up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play.
en_GB: Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate colour up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play.

en: Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock.
en_GB: Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double-clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible.

en: Foundations are built up by alternate color from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play.
en_GB: Foundations are built up by alternate colour from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play.

en: Build by alternate color
en_GB: Build by alternate colour

en: Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not.
en_GB: Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not.

en: Build by color
en_GB: Build by colour

en: Building by placing a card on to another card of the same color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not.
en_GB: Building by placing a card on to another card of the same colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not.

en: The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/color, you can build by suit, build by color, build by alternate color, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list.
en_GB: The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/colour, you can build by suit, build by colour, build by alternate colour, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list.

en: The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 1. If low, aces are ranked as 14. J, Q, and K are usually ranked 11, 12, and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11.
en_GB: The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 1. If low, aces are ranked as 14. J, Q and K are usually ranked 11, 12 and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11.

en: A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, 2 through 10, Jack, Queen, and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colors, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colors and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm.
en_GB: A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, from 2 to 10, Jack, Queen and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colours, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colours and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm.

en: Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts, and Diamonds.
en_GB: Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds.

en: Displays a hierachical tree of accessible objects
en_GB: Displays a hierarchical tree of accessible objects

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Visualize the component boundaries
en_GB: Visualise the component boundaries

en: Accerciser has a simple plugin framework which you can use to create custom views of accessibility information.
en_GB: Accerciser has a simple plug-in framework which you can use to create custom views of accessibility information.

en: A list of plugins that are disabled by default
en_GB: A list of plug-ins that are disabled by default

en: A list of plugins that are disabled by default.
en_GB: A list of plug-ins that are disabled by default.

en: Highlight fill color
en_GB: Highlight fill colour

en: The color and opacity of the highlight fill.
en_GB: The colour and opacity of the highlight fill.

en: Highlight border color
en_GB: Highlight border colour

en: The color and opacity of the highlight border.
en_GB: The colour and opacity of the highlight border.

en: The layout for the bottom panel pluginview.
en_GB: The layout for the bottom panel plug-in view.

en: The layout for the top panel pluginview.
en_GB: The layout for the top panel plug-in view.

en: View plugins in a single layout.
en_GB: View plug-ins in a single layout.

en: Available new pluginviews
en_GB: Available new plug-in views

en: This list contains all the new available pluginviews
en_GB: This list contains all the new available plug-in views

en: The pluginview layout
en_GB: The plug-in view layout

en: The default plugin layout for the top panel.
en_GB: The default plug-in layout for the top panel.

en: Event monitor
en_GB: Event Monitor

en: Plugin with various methods of selecting accessibles quickly.
en_GB: Plug-in with various methods of selecting accessibles quickly.

en: The border color of the highlight box
en_GB: The border colour of the highlight box

en: The fill color of the highlight box
en_GB: The fill colour of the highlight box

en: The New BSD License. See the COPYING and NOTICE files for details.
en_GB: The New BSD Licence. See the COPYING and NOTICE files for details.

en: _Single plugins view
en_GB: _Single plug-ins view

en: Plugin View
en_GB: Plug-in View

en: Plugin View (%d)
en_GB: Plug-in View (%d)

en: <application>Accerciser</application> has two modes for viewing plugins. The current view mode could be toggled with <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Single plugin view</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo>. When single mode is enabled, all plugins will be put in the top right plugin view and ordered alphabetically, this could be useful for screen reader users who have no use for <application>Accerciser</application>'s flexible plugin spacial layout scheme. When single view mode is disabled plugin tabs could be dragged and dropped in to different plugin views, or could be dragged to the desktop to put the given plugin in a new view. The placement of plugins could also be manipulated with the plugin context menu that could be brought up either from the plugin tab, or the plugin preferences dialog.
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application> has two modes for viewing plugins. The current view mode could be toggled with <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Single plugin view</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo>. When single mode is enabled, all plugins will be put in the top-right plugin view and ordered alphabetically; this could be useful for screen reader users who have no use for <application>Accerciser</application>'s flexible plugin spacial layout scheme. When single view mode is disabled plugin tabs could be dragged and dropped in to different plugin views, or could be dragged to the desktop to put the given plugin in a new view. The placement of plugins could also be manipulated with the plugin context menu that could be brought up either from the plugin tab, or the plugin preferences dialogue.

en: Accerciser allows bookmarking selected accessibles for later examining. This could be helpful if the target application must be restarted, for example after rebuilding it. To bookmark the currently selected accessible do <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>d</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Accerciser allows bookmarking selected accessibles for later examining. This could be helpful if the target application must be restarted, for example after rebuilding it. To bookmark the currently-selected accessible do <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>d</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Bookmarks to accessibles in Accerciser are defined by an application name and a "path" in the application's internal accessible hierarchy to the bookmarked accessible. When the target application is in a different state (ie. multiple top level frames) the path might not be correct.
en_GB: Bookmarks to accessibles in Accerciser are defined by an application name and a "path" in the application's internal accessible hierarchy to the bookmarked accessible. When the target application is in a different state (i.e. multiple top level frames) the path might not be correct.

en: Bookmarks could be managed by accessing the bookmark editing dialog through <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Bookmarks could be managed by accessing the bookmark editing dialogue through <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: <application>Accerciser</application> comes with several default plugins. These plugins allow you to view a variety of information about the currently selected accessible in the tree view and its neighbors. The default plugins available in 0.1.5 are the following:
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application> comes with several default plugins. These plugins allow you to view a variety of information about the currently-selected accessible in the tree view and its neighbours. The default plugins available in 0.1.5 are the following:

en: This plugin displays information about the available interfaces for the selected tree view accessible. Unsupported interfaces are grayed out. Various instruments for viewing and controlling an interface are available under each expander.
en_GB: This plugin displays information about the available interfaces for the selected tree view accessible. Unsupported interfaces are greyed out. Various instruments for viewing and controlling an interface are available under each expander.

en: This plugin is a fully-fledged <ulink url="http://ipython.scipy.org/moin/" type="http">IPython</ulink> console. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to show completions for the current command. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to execute any valid Python code. Commands at the console have access to the currently selected accessible in the accessible tree by way of the <varname>acc</varname> variable. In addition, all functions and constants from the pyatspi package are available as locals in the console. The most important of these are the functions for querying to other accessibility interfaces. For example, to query to the Text interface: <command>t = acc.queryText() </command>. Imports from the current working directory or Python path are also allowed.
en_GB: This plugin is a fully-fledged <ulink url="http://ipython.scipy.org/moin/" type="http">IPython</ulink> console. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to show completions for the current command. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to execute any valid Python code. Commands at the console have access to the currently-selected accessible in the accessible tree by way of the <varname>acc</varname> variable. In addition, all functions and constants from the pyatspi package are available as locals in the console. The most important of these are the functions for querying to other accessibility interfaces. For example, to query to the Text interface: <command>t = acc.queryText() </command>. Imports from the current working directory or Python path are also allowed.

en: <application>Accerciser</application>'s script recorder allows users to record keyboard interaction with other desktop applications for the purpose of authoring UI test scripts. Currently the plug-in supports the generation of scripts for three platforms: Dogtail, LDTP, and an Accerciser's built-in API. Once you press the "Record" button every keyboard interaction will be recorded in to a script that could be executed later as a stand alone script.
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application>'s script recorder allows users to record keyboard interaction with other desktop applications for the purpose of authoring UI test scripts. Currently the plugin supports the generation of scripts for three platforms: Dogtail, LDTP, and an Accerciser's built-in API. Once you press the <guibutton>Record</guibutton> button every keyboard interaction will be recorded in to a script that could be executed later as a stand-alone script.

en: When the test completes, the report table shows the severity and description of all errors. Double click a row in the table to show the associated accessible in the tree. With an item selected, click the <guibutton>Help</guibutton> to get information about how to resolve the problem.
en_GB: When the test completes, the report table shows the severity and description of all errors. Double-click a row in the table to show the associated accessible in the tree. With an item selected, click the <guibutton>Help</guibutton> to get information about how to resolve the problem.

en: There are two methods for configuring plugin layout in <application>Accerciser</application>. First you may choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. This dialog contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available plugins. Right-click on any of the plugins listed to configure it's view.
en_GB: There are two methods for configuring plugin layout in <application>Accerciser</application>. First you may choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. This dialogue contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available plugins. Right-click on any of the plugins listed to configure its view.

en: You may bypass the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog by using drag and drop to move plugin tabs. Dragging a plugin tab to the bottom or right plugin area in the main window will move the plugin. Dragging a tab to the desktop will create a new plugin window and drop the plugin in it.
en_GB: You may bypass the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue by using drag and drop to move plugin tabs. Dragging a plugin tab to the bottom or right plugin area in the main window will move the plugin. Dragging a tab to the desktop will create a new plugin window and drop the plugin in it.

en: Some elements in <application>Accerciser</application> may enable certain functionality via hotkeys. The hotkey combination could be changed via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, to do so you may select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. This dialog contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Global Hotkeys</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available hotkey features. Change the key bindings to you liking.
en_GB: Some elements in <application>Accerciser</application> may enable certain functionality via hotkeys. The hotkey combination could be changed via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, to do so you may select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. This dialogue contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Global Hotkeys</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available hotkey features. Change the key bindings to your liking.

en: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted under the terms of the BSD License.
en_GB: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted under the terms of the BSD Licence.

en:  With this option enabled ABRT always create bug ticket with restricted access if possibly sensitive data are detected.
en_GB:  With this option enabled ABRT always creates bug ticket with restricted access if possibly sensitive data are detected.

en: Do not daemonize
en_GB: Do not daemonise

en: Red Hat Support user name
en_GB: Red Hat Support username

en: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyzes C/C++ backtrace, generates duplication hash, backtrace rating,
    and identifies crash function in problem directory DIR
en_GB: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyses C/C++ backtrace, generates duplication hash, backtrace rating,
    and identifies crash function in problem directory DIR

en: Analyzing coredump '%s'
en_GB: Analysing coredump '%s'

en: The backtrace does not contain enough meaningful function frames to be reported. It is annoying but it does not necessary signalize a problem with your computer. ABRT will not allow you to create a report in a bug tracking system but you can contact kernel maintainers via e-mail.
en_GB: The backtrace does not contain enough meaningful function frames to be reported. It is annoying, but it does not necessary signalise a problem with your computer. ABRT will not allow you to create a report in a bug tracking system, but you can contact kernel maintainers via e-mail.

en: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyzes coredump in problem directory DIR, generates and saves backtrace
en_GB: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyses coredump in problem directory DIR, generates and saves backtrace

en: Failed to initialize systemd-journal watch
en_GB: Failed to initialise systemd-journal watch

en: Cannot initialize systemd-journal in directory '%s'
en_GB: Cannot initialise systemd-journal in directory '%s'

en: Analyze VM core
en_GB: Analyse VM core

note: MSG_Exception
en: A fatal error has just occurred. AbiWord is going to shutdown.
    The current document has been saved to disc with a ".saved" extension.
en_GB: A fatal error has just occurred. Abiword is going to shutdown.
    The current document has been saved to disc with a ".saved" extension.

note: DLG_Options_Label_CheckWhiteForTransparent
en: Allow screen colors other than white
en_GB: Allow screen colours other than white

note: DLG_InsertTable_AutoFit
en: AutoFit Behavior
en_GB: AutoFit Behaviour

note: MSG_NoBreakInsideTable
en: Can not insert a Break inside a table
en_GB: Cannot insert a Break inside a table

note: MSG_NoBreakInsideFrame
en: Can not insert a Break inside a text box
en_GB: Cannot insert a Break inside a text box

note: TabToggleCenterTab
en: Center Tab
en_GB: Centre Tab

note: TOOLBAR_STATUSLINE_ALIGN_CENTER TOOLBAR_TOOLTIP_ALIGN_CENTER
en: Center alignment
en_GB: Centre alignment

note: MENU_STATUSLINE_ALIGN_CENTER
en: Center-align the paragraph
en_GB: Centre-align the paragraph

note: DLG_Background_TitleHighlight
en: Change Highlight Color
en_GB: Change Highlight Colour

note: DLG_Background_TitleFore
en: Change Text Color
en_GB: Change Text Colour

note: MENU_STATUSLINE_FMT_BACKGROUND_PAGE_COLOR
en: Change your document's page color
en_GB: Change your document's page colour

note: DLG_Options_Label_ChooseForTransparent
en: Choose Screen Color
en_GB: Choose Screen Colour

note: DLG_Options_Label_ColorChooserLabel
en: Choose screen color for AbiWord
en_GB: Choose screen colour for AbiWord

note: DLG_Background_ClearClr
en: Clear Background Color
en_GB: Clear Background Colour

note: DLG_Background_ClearHighlight
en: Clear Highlight Color
en_GB: Clear Highlight Colour

note: FIELD_Document_Contributor
en: Contributor(s)
en_GB: Contributer(s)

note: DLG_MetaData_CoAuthor_LBL
en: Contributor(s):
en_GB: Contributer(s):

note: FIELD_DateTime_Custom
en: Customizable date/time
en_GB: Customisable date/time

note: DLG_Lists_Customize
en: Customized List
en_GB: Customised List

note: MENU_STATUSLINE_EDIT_LATEXEQUATION
en: Edit LaTeX Equation
en_GB: Edit Latex Equation

note: DLG_PageFormat_EnvelopeNo10
en: Envelope No10
en_GB: Envelope #10

note: TOOLBAR_STATUSLINE_FMT_CHOOSE
en: Font Choose
en_GB: Embedded

note: MSG_CHECK_PRINT_MODE
en: Headers and Footers can only be created and edited while in Print View Mode. 
     To enter this mode choose View then Print Layout from the Menus. 
     Would you like to enter Print Layout mode right now?
en_GB: Headers and Footers can only be created and edited while in Print View Mode.  To enter this mode choose View then Print Layout from the Menus. 
     Would you like to enter Print Layout mode right now?

note: MENU_STATUSLINE_INSERT_XMLID
en: Insert RDF link...
en_GB: Insert RDF Link...

note: FIELD_DateTime_MilTime
en: Military Time
en_GB: 24 Hour Time

note: MENU_LABEL_FMT_BACKGROUND_PAGE_COLOR
en: Page C&olor
en_GB: Page C&olour

note: DLG_BorderShading_Shading_Color
en: Shading color:
en_GB: Shading colour:

note: DLG_Para_PreviewSampleFallback
en: This paragraph represents words as they might appear in your document.  To see the text from your document used in this preview, position your cursor in a document paragraph with some text in it and open this dialog.
en_GB: This paragraph represents words as they might appear in your document.  To see the text from your document used in this preview, position your cursor in a document paragraph with some text in it and open this dialogue.

note: DLG_UFS_BGColorTab
en: HighLight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

note: LANG_QUZ
en: Quechua (Cusco)
en_GB: Quechua (Cusco-Collao)

note: DLG_UFS_TransparencyCheck
en: Set no Highlight Color
en_GB: Set no Highlight Colour

en:   header       = %s
      left footer  = %s
      footer       = %s
      right footer = %s
      left title   = %s
      center title = %s
      right title  = %s
      under lay    = %s
en_GB:   header       = %s
      left footer  = %s
      footer       = %s
      right footer = %s
      left title   = %s
      centre title = %s
      right title  = %s
      under lay    = %s

en: %A %B %d, %Y
en_GB: %A %d %B, %Y

note: description for dialog for editing external files
en: You are editing a file in an external application. You can close this dialog when you are done
en_GB: You are editing a file in an external application. You can close this dialogue when you are done

note: detailed message, answers are Yes and No
en: Folder already exists and has content, exporting to this folder may overwrite existing files. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: Folder already exists and is not empty, exporting to this folder may overwrite existing files. Do you want to continue?

note: Dialog title
en: Move Text to Other Page
en_GB: Move Text to Another Page

note: input label in find & replace dialog
en: Find what
en_GB: Search for

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Show the cursor also for pages that can not be edited
en_GB: Show the cursor even for pages that cannot be edited

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Automatically select the current word when you apply formatting
en_GB: Automatically select the current word when applying formatting

note: text in error dialog when saving page failed
en: To continue you can save a copy of this page or discard
    any changes. If you save a copy changes will be also
    discarded, but you can restore the copy later.
en_GB: To continue, you can save a copy of this page or discard
    any changes. If you save a copy, changes will also be
    discarded, but you can restore the copy later.

note: info text in the preferences dialog
en: This plugin also has properties,
    see the notebook properties dialog
en_GB: This plugin also has properties,
    see the notebook properties dialogue

note: Menu item
en: Edit _Source
en_GB: _Edit Source

note: Dialog text in 'new page' dialog
en: Please note that linking to a non-existing page
    also creates a new page automatically.
en_GB: Please note that linking to a nonexistant page
    also creates a new page automatically.

note: label in DeletePageDialog
en: Remove links to %s
en_GB: Remove Links to %s

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a diagram editor for zim based on GraphViz.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides a diagram editor for zim, based on GraphViz.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin preference
en: Text background color
en_GB: Text background colour

note: plugin preference
en: Text foreground color
en_GB: Text foreground colour

note: menu item
en: Ascii graph (Ditaa)
en_GB: ASCII graph (Ditaa)

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides an equation editor for zim based on latex.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides an equation editor for zim, based on latex.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a plot editor for zim based on GNU R.
en_GB: This plug-in provides a plot editor for Zim based on GNU R

note: error description
en: The inline calculator plugin was not able
    to evaluate the expression at the cursor.
en_GB: The in-line calculator plug-in was not able
    to evaluate the expression at the cursor.

note: plugin name
en: Inline Calculator
en_GB: In-line Calculator

note: plugin description
en: This plugin allows you to quickly evaluate simple
    mathematical expressions in zim.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to quickly evaluate simple
    mathematical expressions in Zim.
    
    This is a core plug-in and ships with Zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin adds the 'Insert Symbol' dialog and allows
    auto-formatting typographic characters.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in adds the 'Insert Symbol' dialogue and allows
    auto-formatting typographic characters.
    
    This is a core plug-in shipping with Zim.

note: menu item
en: _Sort lines
en_GB: _Sort Lines

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a dialog with a graphical
    representation of the linking structure of the
    notebook. It can be used as a kind of "mind map"
    showing how pages relate.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides a dialogue with a graphical
    representation of the linking structure of the
    notebook. It can be used as a kind of "mind map"
    showing how pages relate.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: Menu option for View->Pathbar
en: Recently _Changed pages
en_GB: Recently Changed Pages

note: Error message in "insert screenshot" dialog, %s will be replaced by application name
en: Some error occurred while running "%s"
en_GB: An error occured while running "%s"

note: option for plugin preferences
en: Show ToC as floating widget instead of in sidepane
en_GB: Show ToC as floating widget instead of in the sidepane

note: plugin description
en: This plugin adds version control for notebooks.
    
    This plugin supports the Bazaar, Git and Mercurial version control systems.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in adds version control for notebooks.
    
    This plug-in supports the Bazaar, Git and Mercurial version control systems.
    
    This is a core plug-in shipping with zim.

note: Label for plugin preference
en: Autosave version on regular intervals
en_GB: Autosave version at regular intervals

note: Help text in versions dialog
en: Select a version to see changes between that version and the current
    state. Or select multiple versions to see changes between those versions.
en_GB: Select a version to see changes between that version and the current
    state, or select multiple versions to see changes between those versions.

en: Delete all files and folders in the Trash
en_GB: Delete all files and folders in the Wastebasket

en: Move the selected file to the Trash | Move the selected files to the Trash
en_GB[0]: Move the selected file to the Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: Move the selected files to the Wastebasket

en: Create a link to the selected file on the desktop | Create links to the selected files on the desktop
en_GB[0]: Create a link to the selected file on the desktop
en_GB[1]: Create a links to the selected files on the desktop

en: Open the bulk rename dialog
en_GB: Open the bulk rename dialogue

en: Are you sure that you want to
    move "%s" (%s) to trash ?
en_GB: Are you sure that you want to
    move "%s" (%s) to the Wastebasket?

en: Are you sure that you want to
    move "%s" to trash ?
en_GB: Are you sure that you want to
    move "%s" to the Wastebasket?

en: Are you sure that you want to
    move the selected file to trash? | Are you sure that you want to
    move the %u selected files to trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure that you want to
    move the selected file to the Wastebasket?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure that you want to
    move the %u selected files to the Wastebasket?

en: Moving files into the trash...
en_GB: Moving files into the Wastebasket...

en: Remove all files and folders from the Trash?
en_GB: Remove all files and folders from the Wastebasket?

en: If you choose to empty the Trash, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.
en_GB: If you choose to empty the Wastebasket, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.

en: Emptying the Trash...
en_GB: Emptying the Wastebasket...

en: This will remove the application launcher that appears in the file context menu, but will not uninstall the application itself.
    
    You can only remove application launchers that were created using the custom command box in the "Open With" dialog of the file manager.
en_GB: This will remove the application launcher that appears in the file context menu, but will not uninstall the application itself.
    
    You can only remove application launchers that were created using the custom command box in the "Open With" dialogue of the file manager.

note: create the label that explains the column sizing option
en: By default columns will be automatically expanded if
    needed to ensure the text is fully visible. If you dis-
    able this behavior below the file manager will always
    use the user defined column widths.
en_GB: By default columns will be automatically expanded if
    needed to ensure the text is fully visible. If you dis-
    able this behaviour below the file manager will always
    use the user defined column widths.

en: Restore (opposite of trash)
en_GB: Restore (opposite of delete)

en: If you select this option your choice will be remembered and you won't be asked again. You can use the preferences dialog to alter your choice afterwards.
en_GB: If you select this option your choice will be remembered and you won't be asked again. You can use the preferences dialogue to alter your choice afterwards.

en: Select this option to display icon emblems in the shortcuts pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to display icon emblems in the shortcuts pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialogue.

en: Select this option to display icon emblems in the tree pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to display icon emblems in the tree pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialogue.

en: When single-click activation is enabled, pausing the mouse pointer over an item will automatically select that item after the chosen delay. You can disable this behavior by moving the slider to the left-most position. This behavior may be useful when single clicks activate items, and you want only to select the item without activating it.
en_GB: When single-click activation is enabled, pausing the mouse pointer over an item will automatically select that item after the chosen delay. You can disable this behaviour by moving the slider to the left-most position. This behaviour may be useful when single clicks activate items, and you want only to select the item without activating it.

en: When changing the permissions of a folder, you
    can also apply the changes to the contents of the
    folder. Select the default behavior below:
en_GB: When changing the permissions of a folder, you
    can also apply the changes to the contents of the
    folder. Select the default behaviour below:

note: TRANSLATORS: You can test this string by temporarily removing thunar-sbr.* from $libdir/thunarx-2/, *              and opening the multi rename dialog by selecting multiple files and pressing F2.
en: No renamer modules were found on your system. Please check your
    installation or contact your system administrator. If you install Thunar
    from source, be sure to enable the "Simple Builtin Renamers" plugin.
en_GB: No renamer modules were found on your system. Please check your
    installation or contact your system administrator. If you install Thunar
    from source, be sure to enable the "Simple Builtin Renamers" plug-in.

en: Trash contains %d file | Trash contains %d files
en_GB[0]: Wastebasket contains %d file
en_GB[1]: Wastebasket contains %d files

en: The folder "%s" does not exist anymore but is required to restore the file "%s" from the trash
en_GB: The folder "%s" does not exist anymore but is required to restore the file "%s" from the wastebasket

en: Toggles the display of file highlight which can be configured in the file specific property dialog
en_GB: Toggles the display of file highlight which can be configured in the file specific property dialogue

en: Display the contents of the trash can
en_GB: Display the contents of the Wastebasket

note: display an error to the user
en: Failed to display the contents of the trash can
en_GB: Failed to display the contents of the Wastebasket

en: Don't unload the plugin from memory
en_GB: Don't unload the plug-in from memory

en: When sending a file via email, you can either choose to send the file directly, as is, or compress the file before attaching it to an email. It is highly recommended to compress large files before sending them.
en_GB: When sending a file via e-mail, you can either choose to send the file directly, as is, or compress the file before attaching it to an e-mail. It is highly recommended to compress large files before sending them.

en: When sending multiple files via email, you can either choose to send the files directly, attaching multiple files to an email, or send all files compressed into a single archive file and attach the archive. It is highly recommended to send multiple large files as archive.
en_GB: When sending multiple files via e-mail, you can either choose to send the files directly, attaching multiple files to an e-mail, or send all files compressed into a single archive file and attach the archive. It is highly recommended to send multiple large files as archive.

note: tell the user that we failed
en: Failed to compose new email
en_GB: Failed to compose new e-mail

note: tell the user that we failed to connect to the trash
en: Failed to connect to the Trash
en_GB: Failed to connect to the Wastebasket

note: tell the user whether the trash is full or empty
en: Trash contains files
en_GB: Wastebasket contains files

en: Display the trash can
en_GB: Display the Wastebasket

en: some options in argument 'restrict' were not recognized and hence ignored
en_GB: some options in argument 'restrict' were not recognised and hence ignored

en: Unrecognized response
en_GB: Unrecognised response

en: Non-standard license specification:
en_GB: Non-standard licence specification:

en: Standardizable: %s
en_GB: Standardisable: %s

en: Standardized license specification:
en_GB: Standardised licence specification:

en: Deprecated license: %s
en_GB: Deprecated licence: %s

en: Invalid license file pointers: %s
en_GB: Invalid licence file pointers: %s

en: License components with restrictions not permitted:
en_GB: Licence components with restrictions not permitted:

en: License components which are templates and need '+ file LICENSE':
en_GB: Licence components which are templates and need '+ file LICENCE':

en: License stub is invalid DCF.
en_GB: Licence stub is invalid DCF.

en: License stub records with missing/empty fields:
en_GB: Licence stub records with missing/empty fields:

en: Uses ACM license: only appropriate for pre-2013 ACM TOMS code
en_GB: Uses ACM licence: only appropriate for pre-2013 ACM TOMS code

en: -o option without value
en_GB: “-o option without value

en: attempt to minimize non-function
en_GB: attempt to minimise non-function

en: invalid function value in 'nlm' optimizer
en_GB: invalid function value in 'nlm' optimiser

en: function value caching for optimization is seriously confused
en_GB: function value caching for optimisation is seriously confused

en: minimization function has no good digits in nlm
en_GB: minimisation function has no good digits in nlm

en: empty cluster: try a better set of initial centers
en_GB: empty cluster: try a better set of initial centres

en: more cluster centers than distinct data points.
en_GB: more cluster centres than distinct data points.

en: initial centers are not distinct
en_GB: initial centres are not distinct

en: more cluster centers than data points
en_GB: more cluster centres than data points

en: there are %d Error terms: only 1 is allowed | there are %d Error terms: only 1 is allowed
en_GB[0]: there is %d Error term: only 1 is allowed
en_GB[1]: there are %d Error terms: only 1 is allowed

en: unable to optimize from this starting value | unable to optimize from these starting values
en_GB[0]: unable to optimise from this starting value
en_GB[1]: unable to optimise from these starting values

en: Cluster setup failed. %d worker of %d failed to connect. | Cluster setup failed. %d of %d workers failed to connect.
en_GB[0]: Cluster setup failed. %d worker out of %d failed to connect.
en_GB[1]: Cluster setup failed. %d of %d workers failed to connect.

en: object of class "%s" used as methods list for function '%s' ( no 'argument' slot)
en_GB: object of class "%s" used as methods list for function '%s' (no 'argument' slot)

en: initializing objects from class %s with these arguments is not supported
en_GB: initialising objects from class %s with these arguments is not supported

en: non-local assignment to non-field names (possibly misspelled?)
        %s
    ( in method %s for class %s)
en_GB: non-local assignment to non-field names (possibly misspelt?)
        %s
    ( in method %s for class %s)

en: Turning clipping on or off within a (clipping) path is no honoured
en_GB: Turning clipping on or off within a (clipping) path is not honoured

en: color intensity %s, not in [0,1]
en_GB: colour intensity %s, not in [0,1]

en: color intensity %g, not in [0,1]
en_GB: colour intensity %g, not in [0,1]

en: color intensity %s, not in 0:255
en_GB: colour intensity %s, not in 0:255

en: bad hsv to rgb color conversion
en_GB: bad hsv to rgb colour conversion

en: invalid hsv color
en_GB: invalid hsv colour

en: invalid hcl color
en_GB: invalid hcl colour

en: invalid gray level, must be in [0,1].
en_GB: invalid grey level, must be in [0,1].

en: invalid color name '%s'
en_GB: invalid colour name '%s'

en: invalid color specification "%s"
en_GB: invalid colour specification "%s"

en: supplied color is neither numeric nor character
en_GB: supplied colour is neither numeric nor character

en: numerical color values must be >= 0, found %d
en_GB: numerical colour values must be >= 0, found %d

en: unknown palette (need >= 2 colors)
en_GB: unknown palette (need >= 2 colours)

en: maximum number of colors is %d
en_GB: maximum number of colours is %d

en: invalid foreground/background color (postscript)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (postscript)

en: ran out of colors in xfig()
en_GB: ran out of colours in xfig()

en: invalid foreground/background color (xfig)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (xfig)

en: invalid foreground/background color (pdf)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (pdf)

en: failed to load sRGB colorspace file
en_GB: failed to load sRGB colour space file

en: Color space converter: %s
en_GB: Colour space converter: %s

en: color spaces use different reference whites
en_GB: colour spaces use different reference whites

en: 'x' is a list, but does not have components 'x', 'y'  and 'z'
en_GB: 'x' is a list, but does not have components 'x', 'y' and 'z'

en: unrecognized format of gs -help
en_GB: unrecognised format of gs -help

en: type = "quartz" is unavailable. trying "Xlib"
en_GB: type = "quartz" is unavailable; trying "Xlib"

en: type = "cairo" is unavailable. trying "Xlib"
en_GB: type = "cairo" is unavailable; trying "Xlib"

en: type = "cairo-png" is unavailable. trying "Xlib"
en_GB: type = "cairo-png" is unavailable; trying "Xlib"

en: invalid Quartz font:  must be 4 strings
en_GB: invalid Quartz font: must be 4 strings

en: invalid Windows font:  must be a single font family name
en_GB: invalid Windows font: must be a single font family name

en: invalid color specification
en_GB: invalid colour specification

en: integer colors must be non-negative
en_GB: integer colours must be non-negative

en: OS reports request to set locale to "%s" cannot be honored
en_GB: OS reports request to set locale to "%s" cannot be honoured

en: a I read error occurred
en_GB: an I read error occurred

en: a R read error occurred
en_GB: an R read error occurred

en: a S read error occurred
en_GB: an S read error occurred

en: deserializing invalid UTF-8 string '%s'
en_GB: deserialising invalid UTF-8 string '%s'

en: negative serialized length for vector
en_GB: negative serialised length for vector

en: invalid upper part of serialized vector length
en_GB: invalid upper part of serialised vector length

en: negative serialized vector length:
    perhaps long vector from 64-bit version of R?
en_GB: negative serialised vector length:
    perhaps long vector from 64-bit version of R?

en: serialization is too large to store in a raw vector
en_GB: serialisation is too large to store in a raw vector

en: cannot set grayscale: reverting to monochrome
en_GB: cannot set greyscale: reverting to monochrome

en: X11 driver unable to obtain color cube
      reverting to monochrome
en_GB: X11 driver unable to obtain colour cube
      reverting to monochrome

en: Error: X11 cannot allocate additional graphics colors.
    Consider using X11 with colortype="pseudo.cube" or "gray".
en_GB: Error: X11 cannot allocate additional graphics colours.
    Consider using X11 with colortype="pseudo.cube" or "gray".

en: invalid colortype passed to X11 driver
en_GB: invalid 'colortype' passed to X11 driver

en: unknown X11 color/colour model -- using monochrome
en_GB: unknown X11 colour model -- using monochrome

en: Minimize group
en_GB: Minimise group

en: Ad_vanced...
en_GB: Ad_vanced…

en: Note: MPPE encryption is only available with MSCHAP authentication methods. To enable this checkbox, select one or more of the MSCHAP authentication methods: MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2.
en_GB: Note: MPPE encryption is only available with MSCHAP authentication methods. To enable this tickbox, select one or more of the MSCHAP authentication methods: MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2.

en: Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
en_GB: Point-to-Point Tunnelling Protocol (PPTP)

en: Rando_mize remote hosts
en_GB: Rando_mise remote hosts

en: Randomize the order of gateways list (remote) as a kind of basic load-balancing measure.
    config: remote-random
en_GB: Randomise the order of gateways list (remote) as a kind of basic load-balancing measure.
    config: remote-random

en: <i>Select this option if your organization requires the use of a proxy server to access the Internet.</i>
en_GB: <i>Select this option if your organisation requires the use of a proxy server to access the Internet.</i>

en: _Pre-shared key (PSK):
en_GB: Pre-shared key

en: Error parsing property '%s' value '%s'.
en_GB: unhandled property '%s' type %s

en: Error parsing property '%s': %s.
en_GB: unhandled property '%s' type %s

en: Missing required property '%s'
en_GB: Missing required option '%s'.

en: Could not write kl2tpd config.
en_GB: could not create l2tp object

en: Could not daemonize: %s [error %u]
en_GB: Could not daemonise: %s [error %u]

en: Failed to initialize the crypto engine.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the crypto engine.

en: Error initializing certificate data: %s
en_GB: Error initialising certificate data: %s

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#12 decoder: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#12 decoder: %s

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#8 decoder: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#8 decoder: %s

en: Failed to initialize the crypto engine: %d.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the crypto engine: %d.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption cipher slot.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the encryption cipher slot.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption context.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the encryption context.

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#12 decoder: %d
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#12 decoder: %d

en: VPN disconnected
en_GB: Disconnected

en: Initializing Markup backend module
en_GB: Initialising Markup backend module

en: Initializing XML backend module
en_GB: Initialising XML backend module

en: Error initializing module `%s': %s
en_GB: Error initialising module `%s': %s

en: Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may result in a notification weirdly reappearing): %s
en_GB: Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may result in a notification strangely reappearing): %s

en: Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections - put "ORBIIOPIPv4=1" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf
en_GB: Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections — put "ORBIIOPIPv4=1" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf

en: Some client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added.
en_GB: A client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added.

en: [FILE...]|[KEY...]|[DIR...]
en_GB: [FILE…]|[KEY…]|[DIR…]

en: WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a <value> - ignoring
en_GB: WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a <value> — ignoring
